stopping child abuse crimes
childadvocate
Hell Minus One - signed verified confessions of satanic ritual abuse -
Anne’s parents confessed their atrocities - both in writing and
verbally.
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/survivor-stories/hell-minus-one-signed-verified-confessions-of-satanic-ritual-abuse/
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/
Proof That Ritual Abuse Exists
Satanic ritual abuse exists all over the world. There have been
reports, journal articles, web pages and criminal convictions of these
horrific crimes against children and adults.
There has also been an attempted cover up of these crimes by child
pornographers, those with pro-pedophilia philosophies and those
defending child molesters in the public or legal arena - List of
Satanic Ritual Abuse references -
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/studies/satanic-ritual-abuse-evidence-with-information-on-the-mcmartin-preschool-case/
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
McMartin Preschool Case - What Really Happened and the Coverup
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/eas-studies/
The Extreme Abuse Survey final results are online with findings,
questionnaires and presentations for download as pdf-files. More than
750 pages of documentation http://extreme-abuse-survey.net/
False allegations of child sexual abuse by children are rare
“allegations made by child victims match closely with confessions of
pedophiles” “The evidence indicates that very few (children) lied
originally.” “children tend to minimize and deny abuse, not exaggerate
or over-report such incidents”
http://ritualabuse.us/research/false-allegations-of-child-sexual-abuse-by-children-are-rare/
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/mc-documents-links/
proof mk-ultra exists - There were several congressional hearings
proving that mk-ultra existed. A book was written about it.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/
Basic Information on Dissociative Identity Disorder with sections on
Basic Information on DID from the DSM-IV-TR, The History of DID/MPD,
Diagnosing DID, Responses to those that state that DID is iatrogenic
or a social construct, MPD/DID connection to severe abuse, Recent
information and DID resources
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/
Recovered Memory Data with information on recovered memory
corroboration, theories on recovered memory, legal information,
physiological evidence for memory suppression, replies to skeptics and
books and articles on memory
http://ritualabuse.us/research/parental-alienation-syndrome/
Information on Parental Alienation Syndrome (PAS)
Ron
And here is some interesting reading for those who may be curious:
http://www.religioustolerance.org/sra.htm
http://answers.org/satan/sralit.html
http://www.religioustolerance.org/sra_rece.htm
There is more, but I think my point has been made.
Ron
Greegor
Crimes based on thoughts are a big fear, but crimes
based on the thoughts (dreams or ""recovered memories"")
of OTHERS are truly a nightmare!
http://www.religioustolerance.org/sra_rece.htm
Quotation:
"...the Satan-chasers' incredible claims are distinguished by an
utter lack of evidence, except for the rantings elicited from
'victims' by dubious psychotherapists and church counselors." Mark
Sauer, movie review of "By Satan Possessed."
Overview:
There is a growing belief among mental health professionals that
belief in the existence of:
Ritual Abuse (RA),
Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA),
Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD), and
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID)
are largely derived from false memories which, in turn, are largely
generated by suggestive Recovered Memory Therapy (RMT) techniques.
They are unrelated to real events from the past.
This website was started up in 1995, at the time when beliefs in RA,
SRA, MPD and DID started to decline after having captured the public's
attention and acceptance since the early 1980s.
These four belief systems involve:
Satanic Ritual Abuse is the psychological, sexual, and/or physical
assault forced on an unwilling victim and committed by one or more
Satanists according to a prescribed ritual, the primary aim of which
is to fulfill the need to worship the Christian devil, Satan. Since
the mid 1990s, belief in SRA has been in rapid decline, largely
because of the complete lack of hard evidence that SRA has ever
existed.
Ritual Abuse (RA) is similar to SRA, except that the perpetrators are
not motivated by Satanic belief; they are following another religion.
Although there is hard evidence of Christian Ritual Abuse (CRA) in the
form of exorcisms involving physical assault and occasional homicide,
other forms of ritual abuse appear to be very rare or non-existent.
Multiple Personality Disorder (now generally called Dissociative
Identity Disorder) is a belief that a single person can be the host of
two or more discrete alters or individual personalities. There is a
grown belief that MPD and DID are iatrogenic disorders -- caused by
the physician or therapist in conjunction with the client. It does not
seem to exist in nature.
Recovered Memory Therapy is a form of counseling that rapidly declined
across North American in the 1990s. It involves suggestive forms of
therapy including hypnotism, guided imagery, dream analysis, etc. It
appears to be an effective method of transferring the beliefs of the
therapist to the client without either being aware of the process. The
client often develops false memories of events that never happened. If
the therapist is a enthusiastic supporter of SRA, then the client may
well recovers memories of SRA; if the therapist believes that MPD/DID
is widespread in society, then her/his clients may develop MPD/DID.
And so with other belief systems such as abuse in former lifetimes,
abuse onboard UFOs, ritual abuse within Masonic and similar men's
organizations, etc.
Belief in SRA, RA, RMT, MPD/DID has been in serious decline since
1995. We expect that, by the year 2010, they be generally recognized
to have been a cruel hoaxes, harming tens of thousands of adult
clients who were victimized by recovered memory therapy hurting
thousands of children who were subjected to incompetent interview
techniques, and triggering hundreds of suicides.
childadvocate
up. They ignore most of the data in the field on the topics they
discuss, often citing no data to back up their opinions. The pages
are written by one person and they are simply his opinion, which is a
very biased one.
I will follow this post with actual data on the topics.
childadvocate
Recovered Memory Data with information on recovered memory
corroboration, theories on recovered memory, legal information,
physiological evidence for memory suppression, replies to skeptics and
books and articles on memory http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
The existence of recovered memory is a fact. Anyone that denies this
is ignoring large amounts of data.
The information for this part is a synopsis of data from “Memory,
Trauma Treatment, and the Law” by Brown, Scheflin and Hammond, W.W.
Norton and Co. New York and London, C 1998 (http://www.wwnorton.com)
Page 370-381
The base rates for memory commission errors are quite low, at least in
professional trauma treatment. The base rates in adult misinformation
studies run between zero and 5 percent for adults and between 3 - 5
percent for children. These numbers are quite different than what you
might here from the pro-fms people or the media.
“Occasional unwitting misleading suggestions (Yapko, 1994a), even the
suggestion of a diagnosis of abuse, cannot adequately explain illusory
memories of child sexual abuse.” (p. 379) Occasional suggestions about
abuse are not generally effective, except in highly suggestible
people.
My conclusion is that memory contamination is very unlikely, except
under extreme conditions. From the data presented, it sounds like it
is almost totally impossible for anyone to make a memory error for the
central plot of a memory simply by hearing disinformation. A variety
of other factors would have to be in place. Even under hypnosis
without several social influence factors, it sounds like it is
extremely rare (4-6% of 7-10%, less than one percent of people) may be
influenced by disinformation.
It sounds like most people would almost have to be in a cult or in a
cult like situation or under considerable duress to produce an untrue
memory. Theories that claim that a “false” memory can be created
simply by hearing an erroneous statement or because a person is
looking for “filler” to complete the central plot of their memory, are
probably wrong.
But, if all the information in the media and society available to most
survivors is biased toward the incorrect position that memories of
abuse are false. And a survivor is manipulated and pressured by their
family emotionally and cognitively, it is very possible that a
survivor may wrongly believe that their memories are not true.
Calof, D.L. (1998). Notes from a practice under siege: Harassment,
defamation, and intimidation in the name of science, Ethics and
Behavior, 8(2) pp. 161-187. Abstract: I have practiced psychotherapy,
family therapy, and hypnotherapy for over 25 years without a single
board complaint or law suit by a client. For over three years,
however, a group of proponents of the false memory syndrome (FMS)
hypothesis, including members, officials, and supporters of the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation, Inc., have waged a multi-modal campaign of
harassment and defamation directed against me, my clinical clients, my
staff, my family, and others connected to me. I have neither treated
these harassers or their families, nor had any professional or
personal dealings with any of them; I am not related in any way to the
disclosures of memories of sexual abuse in these families.
Nonetheless, this group disrupts my professional and personal life and
threatens to drive me out of business. In this article, I describe
practicing psychotherapy under a state of siege and places the
campaign against me in the context of a much broader effort in the FMS
movement to denigrate, defame, and harass clinicians, lecturers,
writers, and researchers identified with the abuse and trauma
treatment communities. http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/notes-from-a-practice-under-siege/
The Alleged Ethical Violations of Elizabeth Loftus in the Case of Jane
Doe - In the last few years, there have been allegations that
Elizabeth Loftus violated ethical codes in the field of psychology.
(Al-Kurdi, 1998; Notes from the controversy ethics complaints filed
against prominent FMSF board member APA declines to investigate). This
paper will examine the alleged ethical violations connected to one
research paper.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/the-alleged-ethical-violations-of-elizabeth-loftus-in-the-case-of-jane-doe/
A Brief History of the False Memory Research of Elizabeth Loftus Lynn
Crook, M.Ed. The lost- in- a-shopping-mall study (Loftus and
Pickrell, 1995) provided initial scientific support for the claim
that child sexual abuse accusations are false memories planted by
therapists. However, the mall study researchers faced a problem early
on—the participants could tell the difference between the true and
false memories….The apparent inconsistencies in Loftus and Burns
(1982), Loftus and Pickrell (1995) and Schmechel, O’Toole, Easterly
and Loftus (2006) suggest that journal editors may need to assume a
larger role in creating and enforcing policies that encourage ethical
publication practices. The character-disparaging comments that have
appeared in media reports and scientific journals suggest that
reporters and journal editors may need to assume a larger role in
presenting such comments as one side of a two-sided debate.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/a-brief-history-of-the-false-memory-research-of-elizabeth-loftus-2/
The Neurological Basis for the Theory of Recovered Memory - This paper
will present research showing the biological basis for the theory of
recovered memory. I will define recovered memory as the phenomenon of
partially or fully losing part or a specific aspect of a memory, and
then later recovering part or all of the memory into conscious
awareness. This paper will include data from the works of van der Kolk
and Fisler, Knopp and Benson and Bremner. Supporting data will include
PTSD studies on Vietnam veterans and survivors of childhood trauma,
subjective reports of memory, measurements of stress-responsive
neurohormones, animal research on neurohormones, neuroimaging and MRI
brain studies. Different theories of memory and amnesia will also be
presented….In conclusion, there is a great deal of strong scientific
data to show a neurological basis for the theory of recovered memory.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/the-neurological-basis-for-the-theory-of-recovered-memory/
childadvocate
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
Definition: http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/whatabout.html What about
Recovered Memories? Jennifer J. Freyd, University of Oregon “Sivers,
Schooler, and Freyd (2002, p 169) define recovered memory as “The
recollection of a memory that is perceived to have been unavailable
for some period of time.”
Recovered Memory Corroboration:
http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/suggestedrefs.html
Research discussing corroboration and accuracy of recovered memories:
An Annotated Bibliography by Lynn Crook
http://www.brown.edu/Departments/Taubman_Center/Recovmem/index.html “…
debate has focused on recovered memories of childhood sexual abuse.
But the phenomenon extends to other traumas, including physical abuse
or witnessing a murder. Almost everyone would agree that such traumas
are normally remembered. That is, most people who experience such a
trauma are likely to remember it, perhaps vividly and to the point of
being intrusive. But do some people forget completely? A variety of
scientific sources say “yes.” The purpose of this website, then, is to
bring together the extensive and growing evidence of cases ignored or
overlooked by self-described skeptics of various sorts. Peer-reviewed
prospective studies and clinical studies continue to document this
phenomenon. Moreover, cognitive psychologists have combined
experimental data with these other sources to develop better ways of
understanding this phenomenon.”
http://www.brown.edu/Departments/Taubman_Center/Recovmem/archive.html
101 Corroborated Cases of Recovered Memory
http://www.jimhopper.com/memory/ Recovered Memories of Sexual Abuse
Scientific Research & Scholarly Resources by Jim Hopper “Amnesia for
childhood sexual abuse is a condition. The existence of this condition
is beyond dispute. Repression is merely one explanation - often a
confusing and misleading one - for what causes the condition of
amnesia. At least 10% of people sexually abused in childhood will have
periods of complete amnesia for their abuse, followed by experiences
of delayed recall.”
http://www.leadershipcouncil.org/1/tm/tm.html Research has shown that
traumatized individuals respond by using a variety of psychological
mechanisms. One of the most common means of dealing with the pain is
to try and push it out of awareness. Some label the phenomenon of the
process whereby the mind avoids conscious acknowledgment of traumatic
experiences as dissociative amnesia . Others use terms such as
repression , dissociative state , traumatic amnesia, psychogenic
shock, or motivated forgetting . Semantics aside, there is near-
universal scientific acceptance of the fact that the mind is capable
of avoiding conscious recall of traumatic experiences.
How often do children’s reports of abuse turn out to be false?
Research has consistently shown that false allegations of child sexual
abuse by children are rare. Jones and McGraw examined 576 consecutive
referrals of child sexual abuse to the Denver Department of Social
Services, and categorized the reports as either reliable or
fictitious. In only 1% of the total cases were children judged to have
advanced a fictitious allegation. Jones, D. P. H., and J. M. McGraw:
Reliable and Fictitious Accounts of Sexual Abuse to Children.Journal
of Interpersonal Violence, 2, 27-45, 1987. In a more recent study,
investigators reviewed case notes of all child sexual abuse reports to
the Denver Department of Social Services over 12 months. Of the 551
cases reviewed, there were only 14 (2.5%) instances of erroneous
concerns about abuse emanating from children. These consisted of three
cases of allegations made in collusion with a parent, three cases
where an innocent event was misinterpreted as sexual abuse and eight
cases (1.5%) of false allegations of sexual abuse. Oates, R. K., D.P.
Jones, D. Denson, A. Sirotnak, N. Gary, and R.D. Krugman: Erroneous
Concerns about Child Sexual Abuse. Child Abuse & Neglect 24:149-57,
2000….Children Tend to Understate Rather than Overstate the Extent of
Any Abuse Experienced - Research with children whose sexual abuse has
been proven has shown that children tend to minimize and deny abuse,
not exaggerate or over-report such incidents.
http://www.leadershipcouncil.org/1/res/csa-acc.html
The False Memory Debate - Research discussing corroboration for, and
accuracy of recovered memories - An Annotated Bibliography -
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/743 from - Brown, D.,
Scheflin, A., and Whitfield, C. (1999). Recovered memories: the
current weight of the evidence in science and in the courts. The
Journal of Psychiatry & Law 27/Spring 1999. “The recovery of memories
in clinical practice: Experiences and beliefs of British Psychological
Society practitioners” Andrews, Bernice; Morton, John; Bekerian, Debra
A.; Brewin, Chris R.; Davis, Graham M.; Mollon, Phil The Psychologist
1995 May, Vol. 8, pp. 209-214 ” “…recovery from total amnesia of past
traumatic material involving both CSA and non-CSA experiences is (not)
uncommon”" … our large-scale survey confirms and extends previous
research…. Memory recovery appears to be a robust and frequent
phenomenon.”
“Recall of childhood trauma: A prospective study of women’s memories
of child sexual abuse.” Williams, Linda Meyer U New Hampshire, Family
Research Lab, Durham, US Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology
1994 Dec Vol 62(6) 1167-1176 In a study of 129 women “with previously
documented histories of sexual victimization” A large proportion of
the women (38%) did not recall the abuse that had been reported 17
years earlier.” Women younger in age when abused and women “molested
by someone they knew were more likely to have no recall of the abuse…
Long periods with no memory of abuse should not be regarded as
evidence that the abuse did not occur.”
“Recovered memories of abuse among therapy patients: A national
survey.” Pope, Kenneth S.; Tabachnick, Barbara G. Independent
practice, Norwalk, CT, US Ethics & Behavior 1995 Vol 5(3) 237-248,
“According to the therapists, about 50% of the patients who claimed to
have recovered the memories had found external validation, a
percentage that coincides with that obtained in the Feldman-Summers &
Pope, 1994 study”
Corroboration of Child Abuse Memories http://mentalhealth.about.com/cs/abuse/a/cooroborate.htm
“Studies vary in frequency. Between 31 and 64 percent of abuse
survivors in six major studies reported that they forgot “some of the
abuse.” Numbers reporting severe amnesia ranged from under 12% to 59%
….Studies report 50-75% of abuse survivors corroborating the facts of
their abuse through an outside source. Corroboration of ritual abuse
was lower. One study of ritual abuse found 3% corroboration in delayed
memory patients and 20% corroboration in patients with continuous
memories of ritual abuse. Another study put the numbers between 14%
and 37%.” Reference: Bowman, Elizabeth. Delayed Memories of Child
Abuse: Part I: An Overview of Research Findings on Forgetting,
Remembering, and Corroborating Trauma. Dissociation, IX (4) pp.
221-231
Synopsis of data from “Memory, Trauma Treatment, and the Law” by
Brown, Scheflin and Hammond, W.W. Norton and Co. New York and London,
C 1998 (http://www.wwnorton.com) Page 370-381
The base rates for memory commission errors are quite low, at least in
professional trauma treatment. The base rates in adult misinformation
studies run between zero and 5 percent for adults and between 3 - 5
percent for children.
“Occasional unwitting misleading suggestions (Yapko, 1994a), even the
suggestion of a diagnosis of abuse, cannot adequately explain illusory
memories of child sexual abuse.” (p. 379)
It is almost totally impossible for anyone to make a memory error for
the central plot of a memory simply by hearing disinformation. A
variety of other factors would have to be in place. Even under
hypnosis without several social influence factors, it is extremely
rare (4-6% of 7-10%, less than one percent of people) may be
influenced by disinformation.
Memory on Trial - Research suggests that children’s memory may be more
reliable than adults’ in court cases ...3/6/08 The U.S. legal system
has long assumed that all testimony is not equally credible, that some
witnesses are more reliable than others. In tough cases with child
witnesses, it assumes adult witnesses to be more reliable. But what if
the legal system had it wrong? Researchers Valerie Reyna, human
development professor, and Chuck Brainerd, human development and law
school professor — both from Cornell University — argue that like the
two-headed Roman god Janus, memory is of two minds — that is, memories
are captured and recorded separately and differently in two distinct
parts of the mind. They say children depend more heavily on a part of
the mind that records, “what actually happened,” while adults depend
more on another part of the mind that records, “the meaning of what
happened.” As a result, they say, adults are more susceptible to false
memories, which can be extremely problematic in court cases. Reyna’s
and Brainerd’s research, funded by the National Science Foundation,
Arlington, Va., sparked more than 30 follow-up memory studies, many of
them also funded by NSF. The researchers review the follow-on studies
in an upcoming issue of Psychological Bulletin….Reyna and Brainerd’s
findings are summarized in a new book, The Science of False Memory,
published by Oxford University Press.
http://www.nsf.gov/news/news_summ.jsp?cntn_id=111230&org=NSF&from=news?
“Forgetting and Recovering the Unforgettable.” Psychological Science -
Volume 19, Number 5 - May 2008 Steven M. Smith & Sarah C. Moynan “Some
experiences, particularly those that are emotional and distinctive,
may seem unforgettable. Can memories of emotional and distinctive
events be blocked from consciousness, and if so, can those memories
subsequently be recovered? Although there is considerable laboratory
research demonstrating false memories, relatively few studies have
examined blocked and recovered memories, as we did in the study
reported in this article. As noted in reviews by Gleaves, Smith,
Butler, and Spiegel (2004) and by Roediger and Bergman (1998), the
false-memory debate must be informed by experimental laboratory
research examining not only false memories, but also blocked and
recovered memories….In the present study, we investigated whether
interference can cause dramatic forgetting that is subsequently
reversed when retrieval cues are provided. Using a combination of
classic laboratory methods for manipulating interference and cuing, we
repeatedly found high levels of blocked and recovered memories, even
for materials that had sexually explicit and violent content.
correspondence to Steven M. Smith, Department of Psychology, Texas A&M
University, College Station, TX 77843, e-mail: steve...@tamu.edu
http://www.psychologicalscience.org/journals/ps/19_5.cfm
Duggal, S., & Sroufe, L. A. (1998). Recovered memory of childhood
sexual trauma: A documented case from a longitudinal study. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 11(2), 301-321. This account contains a prospective
report of memory loss in a case in which there is both documented
evidence of trauma and evidence of recovery of memory.
“Child Maltreatment, Vol. 2, No. 2, 91-112 (1997) DOI:
10.1177/1077559597002002001 Videotaped Discovery of a Reportedly
Unrecallable Memory of Child Sexual Abuse: Comparison with a Childhood
Interview Videotaped 11 Years Before David L. Corwin, Erna
Olafson….This article presents the history, verbatim transcripts, and
behavioral observations of a child’s disclosure of sexual abuse to Dr.
David Corwin in 1984 and the spontaneous return of that reportedly
unrecallable memory during an interview between the same individual,
now a young adult, and Dr. Corwin 11 years later. Both interviews were
videotape recorded.” http://cmx.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/2/2/91
Consider This, Skeptics of Recovered Memory Author: Ross E. Cheit DOI:
10.1207/s15327019eb0802_4 Ethics & Behavior, Volume 8, Issue 2 June
1998 , pages 141 - 160 Formats available: PDF (English) Abstract :
Some self-proclaimed skeptics of recovered memory claim that traumatic
childhood events simply cannot be forgotten at the time only to be
remembered later in life. This claim has been made repeatedly by the
Advisory Board members of a prominent advocacy group for parents
accused of sexual abuse, the so-called False Memory Syndrome
Foundation. The research project described in this article identifies
and documents the growing number of cases that have been ignored or
distorted by such skeptics. To date, this project has documented 35
cases in which recovered memories of traumatic childhood events were
corroborated by clear and convincing evidence. This article concludes
with some observations about the politics of the false memory
movement, particularly the tendency to conceal or omit evidence of
corroboration. Several instances of this vanishing facts syndrome are
documented and analyzed. http://www.leaonline.com/doi/abs/10.1207/s15327019eb0802_4?journalCode=eb
Pezdek, Hodge, D. (1999) July-August Planting false childhood
memories: The role of event plausibility Child Development 70(4) p.
887-895
http://links.jstor.org/sici?sici=0009-3920%28199907%2F08%2970%3A4%3C887%3APFCMIC%3E2.0.CO%3B2-G&size=LARGE&origin=JSTOR-enlargePage
partial synopsis : study found that although 3 (15%) of 20
participants recalled a plausible false memory of getting lost in a
shopping mall, none of the participants accepted an implausible false
memory that they had received a painful enema as a child from their
parent.
Abuse, Memory, Science, Therapy, Ethics, Malpractice - Kenneth S.
Pope, Ph.D. about this Site - This site provides free access to peer-
reviewed research articles, abstracts, APA list utilities, guides,
announcements, & other resources. http://web.archive.org/web/20010803163457/http://www.idealist.com/memories
theories on recovered memory:
http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/defineBT.html The phrase “betrayal
trauma” can be used to refer to a kind of trauma (independent of the
reaction to the trauma). E.G. This definition is on the web: “Most
mental health professionals have expanded the definition of trauma to
include betrayal trauma. Betrayal trauma occurs when the people or
institutions we depend on for survival violate us in some way. An
example of betrayal trauma is childhood physical, emotional, or sexual
abuse.” from http://www.loyola.edu/campuslife/healthservices/counselingcenter/trauma.html
The phrase “Betrayal Trauma theory” is generally used to refer to the
prediction/theory about the cause of unawareness and amnesia as in:
“Betrayal Trauma Theory: A theory that predicts that the degree to
which a negative event represents a betrayal by a trusted needed other
will influence the way in which that events is processed and
remembered.” This definition is from: Sivers, H., Schooler, J. ,
Freyd, J. J. (2002) Recovered memories. In V.S. Ramachandran (Ed.)
Encyclopedia of the Human Brain, Volume 4.(pp 169-184). San Diego,
California and London: Academic Press. It has been proposed in the
Betrayal Trauma Theory that “that psychogenic amnesia is an adaptive
response to childhood abuse” and that “victims may need to remain
unaware of the trauma not to reduce suffering but rather to promote
survival.” Freyd, J.(1994) Betrayal Trauma: Traumatic Amnesia as an
Adaptive Response to Childhood Abuse. Ethics & Behavior 4 (4) p.
307-330 http://www.questia.com/read/95814385 The amnesia allows the
child maintain attachment to a person that a child needs to depend on
for survival and development.
legal information:
Ground Lost: The False Memory/Recovered Memory Therapy Debate, by Alan
Scheflin, Psychiatric Times 11/99, Vol. XVI Issue 11, “The appearance
in the DSM-IV indicates that the concept of repressed memory is
generally accepted in the relevant scientific community. This
satisfies courts following the Frye v United States, 293 F.1013 (1923)
or Daubert v Merrell Dow Pharmaceutical, 113 S. Ct. 2786 (1993) rules
regarding the admissibility of scientific testimony into evidence in
court.” And “Although the science is limited on this issue, the only
three relevant studies conclude that repressed memories are no more
and no less accurate than continuous memories (Dalenberg, 1996; Widom
and Morris, 1997; Williams, 1995). Thus, courts and therapists should
consider repressed memories no differently than they consider ordinary
memories.” At http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/p991137.html
http://www.jimhopper.com/memory-decision (the first page (.com) links
to other pages of interest also) “The Validity of Recovered Memory:
Decision of a US District Court” Judge Edward F. Harrington,
Presentation by Jim Hopper, Ph.D. The legal documentation citation is:
923 Federal Supplement 286 (D. Mass. 1996), United States District
Court - District of Massachusetts Ann Shahzade, plaintiff Civil Action
No.: V. 92-12139-EFH George Gregory, Defendant.
Some quotes from the decision: “The factors to be considered when
deciding if proffered testimony is valid ’scientific knowledge,’ and
therefore reliable, are…” (p.3) “This Court finds that the reliability
of the phenomenon of repressed memory has been established” and will
allow the plaintiff to introduce evidence related to their recovered
memories (p.3). “Dr. van der Kolk testified that repressed memories is
not a scientific controversy, but… a political and forensic one” (p.
5). “Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV,
1994)…also recognizes the concept of repressed memories” (p.7). “in
considering the admissibility of repressed memory evidence,” the court
must rule on the “validity of the theory itself… for the law to reject
a diagnostic category generally accepted by those who practice the art
and science of psychiatry would be folly.” (p.9).
physiological evidence for memory suppression:
The Neurological Basis for the Theory of Recovered Memory
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/the-neurological-basis-for-the-theory-of-recovered-memory/
synopsis of part of van der Kolk, B. A. & Fisler, R. (1995)
Dissociation and the fragmentary nature of traumatic memories:
Overview and exploratory study.
http://web.archive.org/web/20021211024350/http://www.trauma-pages.com/vanderk2.htm
van der Kolk and Fisler’s research shows that traumatic memories are
retrieved, at least at first, in the form of mental imprints that are
dissociated. These imprints are of the affective and sensory elements
of the traumatic experience. Clients have reported the slow emergence
of a personal narrative that can be considered explicit (conscious)
memory. The level of emotional significance of a memory correlates
directly with the memory’s veracity. Studies of subjective reports of
memory show that memories of highly significant events are unusually
accurate and stable over time. There are a variety of memory systems
which usually operate outside of conscious awareness. These systems
operate with some independence from the other memory systems. While
people appear to easily assimilate expected and known experiences,
aspects of traumatic experiences appear to get stuck in the mind,
unaltered by time passing or experiences that may follow. The imprints
of traumatic experiences appear to be qualitatively different from
those of nontraumatic events. Explicit memories of personal facts or
events are affected by lesions of the front lobe and hippocampus.
These parts of the brain are also involved in PTSD neurobiology.
Traumatic memories may be coded differently than ordinary event
memories, possibly because of alterations in attentional focusing or
the fact that extreme emotional arousal interferes with the memory
functions of the hippocampus.
Traumas can interfere with several memory functions. van der Kolk
divided these functional disturbances into four sets, traumatic
amnesia, global memory impairment, dissociative processes and
traumatic memories’ sensorimotor organization. Traumatic amnesia
involves the loss of remembering traumatic experiences. The younger
the subject and the longer the traumatic event is, the greater the
chance of significant amnesia. Global memory impairment makes it
difficult for these subjects to construct an accurate account of their
present and past history. Dissociation refers to memories being stored
as fragments and not as unitary wholes. Not being able to integrate
traumatic memories seems to be the main element which leads to PTSD.
In the sensorimotor organization of traumatic memories, sensations are
fragmented into different sensory components.
Synopsis of part of van der Kolk, B. A. (1994). The body keeps the
score: Memory and the evolving psychobiology of post traumatic stress.
http://web.archive.org/web/20041204204758/http://www.trauma-pages.com/vanderk4.htm
Trauma victims do not respond to stress the way normals do. Pressure
situations may cause a feeling of retraumatization. High states of
arousal may promote the retrieval of trauma memories and associated
phenomena such as sensory information or behaviors connected to prior
trauma. Therefore, traumatic memories may be considered state
dependent. Under stress, people secrete endogenous stress hormones
that affect memory consolidation strength. Through studies on animal
models, it is assumed that the large secretion of neurohormones during
a traumatic event in part causes long-term potentiation (LTP) and the
over-consolidation of traumatic memories. This LTP may cause an
organism to remember a trauma whenever aroused. Neuroepinepehrine may
be the major hormone causing LTP. Endorphins and oxytocin may actually
cause inhibition of the consolidation of memories. Reliving the
traumatic event may cause stress hormones to strength the memory trace
causing a positive feedback loop.
The limbic system is believed to be critically involved in memory
storage and retrieval as well as giving emotional significance to
sensory inputs. Research in brain imaging studies suggests that trauma
patients may have limbic system abnormalities. One part of the limbic
system, the amygdala, may assign free-floating feelings to input which
are then elaborated upon by the neocortex and imbued with personal
meaning. It may also integrate internal representations of the
external world in memory image form associating emotional experiences
with these memories. The septo-hippocampal system is thought to record
memory in temporal and spatial dimensions, and plays an important role
in storing and categorizing incoming stimuli in memory. Hippocampal
damage is connected to over responsiveness to external stimuli. When
stress interferes with the hippocampus’ mediation of memory, it is
possible that some of the memory is kept by a system that records
emotional experience, but there is no symbolic placement of it in time
or space. In animals, high stimulation of the amygdala interferes with
hippocampal processing. Strong affect may disallow proper evaluating
and categorizing of an experience.
Professor uncovers the nature of memories - Associate Professor
Michael Anderson recently published a new study of what the brain does
when a person forgets By Caron Alarab 1/14/03 “A University researcher
is receiving international attention this week for a recent experiment
exploring why people forget. With a team of Stanford researchers,
Associate Professor of psychology Michael Anderson found people can
use certain brain regions to block memories just as they do to control
physical actions. “It’s no longer possible to say that human beings
can’t actively forget,” said Anderson, one of the nation’s leading
memory researchers. “Our research demystifies the idea of memory
suppression.” The findings, which were published in the Jan. 9 issue
of Science magazine, support Sigmund Freud’s controversial century-old
theory about the existence of voluntary memory suppression. For the
experiment, Anderson recruited Stanford researcher John Gabrieli and
the two co-wrote the Science article “Neural Systems Underlying the
Suppression of Unwanted Memories.” http://www.dailyemerald.com/
Research Reveals Brain Has Biological Mechanism To Block Unwanted
Memories 1/9/04 “For the first time, researchers at Stanford
University and the University of Oregon have shown that a biological
mechanism exists in the human brain to block unwanted memories. The
findings, to be published Jan. 9 in the journal Science, reinforce
Sigmund Freud’s controversial century-old thesis about the existence
of voluntary memory suppression. “The big news is that we’ve shown how
the human brain blocks an unwanted memory, that there is such a
mechanism and it has a biological basis,” said Stanford psychology
Professor John Gabrieli, a co-author of the paper titled “Neural
Systems Underlying the Suppression of Unwanted Memories.” “It gets you
past the possibility that there’s nothing in the brain that would
suppress a memory - that it was all a misunderstood fiction.” The
experiment showed that people are capable of repeatedly blocking
thoughts of experiences they don’t want to remember until they can no
longer retrieve the memory, even if they want to, Gabrieli explained.”
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2004/01/040109072004.htm
The nature of traumatic memories: A 4-T FMRI functional connectivity
analysis. Lanius RA, Williamson PC, Densmore M, Boksman K, Neufeld RW,
Gati JS, Menon RS. Am J Psychiatry 2004 Jan; 161(1):36-44. RESULTS:
Significant between-group differences in functional connectivity were
found. Comparison of connectivity maps at coordinates x=2, y=20, z=36
(right anterior cingulate gyrus) for the two groups showed that the
subjects without PTSD had greater correlation than the PTSD subjects
in the left superior frontal gyrus (Brodmann’s area 9), left anterior
cingulate gyrus (Brodmann’s area 32), left striatum (caudate), left
parietal lobe (Brodmann’s areas 40 and 43), and left insula
(Brodmann’s area 13). In contrast, the PTSD subjects showed greater
correlation than the subjects without PTSD in the right posterior
cingulate gyrus (Brodmann’s area 29), right caudate, right parietal
lobe (Brodmann’s areas 7 and 40), and right occipital lobe (Brodmann’s
area 19). CONCLUSIONS: The differences in brain connectivity between
PTSD and comparison subjects may account for the nonverbal nature of
traumatic memory recall in PTSD subjects, compared to a more verbal
pattern of traumatic memory recall in comparison subjects.
replies to skeptics:
Imagination inflation: A statistical artifact of regression toward the
mean. Pezdek K, Eddy RM Mem Cognit 2001 Jul; 29(5):707-18; discussion
719-29 “In the imagination inflation procedure of Garry, Manning,
Loftus, and Sherman (1996), subjects rated a list of events in terms
of how likely each was to have occurred in their childhood. Two weeks
later, some of the events were imagined; control events were not. The
subjects then rated the likelihood of occurrence for each event a
second time. Garry et al. (1996) reported that the act of imagining
the target events led to increased ratings of likelihood. This finding
has been interpreted as indicating that false events can be
suggestively planted in memory by simply having people imagine them.
The present study tests and confirms the hypothesis that the results
that have been attributed to imagination inflation are simply a
statistical artifact of regression toward the mean.” Author contact:
Department of Psychology, Claremont Graduate University, California
91711-3955, USA. kathy....@cgu.edu
Originally published in Moving Forward, Volume 3, No. 3, pp 1, 12-21,
1995. The Highly Misleading Truth and Responsibility in Mental Health
Practices Act: The “False Memory” Movement’s Remedy for a Nonexistent
Problem by Judith M. Simon “Over the past few years, the “false
memory” movement has manifested primarily as a media presence that
discounts sexual abuse survivors as first-hand witnesses to their own
experiences. Its message of disbelief has compromised the healing
process of many and placed more children at risk by helping
perpetrators escape accountability.”
http://web.archive.org/web/20050906011329/http://members.aol.com/conch8/antiTRMP1.html
Dr. Jim Freisen’s new book The Truth About False Memory Syndrome, “The
number of studies which have subjected false memory syndrome to
scientific inquiry is zero. There is nothing scientific about it.
There is nothing which defines it. There is no list of symptoms which
describes it, nor is there anything which helps us distinguish it from
other syndromes. No studies. No such thing. That’s that. ” (Pg. 16)
Shepherd’s House, 7136 Haskell St., #210, Van Nuys, CA 91406.
False Memory Syndrome Facts (not an FMSF sponsored site) at http://www.fmsf.com
False Memory Syndrome : A False Construct by Juliette Cutler Page “The
concept of “recovered memory”, that is, memory of a traumatic event
that had been forgotten for some period of time, has been variously
explained by such mechanisms as repression, amnesia, and dissociation.
However, there are over 100 years of reports and descriptions of
recovered memory in the literature, including instances from times of
war, torture, bereavement, natural disasters, and concentration camp
imprisonment. (HOROWITZ) Many corroborated cases have been documented
in instances of recovered memory of sexual abuse…”
“For example, women with known histories of abuse have been studied to
determine if they had ever had periods in which the abuse had been
forgotten. The abstract of Linda M. Williams’ 1995 study, Recovered
memories of abuse in women with documented child sexual victimization
histories. (Journal of Traumatic Stress, 8,649 — 673, 1995) states:
The study provides evidence that some adults who claimed to have
recovered memories of sexual abuse recall actual events that occurred
in childhood. 129 women with documented histories of sexual
victimization in childhood were interviewed and asked about abuse
history. 17 years following the initial report of the abuse, 80 of the
women recalled the victimization. One in 10 women (16 percent of those
who recalled the abuse) reported that at some time in the past they
had forgotten about the abuse. Those with a prior period of forgetting
— the women with”recovered memories” — were younger at the time of
abuse and were less likely to have received support from their mothers
than the women who reported that they had always remembered their
victimization. The women who had recovered memories and those who had
always remembered had the same number of discrepancies when their
account of the abuse were compared to the reports from the early
1970s. None of the women in this study who had forgotten the abuse
were in therapy at the time they began to remember again, and women’s
memories, when they returned, were consistent with the actual abuse.
Charles L. Whitfield, M.D. performed a review of 36 studies on over
6,000 children and adults who were abused as children. His results
showed that between 16 and 78% of subjects in these studies
experienced partial to total amnesia for their abuse for some
substantial amount of time. Most of the subjects had been sexually
abused as children. Eight of these studies involved only subjects with
fully corroborated abuse histories, four had to a corroboration rate
of 60 to 80 percent, and four had corroboration among half of the
subjects. All groups were similar in occurrence of traumatic amnesia.
Elizabeth Loftus herself has published studies showing evidence of
recovered memory. The 4 January 1996 issue of Accuracy About Abuse
notes: Elizabeth Loftus, high profile FMSF advocate, published a paper
with colleagues on Remembering and Repressing in1994. In a study of
105 women outpatients in a substance abuse clinic 54 % reported a
history of childhood sexual abuse. 81% remembered all or part of the
abuse. 19% reported they forgot the abuse for a period of time and
later the memory returned. Women who remembered the abuse their whole
lives reported a clearer memory, with a more detailed picture. Women
who remembered the abuse their whole lives did not differ from others
in terms of the violence of the abuse or whether the violence was
incestuous. [Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18 (1994) 67-84.]
Loftus has also discussed “motivated forgetting”, and has presented
the documented study of a college professor who became unable to
remember a series of traumas, but after some time was able to recover
those memories. Loftus remarked “after such an enormously stressful
experience, many individuals wish to forget… And often their wish is
granted.” (Loftus, 1980/1988, p. 73)”
http://web.archive.org/web/20030608221633/http://www.feminista.com/v1n9/false-memory.html
How People Forget: The Truth About Delayed Memory Studies of Delayed
Memory http://web.archive.org/web/20000609035705/http://ncasa.org/memory.html
That dissociation and amnesia are relatively common in child sexual
abuse survivors is well-documented. There have been several recent
studies that verify the repression of trauma and the fact of delayed
memories: In a survey of 450 adults in treatment for child sexual
abuse, 59% had periods in which they could not remember the abuse.
(Briere and Conte, in press).
In a study of 53 women in therapy, Judith Herman and Emily Schatzow
found that 74% were able to obtain corroborating evidence for the
abuse, through witnesses, offenders’ diaries, pornographic pictures,
offender confessions, and other sources. Nine percent found evidence
that was “strongly suggestive, but not conclusive;” 11% did not try to
confirm their memories; and only 6% found no supportive evidence. The
conclusion of the researchers was that, “delayed recall of sexual
abuse is as verifiable as any other form of disclosure.”
Interviews were conducted with 100 women who as children reported
sexual abuse in 1973,1974 or 1975. The records of these girls were
obtained from a city hospital emergency department which had
interviewed the girls and the families and collected forensic
evidence. In 1990 and 1991 the women, aged 18-31, were interviewed for
two hours for what they were told was a study that examined the lives
and health of women who obtained care at the hospital. In the course
of the interview, the women were asked about their childhood
experiences with sex. They were asked whether they or their families
had ever reported childhood sexual abuse, or if anyone in their family
‘got in trouble’ for his or her sexual activities. Thirty-eight
percent of the women either did not remember the abuse or chose not to
report it to the interviewer. The interviewer states,”…qualitative
analysis of these reports and non-reports suggests that the vast
majority of the 38% were women who did not remember the abuse. They
responded openly to other personal matters, and over one-half of the
women who were amnestic reported other childhood victimizations.”
In the recent case of Father James Porter - a Catholic priest who
admitted molesting more than100 boys and girls - many of his victims,
now adults, remembered the abuse only after hearing about the case
through the media. Even the first victim to come forward stated that
there had been a period of amnesia for the abuse. In these cases, both
the fact of the abuse and the reality of the delayed memories were
confirmed.
Iatrogenic memory change. Examining the empirical evidence. Leavitt F
Am J Forensic Psychol (19)2: 21-32, 2001. “Certainty of sexual abuse
predated treatment in 33% of the cases. Therapeutic causation was
unlikely in another 26% because personal certainty of abuse emerged on
average 4.1 years after termination of treatment. The pattern was
similar for groups treated with and without hypnosis. Remarkably few
patients recovered first memories in therapy with the help of
hypnosis. This study places the percentage at 4%. Thus, in the direct
study of patients who recovered memory of childhood sexual abuse,
hypnosis was not an important factor in the emergence of sexual abuse
memories. …The results do not support widespread implanting of novel
memories of sexual abuse by therapists.”
Suspected repressed childhood sexual abuse: Gender effects on
diagnosis and treatment. Sullins CD Psychology of Women Quarterly 1998
Sep Vol 22(3) 403-418 “These results do not support reports that many
therapists neglect clients’ current symptoms and instead focus on
memories, use controversial techniques, make suggestive statements
regarding abuse, or immediately assume that their clients have
repressed memories.” J. Herman, author of “Trauma and Recovery”
replies to Ethan Watters “Doors of Memory” (Jan./Feb. ‘93) in Mother
Jones http://www.motherjones.com/commentary/letters/1993/03/backtalk.html
“by now exhaustively documented. Sexual abuse of children is common
(best estimates: at least one girl in three, one boy in ten). It is
not over reported but vastly under-reported (best estimates: under 10
percent of all cases come to the attention of child-protective
agencies or police). False complaints do occur, but they are rare
(best estimates: under 5 percent of all complaints). Most victims do
not disclose their abuse until long after the fact, if ever. Though
many suffer long-lasting psychological harm, the great majority never
see a therapist.”
Is There a False Memory Epidemic? by Stephanie J. Dallam, RN, MSN, FNP
….Conclusions - There is no reliable evidence to substantiate claims
that the false memory syndrome is a “growing problem”, a “crisis”, or
that it constitutes an”epidemic”. Despite the False Memory Syndrome
Foundation’s pledge to disseminate only accurate information on
memory, their contact and membership statistics, as reported in their
newsletters and in the media, reveal a disturbing lack of clarity and
consistency. These same statistics, in turn, have provided credibility
to claims that a false memory “epidemic” is sweeping the country.
Although 25 studies have confirmed the reality of amnesia in sexually
traumatized populations, no reliable research has provided evidence to
substantiate the existence of the false memory syndrome as it is
defined by the False Memory Syndrome Foundation.
http://web.archive.org/web/19991128134659/http://idealist.com/tat/97-07-03-epidemic.shtml
“The hypothesis that false memories can easily be implanted in
psychotherapy (Lindsay & Read, 1994; Loftus 1993; Loftus & Ketcham,
1994; Ofshe and Watters, 1993, 1994; Yapko, 1994a) seriously
overstates the available data. Since no studies have been conducted on
suggested effects in psychotherapy per se, the idea of iatrogenic
suggestion of false memories remains an untested hypothesis. (Memory,
Trauma Treatment, And the Law Brown, Scheflin and Hammond (D.
Corydon), 1998, W. W. Norton 0-393-70254-5)
Media Manipulation
U-Turn on Memory Lane by Mike Stanton - Columbia Journalism Review -
July/August 1997
The FMSF builds much of its case against recovered memory by attacking
a generally discredited Freudian concept of repression that proponents
of recovered memory don’t buy, either. In so doing, the foundation
ignores the fifty-year-old literature on traumatic, or psychogenic
amnesia, which is an accepted diagnosis by the American Psychiatric
Association. In his 1996 book “Searching for Memory,” the Harvard
psychologist and brain researcher Daniel L. Schachter — who believes
that both true and false memories exist — says there is no conclusive
scientific evidence that false memories can be created….The foundation
and its backers “remind me of a high school debate team,” says the
Stanford psychiatrist David Spiegel, an authority on traumatic
amnesia. “They go to the library, surgically extract the information
convenient to them and throw out the rest.”….Many therapists, like
their patients, hesitate to speak out.Recently, though, they have
begun to make a more concerted effort to mobilize a response. One of
the most outspoken critics of the false-memory movement is a Seattle
therapist, David Calof, editor until last year of Treating Abuse
Today, a newsletter for therapists. He has identified what he calls
the movement’s political agenda — lobbying for more restrictive laws
governing therapy and promoting the harassment of therapists through
lawsuits and even picketing of their offices and homes. Calof himself
has been the target of picketing so fierce that he has been in and out
of Seattle courtrooms over the last two years, obtaining restraining
orders. He was spending so much time and money fighting the FMSF
supporters’ campaign against him, he says, that he was forced to stop
publishing the newsletter last year. He recently donated the
publication to a victims’ rights group in Pennsylvania, which has
resurrected it as Trauma. The new publisher says that views part of
its mission as reporting on FMSF, since the mainstream media don’t.
Among journalists, perhaps the most relentless critic of the
foundation is Michele Landsberg, a Toronto Star columnist. In 1993,
she says, an Ontario couple, claiming to have been falsely accused,
contacted her and asked her to write about their case. Unconvinced,
she declined, and eventually started writing instead about the
foundation.She attacked its scientific claims and criticized the
sensational media coverage. She described how a foundation scientific
adviser, Harold Merskey, had testified that a woman accusing a doctor
of sexual abuse in a civil case might in fact have been suffering from
false memory syndrome. But the accused doctor himself had previously
confessed to criminal charges of abusing her. Landsberg also
challenged the credentials of other foundation advisers. She noted
that one founding adviser, Ralph Underwager, was forced to resign from
the foundation’s board after he and his wife, Hollida Wakefield, who
remains an adviser, gave an interview to a Dutch pedophilia magazine
in which he was quoted as describing pedophilia as”an acceptable
expression of God’s will for love.” Landsberg also wrote that another
adviser, James Randi, a magician known as “The Amazing Randi,” had
been involved in a lawsuit in which his opponent introduced a tape of
sexually explicit telephone conversations Randi had with teenage boys.
(Randi has claimed at various times, she said, that the tape was a
hoax and that the police asked him to make it.) “Why haven’t reporters
investigated the False Memory Syndrome Foundation?” she asks. “It’s
legitimate to examine their backgrounds –here are people who really do
have powerful motivation to deny the truth.”
http://backissues.cjrarchives.org/year/97/4/memory.asp
Battle Tactics of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation - Noel Packard
- New School for Social Research, N.Y. History Matters Conference
April 23-24, 2004 Censorship is also a tactic that FMS Foundation
adherents use to silence voices they don’t agree with. Katy Butler,
published a critical review of Ofshe’s and Watter’s book, Making
Monsters (1994) in the Los Angeles Times. Later the newspaper’s book
review editor received a vague threat of a lawsuit from Ofshe’s
representative (K. Butler personal communication with Lynn Crook
January 28, 2000). Later Butler was asked to write a story for
Newsweek examining the uncritical acceptance of Foundation claims and
to provide documented cases of recovered memory and traumatic amnesia.
Upon learning of this assignment Foundation Advisory Board members
Richard Ofshe and Fredrick Crews, as well as Peter and Pamela Freyd,
wrote strongly worded letters of complaint to Newsweek which
effectively canceled Butler’s assignment (Stanton 1997). Although
these censorship activities were reported in Mike Stanton’s article “U-
Turn on Memory Lane” (1997) Nevertheless, Newsweek editors confirmed
that the FMS Foundation letters helped kill Butler’s article. Butler
said at a national conference of investigative reporters and editors
in Rhode Island in 1996: “I’ve worked hard very hard to tell both
sides of the story. What’s interesting to me about all of this that
telling both sides has started to seem like a risky act.” (Stanton
1997: 49)….In 1994 the editor of the Journal of Psychohistory Lloyd
DeMause wrote to many professional subscribers to inform them that he
feared a lawsuit by the FMS Foundation for publishing a special issue
of his journal on cult abuse. Dr. Jean Goodwin a psychiatrist at
University of Texas Medical Branch responded with a letter that
conveys the overall feeling among the mental health community in the
early 1990s. Goodwin: From a Psychohistorical viewpoint it is
fascinating to watch this organization systematically limit freedom of
speech in this area. Their suits of publishers have driven many books
out of print. Board members have prevented publication of many
articles. As far as I know you are the first journal editor they have
targeted. The slander suit stopped the audio-tapping of many
presentations in this area. The licensing attacks and the malpractice
suits threaten freedom of speech in the psychotherapy consulting room,
which is where it is supposed to be most free. Silence still is the
priority for the perpetrator (Goodwin 1994) Goodwin’s letter captures
the effect that Foundations’ tactics had on the therapy community in
the early 1990s. Today the overall effect of the Foundation’s court
cases and tactics is more muted. One newly graduated MFT told me that
as far as she knows the Foundation has had no impact on the practices
of MFTs at all. A social worker who teaches a certification class on
mandated reporting includes the Foundation topic in her lectures,
saying that the Foundation “made us clean up our act.” I’ve also heard
a seasoned MFT who teaches a class titled, “Counseling as a Career
Option” lament that practicing psychotherapy is becoming a profession
only for the rich (both as practitioners and clients). Perhaps this is
due to recent constrictions and costs associated with lawsuits,
training programs, licensing and insurance policies? It appears that
the Foundations’ efforts to drive non-cognitive therapy beyond the
grasp of un-wealthy clients are having some success. Kondora’s and
Beckett’s studies indicate that the Foundation has been successful in
many of its efforts to manage public perception of child abuse
victims, therapists and the people accused of child abuse. Kondora and
Beckett show that not only has public perception of victimized
children become skeptical, but in fact, the press often goes beyond
the Victorian custom of neutrality on all fronts of the issue, to out-
right sympathy for accused molesters. What began in the 1960s and
1970s as a child welfare movement has arrived today as an accused sex-
offender welfare movement (Goldsmith 2003); and right in time for an
era when people are having more babies, less birth control and have
easier ways to create home based child pornography than ever before.
The Foundation has won many expensive malpractice lawsuits that have
made news headlines. Such cases have probably put a chill into more
than one therapy session, which is what they are intended to do. The
Foundation’s efforts in and out of the court room have provided
reasons for health insurance companies to reduce insurance payments
for mental health care and have tied those payments generally to
mental health diagnoses. Training programs for clinical therapists
have become more like the clinical training programs of the cold-war
years, more science oriented, more stringent, more biologically and
drug oriented, and less theory and talked based. Many of the support
groups, networks, newsletters, journals, and even significant names in
the child welfare movement of the 1980’s and 1990’s have faded,
vanished or been displaced by on-line and other services of the FMS
Foundation. Kondora, Lori L. 1997. A Textual Analysis of the
Construction of the False Memory Syndrome: Representations in Popular
Magazines; 1990-1995. Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison. -
Beckett, Katherine. 1996. Culture and the Politics of Signification:
The Case of Child Sexual Abuse. SOCIAL PROBLEMS, Vol. 43, No. 1,
February: 57-76. http://www.newschool.edu/nssr/historymatters/papers/NoelPackard.pdf
books and articles on memory:
Memory and Abuse - Remembering and Healing the Effects of Trauma C.
Whitfield M.D. Health Communications, Inc 3201 SW 15th St, Deerfield
Beach, FL.33442-8190.
Traumatic Amnesia: The Evolution of Our Understanding From A Clinical
and Legal Perspective, Dr. Charles Whitfield (Sexual Addiction and
Compulsivity, 4(2), 3-34, 1997)
Trauma and Memory: Clinical & legal understanding of traumatic amnesia
(Chapter 12) in Burgess, Ann W. (ed): Advanced Practice Psychiatric
Nursing. Appleton & Lange, Stamford, Ct., 1998, pp 171-186. C.
Whitfield, M.D.
Memory, Trauma Treatment, And the Law Brown, Scheflin and Hammond (D.
Corydon), 1998, W. W. Norton (0-393-70254-5), 1-800-233-4830 or
www.wwnorton.com.
Child Abuse & Neglect, 1999, 23, No. 12, pp. 1221-1224. Manufactured
Memory, Altered Belief and Self Report Mirage: The Alleged False
Memory of Jean Piaget Revisited by Frank Leavitt, Ph.D.
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/328
Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 4, 2, 1997, Brunner/Mazel.Inc. c
1997, Traumatic Amnesia: The Evolution of Our Understanding From a
Clinical and Legal Perspective by C. Whitfield, M.D.
childadvocate
"Patients with DID report having severe physical and sexual abuse,
especially during childhood."
"reports of patients with DID are often validated by objective
evidence"
"In conclusion, despite its long and controversial past, there has
been a wealth of research accumulate over the past 10 to 15 years on
the DID diagnosis. This research seems to establish the validity of
the DID diagnosis."
Basic Information on Dissociative Identity Disorder with sections on
Basic Information on DID from the DSM-IV-TR, The History of DID/MPD,
Diagnosing DID, Responses to those that state that DID is iatrogenic
or a social construct, MPD/DID connection to severe abuse, Recent
information and DID resources - http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/basic-information-on-didmpd/
From the DSM-IV-TR (American Psychological Association (2000).
Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed. text
revision).Washington, D. C .)
DID is defined in the DSM-IV-TR as the presence of two or more
personality states or distinct identities that repeatedly take control
of one's behavior. The patient has an inability to recall personal
information. The extent of this lack of recall is too great to be
explained by normal forgetfulness. The disorder cannot be due to the
direct physical effects of a general medical condition or substance.
DID entails a failure to integrate certain aspects of memory,
consciousness and identity. Patients experience frequent gaps in their
memory for their personal history, past and present. Patients with DID
report having severe physical and sexual abuse, especially during
childhood. There is controversy around these reports, because
childhood memories may be exposed to distortion and some patients with
DID are highly hypnotizable and vulnerable to suggestive influences.
But, the reports of patients with DID are often validated by objective
evidence. People that are responsible for acts of sexual and physical
abuse may be prone to distorting or denying their behavior.
Physical evidence may include variations in physiological functions in
different identity states, including differences in vision, levels of
pain tolerance, symptoms of asthma, the response of blood glucose to
insulin and sensitivity to allergens. Other physical findings may
include scars from physical abuse or self-inflicted injuries,
headaches or migraines, asthma and irritable bowel syndrome.
DID is found in a variety of cultures around the world. It is
diagnosed three to nine times more often in adult females than males.
Females average 15 or more identities, males eight identities. The
sharp rise in the reported cases of DID in the U.S. may be due the
greater awareness of DID's diagnosis, which has caused an increased
identification of those that were previously undiagnosed. Others
believe it has been overdiagnosed in those that are highly
suggestible.
The average time period from DID's first presentation of symptoms to
its diagnosis is six to seven years. DID may become less manifest as
patients reach past their late 40's, but it can reemerge during
stress, trauma or substance abuse. It is suggested in several studies
that DID is more likely to occur with first-degree biological
relatives of people that already have DID, than in the regular
population.
for responses to those that state that DID is iatrogenic or a social
construct
see http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/basic-information-on-didmpd/
Delineates the etiological antecedents of Dissociative Identity
Disorder (DID) and enumerates upon the scientific evidence proving the
existence of DID. This paper explains the diagnostic criteria of DID,
its incidence rates and cross-cultural characteristics, present
arguments to counter the idea that suggestibility may be a factor in
its misdiagnosis and delineate the data that shows a clear connection
between traumatic wartime experiences and dissociation and trauma and
DID. It considers the historical development of the debate surrounding
DID, including its increased diagnosis around the turn of the last
century, reasons for its decline in diagnosis in the mid part of the
last century and reasons for its increased diagnosis toward the end of
the 20th century. It deliberates upon the claims made by several
researchers that DID can be created in the laboratory as well as the
critiques surrounding those claims. It discusses the neurobiological
evidence proving the connection between DID and certain
neurobiological indicators. Included is a discussion of the modern
theory of iatrogenic DID and a critique of this theory. A debate about
the creation of DID as a social construction and critiques of this
theory are presented as well. It concludes, by presenting the argument
that the research on DID shows it to be a valid psychiatric diagnosis
which robustly meets all the necessary validity requirements.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/the-etymological-antecedents-of-and-scientific-evidence-for-the-existence-of-dissociative-identity-disorder/
Describes the methods and criteria used for diagnosing and assessing
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). The symptoms and etiology of DID
are discussed. The use of client histories, different psychological
tests and the test results of different test items are discussed in
terms of their applicability to a diagnosis, as well as their validity
and reliability. Differential diagnoses and their effect on the
diagnosis of DID are enumerated upon. The dissociative spectrum and
ritual abuse are discussed briefly, in order to help clarify the
symptomology and etiology of DID.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/the-diagnosis-and-assessment-of-dissociative-identity-disorder/
Dissociation and Trauma Archives - Full text searchable articles and
case studies published in the 1800s and early 1900s.
http://boundless.uoregon.edu/digcol/diss/index.html
An examination of the diagnostic validity of dissociative identity
disorder. Gleaves DH, May MC, Cardeña E
We review the empirical evidence for the validity of the Dissociative
Identity Disorder (DID) diagnosis, the vast majority of which has come
from research conducted within the last 10 years. After reviewing
three different guidelines to establish diagnostic validity, we
conclude that considerable converging evidence supports the inclusion
of DID in the current Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental
Disorders. For instance, DID appears to meet all of the guidelines for
inclusion and none of the exclusion guidelines; proposed by Blashfield
et al.[Comprehensive Psychiatry 31 (1990) 15-19], and it is one of the
few disorders currently supported by taxometric research. However, we
also discuss possible problems with the current diagnostic criteria
and offer recommendations, based on recent research, for possible
revisions to these criteria. Clin Psychol Rev. 2001 Jun;21(4):577-608.
"In conclusion, despite its long and controversial past, there has
been a wealth of research accumulate over the past 10 to 15 years on
the DID diagnosis. This research seems to establish the validity of
the DID diagnosis."
http://leadershipcouncil.org/docs/gleaves2001.pdf
pubmed abstract http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11413868
Goettmann, B. A.; Greaves, B. G., Coons M. P. (1994). Multiple
personality and dissociation, 1791-1992: a complete bibliography.
Lutherville, MD: The Sidran Press, 85. ISBN 0-9629164-5-5. is a
bibliography. It contains the 1st edition as well as updates through
November 30, 1993. Article errors have been corrected when possible.
The bibliography is divided up into the following areas: Multiple
personalities, Dissociation and Amnesia, Depersonalization and
Derealization, Fugue States, and Medico-legal Aspects. Sidran Press.
2nd Edition. - University of Oregon Libraries -
http://boundless.uoregon.edu/cgi-bin/showfile.exe?CISOROOT=/diss&CISOPTR=38&filename=39.pdf
International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation
http://www.isst-d.org
United States of Tara - Learn More About D.I.D. - Showtime supports
the awareness for Dissociative Identity Disorder with Richard P. Kluft
MDhttp://www.sho.com/site/video/brightcove/series/title.do?bcpid=1847322218&bclid=5253538001&bctid=6803420001
childadvocate
"There is no evidence derived from the study of clinical MPD that the
disorder is artifactual. In fact there is not one case of MPD created
artifactually by a specialist in dissociation reported in the
literature. Given the absence of positive evidence for the artifactual
nature of clinical MPD, the data in the present study provide
compelling evidence that MPD is a genuine disorder with a consistent
set of core features."
" these data offer little evidence that the disorder MPD per se can be
created through suggestive influences."
Basic Information on DID
The History of DID/MPD
From the "Diagnosis and Treatment of Multiple Personality Disorder,"
Frank W. Putnam (1989) On pages 29 - 31, he discusses the ascent of
MPD between 1880-1920 "...there was a great flourishing of interest in
multiple personality...a relatively large number of cases were reported...
It was also a time of great international medical conferences...many of
which devoted extensive time to sessions on dissociation." He also
discusses Janet's case studies.
On pages 31 - 34, he discusses "The Decline of Interest in Multiple
Personality Disorder: 1920 - 1970." "...it appears as if a number of
factors were responsible for creating a widespread climate of
disbelief and skepticism. The decline of interest in dissociation as a
clinical and laboratory phenomenon,... paralleled the increasing
suspicion of MPD and undoubtedly contributed to the outright rejection
of the disorder in some circles..." He also discusses how public
criticism may have cut the amount of cases reported. "Some critics...
continued to hammer on the theme that multiple personality was an
artifact of hypnosis." Rosenbaum (1980) "notes that the diagnosis of
schizophrenia...caught on in the ...late 1920's and early
1930's....Beginning about 1927...there is a sharp increase in the number
of reported cases of schizophrenia, matched by an equally dramatic
decline in the number of multiple personality reports....Bleuler
included multiple personality in his category of schizophrenia...The
finding that MPD patients are often misdiagnosed as suffering from
schizophrenia has been replicated several times (several 1980's
studies). "
Pages 34 -36 discuss the re-emergence of MPD as a separate disorder.
The re-emergence of Multiple Personality as a Separate Disorder: 1970
- Present
"During the 1970's, a foundation was laid upon which the current
resurgence of interest in and knowledge of MPD rests. The dedication
and hard work of a small number of clinicians, initially in an
isolated and independent fashion but later with increasing cooperation
and mutual support, re-established MPD as a legitimate clinical
disorder."
from Brown, D., Frischholz, E., Scheflin, A. (1999). Iatrogenic
dissociative identity - an evaluation of the scientific evidence. The
journal of psychiatry and law. 27, 549-637. Historically by 1910, a
believable view of DID began to decline, partly due to the increase in
psychoanalysis and then behaviorism, and partly due to skeptical views
toward hypnosis and the connection between hypnosis and hysteria.
During the period of decline, Taylor and Martin reviewed 76 cases in
the literature from the 1800's to the mid 1940's. They found that even
though some multiple personalities may have been caused by suggestion,
they concluded that multiple personality is a genuine phenomenon. This
is because of the wide spread of these cases, because most of them had
no information about other cases and because they had been judged as
authentic sufferers of multiplicity by different observers. Sutcliffe
and Jones believed the number of cases reported in the late 1800's was
increased by misdiagnosis. They added that many of the cases of DID
could not be simply dismissed as simply being incorrectly diagnosed.
They also stated that though shaping has played a part in the
development of multiple personality cases, it doesn't explain the
nonexistence of these cases. Some cases manifested multiple behavior
prior to therapy. They concluded that one should reject the idea that
shaping in hypnosis may explain DID, but multiple behaviors can be
shaped in those that already have DID.
Estabrooks worked with the experimental creation of personality states
in the 1920's. He was trying to create hypnotically programmed
couriers for certain intelligence agencies. The extent of his success
of creating artificial DID for the military is unclear, since
publication was not encouraged. The CIA however, formally conducted
such experiments with Estabrooks consultation for some in the 1950's.
He claims to have created unconscious couriers that were amnesic for
specific information. None of his work describes a single case in any
detail, nor do any of his writings show that he succeeded in creating
DID.
Harriman extended Estabrooks work by inducing a profound hypnotic
trance in good hypnotic subjects and then he suggested a role to
produce automatic writing in a subject. The subject's arm and hand had
been dissociated from the body by hypnotic suggestion. He claims the
subjects were like different persons when they did the writing.
Problems with Harriman's work include his repeated work with a small
number of subjects, that he did not control for extraneous variables
and that the secondary personality states he created were, for the
most part, temporary states produced partially by the subject, which
were used to explain dissociated experiences. He experimentally failed
to meet the criteria of the DSM-IV-TR, where an alter personality must
take executive control. His personalities produced ineffectual, poorly
acted and complaint personalities limited to the demonstrations he
made.
Diagnosing DID
The Diagnosis and Assessment of Dissociative Identity Disorder
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/the-diagnosis-and-assessment-of-dissociative-identity-disorder/
from Putnam, F. W. (1989). Diagnosis and treatment of multiple
personality disorder. New York: Guilford Publications. Putnam writes
about Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD), now called DID, and the way
therapists can determine its diagnosis. He defines it as a chronic
dissociative condition, not transient like psychogenic amnesia and
fugues. A thorough history can help determine if a patient has had
dissociative experiences. But other diagnostic interventions may be
necessary. It may be difficult to get a clear chronology of life
events. The host personality, which usually presents for treatment,
may have the least access to early biographical information. MPD
patients may describe their lack of memory as the result of having a
poor memory. MPD patients may have developed compensatory behaviors to
help them answer or avoid questions when they have memory gaps. Useful
inquiries may include asking question about time loss or fugue-like
experiences, depersonalization and derealization experiences (though
these symptoms may be present in other disorders),questions about
common life experiences, like being called a liar, large gaps in the
continuousness of childhood memories, the occurrence of intrusive
mental images, having dreamlike memories and having life skills that
have unknown source, and questions about Schneiderian Primary Symptoms
for schizophrenia, like hearing voices or feeling as if their body is
controlled by an external force.
Manifestations of MPD may be displayed during interview interactions
with patients. Two ways of detecting personality switching with
patients are to notice the physical signs, which include facial and
vocal changes. The second is to be alert for intrainterview amnesia,
due to an alter personality's emergence, admitting to and then denying
symptoms. Other signs include a patient's making references to
themselves in the third person or the first person plural and an
exaggerated startle reflex.
A diagnosis of MPD is more likely to be made after an extended period
of observation. Diagnostic procedures include a mental status
examination for appearance, speech, motor and thought processes,
hallucinations, intellectual functioning, judgment and insight.
Extended interviews for three hours may help, as it is difficult for
MPD patients to keep from switching that long during the stress of an
interview. The MMPI questions relating to blank spells and lack of
knowledge of past actions show fairly high retest validity. The
Rorschach test has a lot of diversified movement responses and labile
and conflicting color responses. Physical examinations can help rule
out other neurological disorders causing amnesia and may help detect
self-mutilation scars. A diagnosis of MPD can only be made once a
clinician has met a distinct alter state and not a transient ego-state
phenomena.
Physiological studies showing differences between DID patients and non-
DID patients
J Am Optom Assoc. 1996 Jun;67(6):327-34. Visual function in multiple
personality disorder. Birnbaum MH, Thomann K. State College of
Optometry, State University of New York, NY 10010, USA. BACKGROUND:
Multiple personality disorder (MPD) is characterized by the existence
of two or more personality states that recurrently exchange control
over the behavior of the individual. Numerous reports indicate
physiological differences, including significant differences in ocular
and visual function, across alter personality states in MPD....The
possibility of MPDs should be considered in patients who demonstrate
unusual variability in ocular and visual findings, particularly with a
positive psychiatric history. The existence of visual and other
physiologic differences across alter personalities in MPD offers a
unique potential for the study of mind-body relationships.
Clin Electroencephalogr. 1990 Oct;21(4):200-9. Brain mapping in a case
of multiple personality. Hughes JR, Kuhlman DT, Fichtner CG, Gruenfeld
MJ. Department of Neurology, University of Illinois, Chicago 60612.
Brain maps were recorded on a patient with a multiple personality
disorder (10 alternate personalities). Maps were recorded with eyes
open and eyes closed during 2 different sessions, 2 months apart. Maps
from each alternate personality were compared to those of the basic
personality "S", some maps were similar and some were different,
especially with eyes open. Findings that were replicated in the second
session showed differences from 4 personalities, especially in theta
and beta 2 frequencies on the left temporal and right posterior
regions....Maps from S acting like some of her personalities or from a
professional actress portraying the different personalities did not
reveal significant differences. Some of these findings are consistent
with those in the literature.
J Nerv Ment Dis. 1988 Sep;176(9):519-27. Multiple personality
disorder. A clinical investigation of 50 cases. Coons PM, Bowman ES,
Milstein V. Carter Memorial Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202. To
study the clinical phenomenology of multiple personality, 50
consecutive patients with DSM-III multiple personality disorder were
assessed using clinical history, psychiatric interview, neurological
examination, electroencephalogram, MMPI, intelligence testing, and a
variety of psychiatric rating scales. Results revealed that patients
with multiple personality are usually women who present with
depression, suicide attempts, repeated amnesic episodes, and a history
of childhood trauma, particularly sexual abuse. Also common were
headaches, hysterical conversion, and sexual dysfunction. Intellectual
level varied from borderline to superior. The MMPI reflected
underlying character pathology in addition to depression and
dissociation. Significant neurological or electroencephalographical
abnormalities were infrequent. These data suggest that the etiology of
multiple personality is strongly related to childhood trauma rather
than to an underlying electrophysiological dysfunction. PMID: 3418321
Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1982 Jul;39(7):823-5. EEG studies of two multiple
personalities and a control. Coons PM, Milstein V, Marley C. There are
few reports of EEG findings in patients with multiple personalities.
In our study, EEGs were visually scanned and frequency analyzed in two
patients with multiple personalities and one control....These data
suggest that EEG differences among personalities in a person with
multiple personalities involve intensity of concentration, mood
changes, degree of muscle tension, and duration of recording, rather
than some inherent difference between the brains of persons with
multiple personalities and those of normal persons.
Responses to those that state that DID is iatrogenic or a social
construct
The Etymological Antecedents of and Scientific Evidence for the
Existence of Dissociative Identity Disorder
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/the-etymological-antecedents-of-and-scientific-evidence-for-the-existence-of-dissociative-identity-disorder/
Iatrogenic DID-An Evaluation of the Scientific Evidence: D. Brown, E.
Frischholz & A. Scheflin" from The fall-winter 1999 issue of "The
Journal of Psychiatry & Law - "Conclusions...At present the scientific
evidence is insufficient and inadequate to support plaintiffs'
complaints that suggestive influences allegedly operative in
psychotherapy can create a major psychiatric disorder like MPD per se...
there is virtually no support for the unique contribution of hypnosis
to the alleged iatrogenic creation of MPD in appropriately controlled
research.....alter shaping is not to be confused with alter creation."
p. 624
D. Gleaves July, 1996 "The sociocognitive model of dissociative
identity disorder: a reexamination of the evidence" Psychological
Bulletin Volume 120, issue 1, pages 42-59 "No reason exists to doubt
the connection between DID and childhood trauma."
C. Ross, G. Norton, G. Fraser (1989) "Evidence against the
iatrogenesis of multiple personality disorder "Dissociation" volume 2,
issue 2, pages 61-65, https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1424/1/Diss_2_2_2_OCR.pdf
"Exposure to hypnosis does not appear to influence the phenomenology
of MPD(DID)....There is no evidence derived from the study of clinical
MPD that the disorder is artifactual. In fact there is not one case of
MPD created artifactually by a specialist in dissociation reported in
the literature. Given the absence of positive evidence for the
artifactual nature of clinical MPD, the data in the present study
provide compelling evidence that MPD is a genuine disorder with a
consistent set of core features."
Kluft, R.P. (2003) Current Issues in Dissociative Identity Disorder in
journal Bridging Eastern and Western Psychiatry 1(1) |p. 71-87
http://www.psyter.org/allegati/180/Kluft.pdf "In inpatient psychiatric
populations, mixed inpatient uncommon, occurs in many different
countries at and outpatient groups, and chemical dependency
approximately the same rate in the psychiatric inpatient treatment
settings, previously undiagnosed DID is found population, and usually
goes undiagnosed. Even among in between 4% and 18.6% of the patients.
Taken diagnosed DID patients, Putnam and his coworkers together, these
studies suggest that DID is not found that the average patient had
been in the mental health care delivery system for 6.8 years before
being accurately diagnosed....It has long been clear that many of the
symptoms of DID can be created by simple suggestion or experimental
manipulation, and that with minimal suggestion, subjects can be
induced to enact several DID behaviors. This data has been summarized
by many authors. However, the enactment of behaviors associated with a
mental disorder is not proof that one has the mental disorder --
anymore than a stage hypnotist's subject's clucking like a chicken is
a justification for cooking him or her for dinner. Cultural influence
and expectations may exert a significant impact upon the phenomenology
of DID, but this does not make the condition invalid....There is
considerable controversy over whether the condition can be created de
novo from iatrogenic pressures. My review of the literature, and my
experience with many situations in which this is alleged to have
occurred, suggest that if this does occur, it is infrequent and
happens only after prolonged and intense interventions. Therefore, if
the manifestations of DID are noted after relatively brief clinical
contact, or in the context of efforts that do not involve prolonged
and intense indoctrination, iatrogenesis is not a likely etiology....A
review of the DID literature demonstrates numerous instances of
documented abuse. Two studies of younger dissociative patients found
documentation of abuse for 95% of their young subjects. The
documentation of recovered memories of childhood abuse in DID
populations has been documented. However, I have also documented that
DID patients may represent confabulated recollections of abuse as if
they had occurred and that both accurate recovered memories patient,
either spontaneously or in response to of abuse and confabulated
memories of abuse may occur in the same DID patient. The literature,
then suggests that DID patients usually have a background of
overwhelming childhood circumstances, usually involving child abuse,
but that pseudomemories can be encountered in this patient
population....DID is emerging as a not uncommon consequence of
overwhelming childhood events. It has been identified as occurring in
many nations and is often very responsive to treatment. "DID is
emerging as a not uncommon consequence of overwhelming childhood
events. It has been identified as occurring in many nations and is
often very responsive to treatment."
Braun, B.G. (1989). "Dissociation: Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 066-069:
Iatrophilia and Iatrophobia in the diagnosis and treatment of MPD
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1425/1/Diss_2_2_3_OCR.pdf
"Iatrogenic induction of an alter personality by hypnotic or other
means is highly unlikely, given the DSM-III-R criteria for defining an
alter." "The most convincing evidence that alters are not being
iatrogenically induced comes with time," Putnam writes, "Although new
personalities may be created in therapy, the great majority will have
a life history that predates therapy. This history, with sufficient
documentation, will emerge as the therapist and patient reopen the
past and make it clear. In the long run, the question of iatrogenesis
becomes less urgent" (1989, p. 132). In this statement, an experienced
MPD clinician and investigator erodes the myth that hypnosis can
induce an alter personality that meets the criteria of DSM-III-R
(1987) including an enduring pattern of perceiving, relating to and
thinking about self and the environment....Hypnotizability, as a
manifestation of the ability to dissociate, is not an indication that
hypnosis can induce true alter personalities....other means is highly
unlikely, given the DSM-III-R criteria for defining an alter. Fear of
iatrogenesis may deter some therapists from making the diagnosis of
MPD or undertaking therapy.
Gleaves, D. (July 1996). "The sociocognitive model of dissociative
identity disorder: a reexamination of the evidence". Psychological
Bulletin 120 (1): 42-59. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.120.1.42. PMID 8711016.
Gleaves states that the research on DID does not support the ideas
that DID is a construct of either psychotherapy or the media (the
sociocognitive model), but that there is a connection between DID and
childhood trauma. "According to the sociocognitive model of
dissociative identity disorder...DID is not a valid psychiatric disorder
of posttraumatic origin; rather, it is a creation of psychotherapy and
the media...In this article, the author reexamines the evidence for the
model and concludes that it is based on numerous false assumptions
about the psychopathology, assessment, and treatment of DID. Most
recent research on the dissociative disorders does not support (and in
fact disconfirms) the sociocognitive model, and many inferences drawn
from previous research appear unwarranted. No reason exists to doubt
the connection between DID and childhood trauma. Treatment
recommendations that follow from the sociocognitive model may be
harmful because they involve ignoring the posttraumatic symptomatology
of persons with DID.
Brown, D; Frischholz E, Scheflin A. (1999). "Iatrogenic dissociative
identity disorder - an evaluation of the scientific evidence". The
Journal of Psychiatry and Law XXVII No. 3-4 (Fall-Winter 1999): 549-
637. p. 604 - 605 "The problem with McHugh's publications on MPD/DID,
like those of Mersky, is that they are mere speculation. From
deposition testimony in several cases, McHugh has made it clear that
other than an occasional consultation, he has very little actual
clinical experience with the ongoing treatment of MPD/DID patients and
is generally unfamiliar with both the clinical features of MPD/DID and
with what usually occurs in their treatment. This McHugh's opinion is
informed neither by actual in-depth clinical experience with
contemporary MPD/DID patients nor by any scientific research on MPD.
Furthermore, with regard to McHugh's main hypothesis that hysterical
behavior is implicated in DID iatrogenesis, Gleaves has shown that
such phenomena are no more prevalent in DID than in any other
psychiatric condition." "Conclusions...At present the scientific
evidence is insufficient and inadequate to support plaintiffs'
complaints that suggestive influences allegedly operative in
psychotherapy can create a major psychiatric disorder like MPD per se...
there is virtually no support for the unique contribution of hypnosis
to the alleged iatrogenic creation of MPD in appropriately controlled
research." "The Spanos socio-cognitive model reduces MPD to socially
constructed role enactments. In this model, the often severe
psychopathology associated with clinical MPD is minimized. Very recent
studies suggest a possible neurobiological basis to MPD in at least
certain MPD patients....It is clear that Spanos et al.'s 1985 conclusion
that MPD is a role enactment based on their observation of
role-playing subjects is based on circular logic: You ask a subject to
pretend that he has alters and he complies; then you conclude that
having alters is the product of role playing....Spanos's conclusion of
the iatrogenic nature of MPD also suffers from an additional logical
error. Even if it were true that MPD could be created iatrogenically,
that does not prove that every case for noniatrogenic MPD
cases....Situationally bound enactment of predefined
secondary-personality roles presumes sufficient executive control to
do it. Genuine MPD is defined in DSM as the loss of executive control...
Genuine DID was defined in DSM-IV as the loss of a unified identity...
Presumably none of Spanos's laboratory subjects suffered from a
fundamental loss of a unified identity as a result of the experimental
instructions...."'Genuine MPD is characterized by enduring
alter-personality states that are defined by a relatively stable set
of personality characteristics over time....The secondary-personality
states reported by Spanos's subjects in the laboratory were very
temporary role enactments....Spanos has seriously overgeneralized from
the data of his 1985, 1986 and 1991 laboratory experiments that
multiple personalities can be created in the laboratory."' The more
conservative interpretation merited by these data is that certain
individuals with certain personality characteristics in a particular
social context report temporary role enactments of different
identities that are limited to the context of the experiment....Overall
the Spanos data offer no evidence that either stable alter
personalities or the range of clinical features typically associated
with MPD can be created in the laboratory, and the data certainly
offer no support whatsoever that MPD per se can be created through
suggestive influences. At best, these data support the view that
certain individuals in a high-demand context, and/or under extreme
interview conditions wherein misinformation is systematically
supplied, report temporary secondary-personality states....Overall,
these data offer little evidence that the disorder MPD per se can be
created through suggestive influences."
Ross, C.; Norton, G. & Fraser, G. (1989). "Evidence against the
iatrogenesis of multiple personality disorder". Dissociation 2
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1424/1/Diss_2_2_2_OCR.pdf
"The authors present data which argue against the iatrogenesis of
multiple personality disorder (MPD). Twenty-two cases reported by one
Canadian psychiatrist, 23 cases reported by a second Canadian
psychiatrist, 48 cases seen by 44 American psychiatrists specializing
in MPD, and 44 cases seen by 40 Canadian general psychiatrists without
a special interest in MPD are compared. The Canadian general
psychiatrists had seen an average of 2.2 cases of MPD, while the
Americans had seen an average of 160. There were no differences
between these groups on the diagnostic criteria, for MPD or the number
of personalities identified. Specialists in MPD are not influencing
their patients to create an increased number of personalities or to
endorse more diagnostic criteria. Exposure to hypnosis does not appear
to influence the phenomenology of MPD.
Kluft, R.P. (1989). "Iatrogenic creation of new alter personalities".
Dissociation 2 (2): 83-91.
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1428/1/Diss_2_2_6_OCR.pdf
"It would appear that the weight of available evidence, although far
from conclusive, suggests quite strongly that the iatrogenesis of MPD
de norm has yet to be demonstrated. Most of what would appear to be
examples of the iatrogenic creation of new alters reflects the
uncovering process of psychotherapy as it reaches already extant
alters that were not immediately accessible for a variety of reasons,
or the ongoing use by the patient of his or her characteristic ways of
coping within the context of therapy."
Braun, B.G. (1989). "Dissociation: Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 066-069:
Iatrophilia and Iatrophobia in the diagnosis and treatment of MPD
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1425/1/Diss_2_2_3_OCR.pdf
"Iatrogenic induction of an alter personality by hypnotic or other
means is highly unlikely, given the DSM-III-R criteria for defining an
alter."
MPD/DID connection to severe abuse
Pearson, M.L. (1997). "Childhood trauma, adult trauma, and
dissociation". Dissociation 10 (1): 58-62.
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1837/1/Diss_10_1_9_OCR.pdf
"This paper studies the relationship among childhood trauma, recent
trauma, and dissociation. Literature has suggested that early trauma
may lead to dissociation.It was hypothesized that dissociation,
including symptoms associated with Dissociative Identity Disorder
(DID), would be more prevalent in those survivors of childhood abuse
who were later traumatized in adulthood . Seventy-five female subjects
completed a survey protocol. Subjects who experienced both early and
recent trauma were more dissociative and endorsed more symptoms
consistent with DI D."
Paley, K. Dream wars: a case study of a woman with multiple
personality disorder Dissociation : Vol. 5, No. 2, p. 111-116
https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/dspace/bitstream/1794/1646/1/Diss_5_2_9_OCR.pdf
Multiple personality is seen as the adult manifestation of child abuse
(Fraser, 1990; Baldwin, 1990; Ross, 1988; Kluft, 1986; Bliss, 1985;
Greaves, 1980) . Putnam, Guroff, Silberman, Barban, and Post's (1986)
survey of 100 patients revealed significant childhood trauma in 97% of
the cases; incest was the most commonly reported trauma (68%).
Van Benschoten, S. (1990) Multiple Personality Disorder and Satanic
Ritual Abuse: the Issue Of Credibility - Dissociation, Vol. III, No. 1
http://www.empty-memories.nl/dis_90/vanbenschoten_sra.pdf Finkelhor-
et al. (1988) found the ritualistic cases in their national study of
substantiated day care sexual abuse to be the ones "whose allegations
seemed to most strain public and professional credulity. . (and) in
which the children appeared to have suffered the most serious and
lasting kind of damage " (p. 32). This impression is supported by the
work of Kelley (in press)....A large number of adult MPD patients in
psychotherapy are reporting memories of explicitly satanic ritual
abuse beginning in childhood. The authors of two limited surveys,
conducted with a select group of MPD therapists, suggest the
percentage of reported satanic ritual abuse in the MPD population to
be 20% (Braun & Gray, 1986) and 28% (Braun & Gray, 1987). A survey by
Kaye and Klein (1987) reveals that 20 of the 42 MPD patients in
treatment with seven Ohio therapists describe a historv of satanic
ritual abuse. Ilopponen (1987) states that 38 of the more than 70 MPD
patients she has treated report memories of "satanic-type ritualized
abuse " (p. 11). Two inpatient facilities specializing in the
treatment of MPD report that approximately 50% of their patients
disclose memories of satanic ritual abuse (Braun, 1989a; Ganaway, 1989)
....In their national investigation of 270 cases of substantiated sexual
abuse of 1,639 children in day care, Finkelhor, Williams, and Burns
(1988) found 13% of the cases involved allegations of ritual abuse.
According to Jonker and Jonker-Bakker, "The National Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Children in Britain reported in its 1989
Annual Report that seven out of 66 Child Protection Teams in England
and Wales were currently working with children victimized by
ritualistic abuse."
The reliability of memories of SRA elucidated by clients in treatment
for MPD has been a major point of contention in the popular media and
amongst clinicians. Some healthcare professionals continue to express
ambivalence over the reliability of narratives of SRA provided by
patients, although most acknowledge that such a narrative is likely to
be indicative of serious victimisation and trauma. Schmuttermaier, J.
and A. Veno "Counselors' beliefs about ritual abuse: An Australian
Study", Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 8, 3, 1999, 45 - 63.
Leavitt, F. (1994) Clinical Correlates of Alleged Satanic Abuse and
Less Controversial Sexual Molestation. Child Abuse and Neglect: The
International Journal 18(4) p. 387-92 Women alleging SRA described
higher levels of dissociation, in a range often shown by patients with
MPD. http://eric.ed.gov/ERICWebPortal/recordDetail?accno=EJ483422
Recent information
PSYCHOLOGY - Identity Crisis - What is it like to live with 17
alternate selves? A survivor of multiple personality disorder
discusses the disease and the painful integration process that made
her whole. By Anne Underwood | Newsweek Web Exclusive Oct 22, 2007
Multiple personality disorder is a perplexing phenomenon to outside
observers, believed to be brought on by persistent childhood abuse.
What is it like living with MPD? And how does a sufferer function,
with so many alternate personalities-or "alters"-some of them adults
and some children? NEWSWEEK's Anne Underwood spoke with Karen Overhill-
a former sufferer and the subject of a new book, "Switching Time," by
Dr. Richard Baer. Excerpts: http://www.newsweek.com/id/57861
Mysteries of the mind unfold at program 10-06-2006 "Eve," whose real
name is Chris Costner Sizemore, and her son, Bobby, spoke to Stetson
University students recently at a special program that included a
lecture, slide show of Chris' artwork, a frank question-and-answer
session, and a reception. Chris talked openly of her struggles with
Multiple Personality Disorder, which in her case had manifested itself
in more than 20 personas over several decades. She has been healed for
30 years....Chris was the subject of the 1957 book by Drs. Corbett H.
Thigpen and Hervey M. Cleckley, "The Three Faces of Eve" (Kingsport
Press), and of the subsequent movie of the same name. Chris said her
many personalities arose in response to "hurtful events" during
childhood. Today, "I don't need them," she said of the personalities.
"As a whole person, I can face my realities and deal with them."
http://www.stetson.edu/marcom/articles/view.php?type=stories&id=198
DID resources
Dissociation and Trauma Archives - Full text searchable articles and
case studies published in the 1800s and early 1900s.
http://boundless.uoregon.edu/digcol/diss/index.html
Goettmann, B. A.; Greaves, B. G., Coons M. P. (1994). Multiple
personality and dissociation, 1791-1992: a complete bibliography.
Lutherville, MD: The Sidran Press, 85. ISBN 0-9629164-5-5. is a
bibliography. It contains the 1st edition as well as updates through
November 30, 1993. Article errors have been corrected when possible.
The bibliography is divided up into the following areas: Multiple
personalities, Dissociation and Amnesia, Depersonalization and
Derealization, Fugue States, and Medico-legal Aspects. Sidran Press.
2nd Edition. - University of Oregon Libraries -http://
boundless.uoregon.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/diss&CISOPTR=38
International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation
http://www.isst-d.org
blog on book "Switching Time" by Richard Baer http://switchingtime.wordpress.com/
Gould, C. & Neswald, D. (1992). Basic treatment and program
neutralization strategies for adult MPD survivors of satanic ritual
abuse. Treating Abuse Today, 2(3), 5-10.
childadvocate
Satanic ritual abuse exists all over the world. There have been
reports, journal articles, web pages and criminal convictions of these
horrific crimes against children and adults.
There has also been an attempted cover up of these crimes by child
pornographers, those with pro-pedophilia philosophies and those
defending child molesters in the public or legal arena
List of Satanic Ritual Abuse references -
http://ritualabusearticles.wordpress.com/category/satanic-ritual-abuse-evidence/
What is Ritual Abuse?
“…is methodical abuse, often using indoctrination, aimed at breaking
the will of another human being. In a 1989 report, the Ritual Abuse
Task Force of the L.A. County Commission for Women defined ritual
abuse as: “Ritual Abuse usually involves repeated abuse over an
extended period of time. The physical abuse is severe, sometimes
including torture and killing. The sexual abuse is usually
painful,humiliating, intended as a means of gaining dominance over the
victim.The psychological abuse is devastating and involves the use of
ritual indoctrination. It includes mind control techniques which
convey to the victim a profound terror of the cult members …most
victims are in a state of terror, mind control and dissociation” (Pg.
35-36) “Safe Passage to Healing”, by Chrystine Oksana, 1994,
HarperCollins, which is an excellent source for survivor and co-
survivors on the topic, though there is a newer edition out by
iuniverse.com (2001)
Lists of legal cases:
Believe the children (1997). “Conviction List: Ritual Child Abuse”.
http://www.ra-info.org/resources/ra_cases.shtml
The Satanism and Ritual Abuse Archive contains 92 cases as of February
12, 2008. http://www.endritualabuse.org/ritualabusearchive.htm
Web pages proving the existence of ritual abuse:
Noblitt, PhD, J. R. - An Empirical Look at the Ritual Abuse
Controversy (2007)
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/an-empirical-look-at-the-ritual-abuse-controversy-randy-noblitt-phd/
Ritual Abuse Bibliography http://www.ra-info.org/library/articles/ra_arti1.shtml
Ritual Abuse Statistics & Research
http://web.archive.org/web/20071210161357/http://home.mchsi.com/~ftio/ra-stats.htm
Searchable releases on satanic ritual abuse http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/
Frequently Asked Questions about Ritual Abuse and Mind Control
http://www.survivorship.org/faq.html
Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Evidence Surfaces By Daniel Ryder, CCDC, LSW
http://web.archive.org/web/20080125051057/http://home.mchsi.com/~ftio/ra-evidence-surfaces.htm
2008 Publications on Ritual Abuse and Mind Control
http://www.endritualabuse.org/citation 2.htm
Lacter, E (2008-02-11). “Brief Synopsis of the Literature on the
Existence of Ritualistic Abuse”. http://endritualabuse.org/Brief%20Synopsis.htm
Ritual abuse diagnosis research - excerpt from a chapter in: Lacter,
E. & Lehman, K. (2008).Guidelines to Differential Diagnosis between
Schizophrenia and Ritual Abuse/Mind Control Traumatic Stress. In J.R.
Noblitt & P. Perskin(Eds.), Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, pp.
85-154. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers. quotes: A second
study revealed that these results were unrelated to patients’ degree
of media and hospital milieu exposure to the subject of Satanic ritual
abuse. “In fact, less media exposure was associated with production of
more Satanic content in patients reporting ritual abuse, evidence that
reports of ritual abuse are not primarily the product of exposure
contagion.” Responses are consistent with the devastating and
pervasive abuse these victims have experienced, so often including
immediate family members. http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/studies/ritual-abuse-diagnosis-research-2/
Bottoms, Shaver and Goodman in their 1993 study to evaluate ritual
abuse claims found that in 2,292 alleged ritual abuse cases, 15% of
the perpetrators in adult cases and 30% of the perpetrators in child
cases confessed to the abuse. Data from Brown, Scheflin and Hammond
(1998).”Memory, Trauma Treatment, And the Law” (W. W. Norton) ISBN
0-393-70254-5 (p.62) Bottoms, B. Shaver, P. & Goodman, G. (1993)
Profile of ritual abuse and religion related abuse allegations in the
United States. Updated findings provided via personal communication
from B. Bottoms. Cited in K.C. Faller (1994), Ritual Abuse; A Review
of the research. The American Professional Society on the Abuse of
Children Advisor , 7, 1, 19-27
On Page 170 (first edition), of Cult and Ritual Abuse - Noblitt and
Perskin(Praeger, 1995) states “One of the best sources of evaluative
research on ritual abuse is the article “Ritual Abuse: A Review of
Research” by Kathleen Coulborn Faller (1994)….in a survey of 2,709
members of the American Psychological Association, it was found that
30 percent of these professionals had seen cases of ritual or religion-
related abuse (Bottoms, Shaver & Goodman, 1991). Of those
psychologists who have seen cases of ritual abuse, 93 percent believed
that the reported harm took place and 93 percent believed that the
alleged ritualism occurred. This is a remarkable finding. Mental
health professionals are known to be divergent in their thinking and
frequently do not agree with one another regarding questions of the
diagnosis and etiology of psychiatric problems…this level of
concurrence in a large national sample of psychologists…would be
impressive….the similar research of Nancy Perry (1992) which further
supports (the previous findings)…Perry also conducted a national
survey of therapists who work with clients with dissociative disorders
and she found that 88 percent of the 1,185 respondents
indicated”belief in ritual abuse, involving mind control and
programming” (p.3).”
Ritual Abuse-Torture Within Families/Groups Authors: Jeanne Sarson,
Linda MacDonald DOI: 10.1080/10926770801926146 Published in: Journal
of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, Volume 16,Issue 4 July 2008,
pages 419 - 438 Abstract - Case studies provide insights into
identifying 10 violent thematic issues as components of a pattern of
family/group ritual abuse-torture (RAT) victimization. Narratives from
victimized women suggest that victimization generally begins in
infancy or soon thereafter. A visual model of RAT displays the
organization of the co-culture. Examples of the family/group
gatherings known as “rituals and ceremonies” provide insights into how
these gatherings are used to normalize pedophilic violence. Global
activism afforded the first effort ever to track RAT and human
trafficking. Recognizing RAT as an emerging form of non-state actor
torture, discontinuing the use of language that sexualizes adult-child
relationships, and promoting human rights education are suggested
social solutions.
Available at : http://www.informaworld.com/index/903766904.pdf
html article : http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/ftinterface~content=a903766904~fulltext=713240928
Organized abuse and the politics of disbelief - Michael Salter (p.243
- 283) Faculty of Law - Faculty of Medicine - University of New South
Wales in Proceedings of the 2nd Australian & New Zealand Critical
Criminology Conference 19 - 20 June 2008 Sydney, Australia - Presented
by the Crime & Justice Research Network and the Australian and New
Zealand Critical Criminology Network Edited by Chris Cunneen & Michael
Salter - Published by The Crime and Justice research Newtork
University of New South Wales December, 2008
http://www.cjrn.unsw.edu.au/critcrimproceedings2008.pdf ISBN:
9780646507378 (pdf)
“Since the 1980s, disclosures of organised abuse have been disparaged
by a range of activists, journalists and researchers who have focused,
in particular, on cases in which sexually abusive groups were alleged
to have behaved in ritualistic or ceremonial ways…Whilst these authors
claimed to be writing in the interests of science and social justice,
what has emerged from their writing are a familiar set of arguments
about the credibility of women and children’s testimony of sexual
violence; in short, that women and children are prone to a range of
memory and cognitive errors that lead them to make false allegations
of rape. This paper argues that this body of literature has
systematically misconstrued allegations of organised abuse, and used
organised abuse as a lens through which the debate on child abuse
could be re-envisioned along very traditional lines, attributing
victim status to accused men and constructing liars out of women and
children complaining of sexual abuse.”
Recent worldwide survey of ritual abuse
The Extreme Abuse Survey final results are online with
findings,questionnaires and presentations for download as pdf-files.
More than 750 pages of documentation http://extreme-abuse-survey.net/
Understanding ritual trauma: A comparison of findings from three
online surveys - Handout for Karriker, Wanda. (2008, November).
Understanding ritual trauma: A comparison of findings from three
online surveys. Paper presented at the meeting of the International
Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Chicago, IL.
10 Extreme Abuse Survey Findings Helpful to Understanding Ritual
Trauma
1. Ritual abuse/mind control (RA/MC) is a global phenomenon.
2. A diagnosis of Dissociative Identity Disorder is common for persons
who report histories of
RA/MC. (84% of EAS respondents who answered that they have been
diagnosed with DID [N=655] reported that they are survivors of RA/MC).
3. Ritual abuse (RA) is not limited to SRA, i.e., satanic ritual
abuse, sadistic abuse, satanist abuse.
4. RA is reported to involve mind control techniques.
5. Some extreme abuse survivors report that they were used in
government-sponsored mind control experimentation (GMC).
6. RA/MC is reported to be involved in organized “known” crime.
7. RA/MC is reported to be involved in clergy abuse.
8. Most often reported memories of extreme abuse are similar across
all surveys.
9. Most often reported possible aftereffects of extreme abuse are
similar across all surveys.
10. In rating the effectiveness of healing methods, therapists tend to
favor stabilization techniques; survivors are more open to alternative
ways to cope with indoctrinated belief systems.
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/eas-studies/understanding-ritual-trauma-a-comparison-of-findings-from-three-online-surveys
MEDIA PACKET - Torture-based, Government-sponsored Mind Control
Experimentation on Children - Documentation that torture-
based,government-sponsored mind control (GMC) experimentation was
conducted on children during the Cold War. Data from two international
surveys that give voice, visibility, and validation to survivors of
these crimes against humanity….SURVEYS - EAS: Extreme Abuse Survey for
Adult Survivors (An International Online Survey for Adult Survivors of
Extreme Abuse) January 1 - March 30, 2007 with 1471 respondents from
31named countries. P-EAS: Professional - Extreme Abuse Survey (An
nternational Online Survey for Therapists, Counselors, Clergy, and
Other Persons Who Have Worked Professionally with at Least One Adult
Survivor of Extreme Abuse) April 1 - June 30 2007 with 451 respondents
from 20 named countries. Contact: Wanda Karriker, PhD
san...@twave.net http://my.dmci.net/~casey/GovernmentSponsoredMindControlExperiments-MediaPacket.pdf
Rutz, C. Becker, T., Overkamp, B. & Karriker, W. (2008).Exploring
Commonalities Reported by Adult Survivors of Extreme Abuse:Preliminary
Empirical Findings. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations,J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin (Eds), pp. 31- 84. Brandon, Oregon:Robert D.
Reed Publishers.
Becker, T., Karriker, W., Overkamp, B. Rutz, C. (2008). The Extreme
Abuse Survey: preliminary findings regarding dissociative identity
disorder. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of
Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 32-49. London: Karnac.
Karriker, Wanda (November, 2007). “Helpful healing methods: As rated
by approximately 900 respondents to the “International Survey for
AdultSurvivors of Extreme Abuse (EAS).”
http://www.endritualabuse.org/Karriker%20ISSTD%20Paper%20November%2012,%202007.pdf
Karriker, W. (2008, September). Torture-based mind control as a global
phenomenon: Preliminary data from the 2007 series of Extreme Abuse
Surveys. In Torture-based mind control: Empirical research, programmer
methods, effects and treatment. Workshop conducted at the 13th
International Conference on Violence, Abuse and Trauma, San Diego,CA.
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/eas-studies/torture-based-mind-control-as-a-global-phenomenon/
http://eassurvey.wordpress.com/extreme-abuse-survey-final-results/
Other organizations with data proving the worldwide existence of
satanic ritual abuse
http://www.ritualabusetorture.org/
http://theawarenesscenter.org/ritualabuse.html
http://www.endritualabuse.org/
A Nation Betrayed - The Chilling True Story of Secret Cold War
Experiments Performed on our Children and Other Innocent People by
Carol Rutz http://www2.dmci.net/users/casey
Pepinsky, H - PEACEMAKING - Reflections of a Radical Criminologist by
Hal Pepinsky - The University of Ottawa Press ISBN10: 0776606409 2006
“I have mentioned that since 1993 I have come to know many people whom
I believe to be genuine survivors of “ritual abuse.”
http://critcrim.org/files/Pepinsky_proofs_0.pdf
Books on Ritual Abuse
Johnson Davis, Anne “Hell Minus One: My Story of Deliverance From
Satanic Ritual Abuse and My Journey to Freedom” Transcript Bulletin
Publishing - ISBN 978-0-9788348-0-7 - 2008 “Anne’s parents confessed
their atrocities—both in writing and verbally—to clergymen, and to
detectives from the Utah Attorney General’s Office. Anne’s suppressed
memories, which erupted when she was in her mid-30s, were fully
substantiated by her mother and stepfather….The book’s foreword was
written by Lt. Detective Matt Jacobson, who was the lead investigator
with the Utah Attorney General’s Office on Anne’s case in 1995.”
http://www.hellminusone.com/
Hell Minus One - signed verified confessions of satanic ritual abuse -
Anne’s parents confessed their atrocities - both in writing and
verbally.
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/survivor-stories/hell-minus-one-signed-verified-confessions-of-satanic-ritual-abuse/
Karriker, Wanda (2003). Morning, Come Quickly. Catawba, NC: Sandime,
LTD. ISBN 0-9717171-0-9.
Noblitt, J.R.; Perskin, P. S. (eds) (2008). Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-
first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations. Bandor, OR: Robert Reed, 552. ISBN 1-934759-12-0.
Noblitt, JR; Perskin PS (2000). Cult and ritual abuse: its history,
anthropology, and recent discovery in contemporary America. New
York:Praeger. ISBN 0-275-96665-8.
http://books.google.ca/books?id=zJkTTpfyJ-8C&printsec=frontcover&source=gbs_summary_r&cad=0
Rutz, Carol (2001). A Nation Betrayed. Grass Lake, MI: Fidelity
Publishing. ISBN 0-9710102-0-X.
Ryder, Daniel. (1992). Breaking the Circle of Satanic Ritual Abuse:
Recognizing and Recovering - CompCare Pub.
Oksana, Chrystine (2001). Safe Passage to Healing - A Guide for
Survivors of Ritual Abuse. Lincoln, NE: iUniverse.com.
ISBN0-595-201000-8. 1994 pub. HarperPerennial.
Raschke, Carl A. (1990). Painted Black. New York: HarperCollins. ISBN
0-06-104080-0
Smith, Margaret. (1993). Ritual Abuse: What it Is, why it Happens, and
how to Help by Margaret - HarperCollins
Sinason, V (1994). Treating Survivors of Satanist Abuse. New York:
Routledge. ISBN 0-415-10543-9.
Scott, S. (2001). The politics and experience of ritual abuse:beyond
disbelief. Open University Press. ISBN 0335204198.
http://www.amazon.com/Politics-Experience-Ritual-Abuse/dp/0335204198
Secret Weapons - Two Sisters’ Terrifying True Story of Sex, Spies and
Sabotage by Cheryl and Lynn Hersha with Dale Griffis, Ph D. and Ted
Schwartz. New Horizon Press, P O Box 669 Far Hills, NJ 07931 -
ISBN0-88282-196-2 Is a well-documented, verifiable account of not one,
but two childrens’ long untold stories of being CHILD subjects of
Project MKUltra. Quotes from the book: “By the time Cheryl Hersha came
to the facility, knowledge of multiple personality was so complete
that doctors understood how the mind separated into distinct ego
states,each unaware of the other. First, the person traumatized had to
be both extremely intelligent and under the age of seven, two
conditions not yet understood though remaining consistent as factors.
The trauma was almost always of a sexual nature…” p. 52 “The
government researchers,aware of the information in the professional
journals, decided to reverse the process (of healing from hysteric
dissociation). They decided to use selective trauma on healthy
children to create personalities capable of committing acts desired
for national security and defense.” p. 53 - 54 The book also contains
a variety of documents on mk-ultra and different projects as well as
reports to the Presidential Committee on Radiation and Mind Control,
including information on the five Canadians’ lawsuit against the U.S.
Government.
Another much maligned case is the McMartin Preschool Case - Child
pornographers, those with pro-pedophilia philosophies and those
defending child molesters in the public or legal arena have attempted
to cover up the crimes against these children.
The McMartin Preschool Case - What Really Happened and the Cover-up
verification of the accuracy of the book “Michelle Remembers“by
Michelle Smith and Lawrence Pazder, MDfrom the book “A NOTE FROM THE
PUBLISHER” pages xi - xiii”
“Dr. Pazder’s credentials are impressive. He obtained his M.D. from
the University of Alberta in 1961; his diploma in tropical medicine
from the University Liverpool in 1962; and in 1968, his specialist
certificate in psychiatry and his diploma in psychological medicine
from McGill University. In 1971, he was made a fellow of Canada’s
Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons. He is a member of three
Canadian professional associations and of the American Psychiatric
Association as well. He practiced medicine in West Africa and has
participated in medical task forces and health organizations. He has
been chairman of the Mental Health Committee of the Health Planning
Council for British Columbia. A member of the staff of two hospitals
in Victoria, British Columbia -the Royal Jubilee and the Victoria
General-he is in private practice with a group of five psychiatrists.
His professional papers include a study of the long-term effects of
stress upon concentration-camp victims.
Two experienced interviewers journeyed to Victoria and talked to Dr.
Pazder’s colleagues, to the priests and the bishop who became
involvedin the case, to doctors who treated Michelle Smith when she
was a child, to relatives and friends. From local newspaper, clergy,
and police sources they learned that reports of Satanism in Victoria
are not infrequent and that Satanism has apparently existed there for
many years. Satanism in Western Canada flourished in many areas with
activities far more ominous than some of the innocuous groups now
found in parts of the United States who claim some connection with
Satanism.
The source material was scrutinized. The many thousands of pages of
transcript of the tape recordings that Dr. Pazder and Michelle Smith
made of their psychiatric sessions were read and digested; they became
the basis of this book. The tapes themselves were listened to in good
measure, and the videotapes made of some of his sessions were viewed.
Both the audio and video are powerfully convincing. It is nearly
unthinkable that the protracted agony they record could have been
fabricated.”
Thomas B. Congdon, Jr New York April 22, 1980
Fells Acres - Amirault Case
http://web.archive.org/web/20010719201703/http://www.vocal-nasvo.org/hardoon.htm
Letters to the Editor: The Real Darkness Is Child Abuse WALL STREET
JOURNAL (J) 02/24/95
excerpts:
As the chief prosecutor of both of the Amirault cases I am writing to
prevent the public from being misled into believing that an injustice
occurred as Dorothy Rabinowitz alleges in her Jan. 30 editorial-page
piece “A Darkness in Massachusetts.”
Her suggestion that the convictions were based on “some of the most
fantastic claims ever presented” presumptuously ignores the reality of
the cases. The three Amiraults — Gerald, Violet and Cheryl - were
convicted after two trials before different judges and juries almost
one year apart. They were represented by able and well-known defense
counsel. The convictions were upheld after review by state and federal
appellate courts. The McMartin case in California was the result of a
botched legal system and Kelly Michaels’s conviction was overturned
because of legal errors. Contrary to Ms. Rabinowitz’s implication, the
Amirault convictions were neither of these.
Studies show, as did testimony from a nationally recognized pediatric
gynecologist, that most sexually molested young children have
absolutely normal physical examinations. However, in Amirault, the
majority of the female children who testified had some relevant
physical findings, as did several female children involved in the
investigation who did not participate in the trial. The findings
included labial adhesions and hymenal scarring of the sort present in
avery small percentage of non-sexually abused children.
Ms. Rabinowitz’s article is a superficial, one-sided look at a case
handled extensively and carefully by the legal system. The victims and
their families in these cases have been irrevocably harmed by what was
done to them by the Amiraults. Every argument raised by Ms. Rabinowitz
was ably presented by the defense at the trials. The juries, by their
verdicts, rejected these arguments. Justice was done.
see for actual case evidence http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/category/commonwealth-vs-amirault/
http://abusearticles.files.wordpress.com/2007/12/common-vs-amirault-424-mass-618-page-624.jpg
http://abusearticles.files.wordpress.com/2007/12/common-vs-amirault-424-mass-618-page-622.jpg
“All nine children testified in a broadly consistent way…The children
testified to numerous instances of sexual abuse. Some of the children
testified that they were photographed during this abuse, describing a
big camera with wires, a red button, and pictures which came out of
the camera. The children testified that the defendant threatened them
and told them that their families would be harmed if they told anyone
about the abuse….The Commonwealth also presented a pediatric
gynecologist and pediatrician who examined five of the girls who
testified…She made findings consistent with abuse in four of the
girls.”
Amirault’s accusers reveal their faces, and their pain Boston Herald -
Boston, Mass. - Peter Gelzinis - Aug 7, 2001
Mass. Victims Fight Commutation Plea By Leslie Miller, Associated
Press Writer
excerpts:
CAMBRIDGE, Mass. (AP) - Victims in the Fells Acres child abuse case
broke down Thursday as they described their pain publicly for the
first time in hopes of keeping the last person convicted in the case
behind bars. Victims urged her to keep Amirault in prison. “During
counseling meetings as a child, I would speak of a tall man touching
me and taking pictures of me,” Phaedra Hopkins, 20, said at an
emotional news conference. “So many times, Mr. Amirault hovered over
me, touched me and hurt me and committed many disgusting acts of
abuse.” Those children, now adults, stood by their testimony Thursday.
“This family raped me, molested me and totally ruined my life,’’said
Jennifer Bennett, who was 3 1/2 years old when she started at Fells
Acres. “We weren’t coaxed. We weren’t lying. We’re telling the truth
and we always will,” said Bennett, 22. “I was there. None of you were
there. We weren’t coaxed, nor were we ever ever ever
brainwashed.”Brian Martinello, 21, said he was sexually abused by
Amirault. His mother, Barbara Standke, claims her son came home from
the day care with sores on his genitals and other people’s underwear.
“I think it’s an absolute disgrace to let anyone out of prison for
such a disgusting crime,” Martinello said.
Paul Ingram - Thurston County Washington Case
Seattle Post-Intelligencer - June 8, 1996 - News, Pg. B1 - Son of
Deputy Says He Was Sexually Abused ; Dramatic Report in Testimony to
Clemency Panel -: Rachel Zimmerman P-I Capitol Bureau - Olympia
excerpts:
The son of Paul Ingram, a former Thurston County deputy sheriff who
confessed to raping his daughters during nightmarish satanic rituals
but later recanted, said for the first time yesterday that he was
physically and sexually abused by his father for eight years. Chad
Ingram, 27, told the state Pardons and Clemency Board that his father,
who is serving 20 years in prison after pleading guilty to six counts
of third-degree rape - crimes he now says never happened - said he was
abused by his father from ages 4 to 12. “He would put himself on top
of me and I would perform oral sex on him,” Chad Ingram said.
Thurston County Sheriff Gary Edwards, though the case never went to
trial, it was subject to intense judicial scrutiny, “all the way up to
the Ninth Circuit.” Edwards added, “This case was not perfect but it
had complete judicial review. “Paul Ingram did commit these crimes; he
plead guilty to these crimes. I have no problem shaving in the
morning. I can look myself in the mirror.”
The Facade of Scientific Documentation: A Case Study of Richard
Ofshe’s Analysis of the Paul Ingram Case” by Karen Olio and William
Cornell. APA’s journal “Psychology, Public Policy, and Law,” (1998,
Vol. 4, No. 4, 1182-1197) “The case of Paul Ingram, a man who pleaded
guilty to sexually abusing his daughters, has received widespread
media attention. Richard Ofshe (1992, 1994) set forth a narrative of
the case which included his account of an experiment to test the
veracity of Ingram’s confessions and concluded that the inadvertent
use of hypnosis during Ingram’s interrogation resulted in the creation
of pseudomemories that convinced Ingram of his guilt. On the basis of
an examination of the original source documents, the authors discusses
the errors of fact, methodological flaws, and confounding factors in
Ofshe’s rendering of this case of alleged child abuse. They also cite
examples of the extent to which Ofshe’s imperfect narrative of this
case and pseudoscientific conclusions have been uncritically accepted
and repeated in the literature…”
Harvard Society for Law & Public Policy, Inc. Harvard Journal of Law &
Public Policy - Spring, 1999 - 22 Harv. J.L. & Pub. Pol’y 523 The
Guilty and the “Innocent”: an Examination of Alleged Cases of Wrongful
Conviction from False Confessions by Paul G. Cassell -”According to
the authors (Leo and Ofsche), in twenty-nine of these cases the false
confession resulted in the wrongful conviction of an innocent person.”
“examines nine of these twenty-nine cases in detail. Based on review
of original trial court records and other similar sources, the part
concludes that each of these nine persons were, in all likelihood,
entirely guilty of the crimes charged against them.”"Leo and Ofshe
rely in large measure on secondary sources for the descriptions of the
evidence against the defendants in their collection….For many cases,
court records are available only in the local courthouses where the
trial took place, while media accounts are often readily accessible in
computerized databases. Relying on secondary sources, however, poses
the risk of inaccurate recounting of the evidence. Examining primary
sources for the cases in Leo and Ofshe’s collection reveals that this
is a very real problem.” “The problems with the subjective
determination of “innocence” in the Leo-Ofshe collection, like similar
problems elsewhere, suggests that reliance on second-hand sources
combined with understandable enthusiasm for the enterprise of
discovering miscarriages may produce more such cases than really
exist.” “Only a relative handful of Leo and Ofshe’s cases would
satisfy the criterion of undisputed wrongful conviction.”
http://www.kspope.com/memory/facade1a.php
Wenatchee, Washington Case
http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/category/articles-on-wenatchee/
information from articles :
At the trial, one girl showed “definite medical signs of sexual abuse”
while “it could not be ruled out for two others.
In 1996, a consultant, retired Bellevue Police Chief D.P. Van
Blaricom, hired by a city insurer who looked into how the Wenatchee
police ran the child abuse investigations stated that the cases were
handled properly. A U.S. Department of Justice investigation also
found that there was no evidence of civil rights violations.
Cops Win Wash. State Sex Ring Case - June 29, 1998 - Aviva L. Brandt
AP Online - Seattle “A jury on Monday rejected claims of police
misconduct brought by four people who say they were falsely accused of
child rape and molestation. After deliberating for more than five
days, the King County Superior Court panel decided that the central
Washington town of Wenatchee, the town’s police officials and three
members of the Douglas County sheriff’s department did not violate the
civil rights of the four, who said they were falsely accused in
1994-95. Douglas County Sheriff Dan LaRoche said the verdict allows
police to keep investigating sex abuse and molestation cases without
fear of lawsuits.
Debate Rages Over Wenatchee Sex-Ring Allegations - November 6, 1995-
Aviva L. Brandt, Associated Press Writer - Wenatchee, Wash.
Excerpts:
A line divides this town. On one side are those who believe dozens of
children were raped and molested over seven years by adults in two
loosely organized sex rings. On the other are those who assert a rogue
cop and obsessed social workers created a whirlpool of sexual
hysteria- coaxing children into accusations and bullying bewildered,
poorly educated adults into confessions. Gov. Mike Lowry, petitioned
by critics who believe the case is a witch hunt, has asked for a
Justice Department review and is awaiting a decision from U.S.
Attorney General Janet Reno. Authorities say as many as 50 children
were forced to have sex with adults since 1988 - sometimes alone,
sometimes in groups. In the last year, 28 adults have been charged
with child rape and sexual abuse. Five have been convicted, 10 have
pleaded guilty.
“Every female victim had physical evidence of sexual abuse and the
majority of the males did,” Smith said. “Clearly it’s pretty good
evidence to show that this is occurring.”
Douglas County Prosecutor Steve Clem sounded frustrated when asked
about allegations that his office hasn’t bothered to look for the
truth. “The defense attorneys are using what I’m sure … some day in
the future will be called the O.J. defense, where they sling mud, make
wild accusations and see conspiracies all around them,” he said.”
There’s physical evidence consistent with the stories they (the
children) tell. There’s more than one person talking about the very
same things going on,” said Tim Abbey, a regional supervisor with the
state Child Protective Services. “And there are a lot of confessions,
and many times they’re confessing to more than the kids said
happened.”
Andrew Usher
Greegor
You post like Diana.
You denied your "mind control" obsession.
You buy into all kinds of crackpot pseudo psychology.
You spam it and then don't answer most questions.
I don't think you can take it.
I see you switched to aliens and alien technology recently.
Have you ever claimed YOU were an abused child, Diana?
Ranting
"childadvocate" <smar...@aol.com> wrote in message
news:d5504654-475c-46a4...@e10g2000vbe.googlegroups.com...
Here is the problem with YOUR research, they started out with a premise,
"that ritual child abuse exists", then set out to prove it...NOT what should
happen
AND you are only interested in protecting women NOT children
krp
Recovered Memory Data
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
Definition: http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/whatabout.html What about
Recovered Memories? Jennifer J. Freyd, University of Oregon 鉄ivers,
Schooler, and Freyd (2002, p 169) define recovered memory as 典he
recollection of a memory that is perceived to have been unavailable
for some period of time
Your heroine Jennifer Freyd is a NUT CASE just like you. Psychology has know
about repressed memories for over a century. We also KNOW that when you use
hypnosis or shoot people full of mind altering DRUGS what you get is
PERMANENTLY UNRELIABLE BULLSHIT!
krp
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/
Recovered Memory Data with information on recovered memory
corroboration, theories on recovered memory, legal information,
physiological evidence for memory suppression, replies to skeptics and
books and articles on memory
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
The existence of recovered memory is a fact. Anyone that denies this
is ignoring large amounts of data.
The information for this part is a synopsis of data from “Memory,
Trauma Treatment, and the Law” by Brown, Scheflin and Hammond, W.W.
Norton and Co. New York and London, C 1998 (http://www.wwnorton.com)
Page 370-381
The base rates for memory commission errors are quite low, at least in
professional trauma treatment. The base rates in adult misinformation
studies run between zero and 5 percent for adults and between 3 - 5
percent for children. These numbers are quite different than what you
might here from the pro-fms people or the media.
“Occasional unwitting misleading suggestions (Yapko, 1994a), even the
suggestion of a diagnosis of abuse, cannot adequately explain illusory
memories of child sexual abuse.” (p. 379) Occasional suggestions about
abuse are not generally effective, except in highly suggestible
people.
My conclusion is that memory contamination is very unlikely, except
under extreme conditions
=======================
In a word; "HORSESHIT!"
childadvocate
the peer reviewed research in the field that proves everyone of my
points conclusively:
1) "Jennifer Freyd is a NUT CASE"
my reply: name calling again - a propaganda technique
see Jennifer Freyd's awards: http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/vita.html
(listed below also)
2) "PERMANENTLY UNRELIABLE BULLSHIT"
"HORSESHIT!"
"just bullshit"
my reply : these arguments show the weakness of the my debaters'
points, simply more name calling - a propaganda technique used to
discredit another opinion
3) "they started out with a premise, "that ritual child abuse exists",
then set out to prove it"
my reply: there is no evidence that any premise was started out with,
the research simply conclusively proves that ritual child abuse does
exist, see http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/
4) "You post like Diana."
my reply: actually I don't, I post totally different websites and
sources in a totally different style - it is a propaganda technique to
associate or "lump together" different debaters.
Jennifer Freyd's awardshttp://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/vita.html
Honors and Awards:
Graduate Fellowship, National Science Foundation, 1979-82
University Fellowship, Stanford, 1982-83
Presidential Young Investigator Award, National Science Foundation,
1985-90
IBM Faculty Development Award, 1985-87
Fellow, Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences,1989-90
Fellow, John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation, 1989-90
Research Scientist Development Award, NIMH, 1989-1994
Fellow, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1992
Fellow, American Psychological Society, 1994
Fellow, American Psychological Association, 1996
Who’s Who in America, from 50th edition (1996) continuous through
63rd (2009)
Distinguished Publication Award, Association for Women in Psychology,
1997
Pierre Janet Award, International Society for the Study of
Dissociation, 1997
Summer Research Award, University of Oregon, 1998
Pierre Janet Award, International Society for the Study of
Dissociation, 2005
Co-Editor, Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, Volume 6 (2005)
Editor, Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, Beginning with Volume 7
(2006-)
Psychologist-Scientist of the Year Award, Lane County Psychologists'
Association, 2006
Education:
B.A. Anthropology, 1979 (Magna Cum Laude), University of Pennsylvania
Ph.D. Psychology, 1983, Stanford University
Positions:
Assistant Professor of Psychology, Cornell University, 1983-87
Associate Professor of Psychology, University of Oregon, 1987-1992
Professor of Psychology, University of Oregon, 1992-present
Selected Publications: (full text availability)
Baron, J., Treiman, R., Freyd, J.J., and Kellman, P. (1979) Spelling
and reading by rules. In: U. Frith (Ed.), Cognitive processes in
spelling (pp. 159-194).
Baron, J., Freyd, J.J., and Stewart, J. (1980) Individual differences
in general abilities useful in solving problems. In R. Nickerson
(Ed.), Attention and performance VIII (pp 763-778). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Freyd, J.J. (1983) Dynamic mental representations and apparent
accelerated motion. Doctoral dissertation, Stanford University.
University Microfilms.
Freyd, J.J. (1983) Representing the dynamics of a static form. Memory
& Cognition, 11, 342-346.
Freyd, J.J. (1983) Shareability: the social psychology of
epistemology. Cognitive Science, 7, 191-210.
Freyd, J.J. (1983) The mental representation of action. [commentary]
The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 6, 145-146.
Freyd, J.J. (1983) The mental representation of movement when static
stimuli are viewed. Perception & Psychophysics, 33, 575-581.
Treiman, R., Freyd, J.J., & Baron, J. (1983) Phonological recoding and
use of spelling-sound rules in reading of sentences. The Journal of
Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22, 682-700.
Freyd, J.J., & Tversky, B. (1984) Force of symmetry in form
perception. American Journal of Psychology, 97, 109-126.
Freyd, J.J., & Finke, R.A. (1984) Representational momentum. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 10,
126-132.
Freyd, J.J., & Finke, R.A. (1984) Facilitation of length
discrimination using real and imagined context frames. American
Journal of Psychology, 97, 323-341.
Freyd, J.J. (1985) Think again. [book review] Contemporary Psychology,
30, 52-53.
Finke, R.A., & Freyd, J.J. (1985) Transformations of visual memory
induced by implied motions of pattern elements. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 11, 780-794.
Freyd, J.J. (1985) Drawing from the bottom up. [book review]
Contemporary Psychology, 30, 776-777.
Freyd, J.J., & Finke, R.A. (1985) A velocity effect for
representational momentum. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 23,
443-446.
Finke, R.A., Freyd, J.J., & Shyi, G.C.-W. (1986) Implied velocity and
acceleration induce transformations of visual memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 115, 175-188.
Freyd, J.J., & Johnson, J.Q. (1987) Probing the time course of
representational momentum. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 13, 259-268.
Kelly, M.H., & Freyd, J.J. (1987) Explorations of representational
momentum. Cognitive Psychology, 19, 369-401.
Freyd, J.J. (1987) Dynamic mental representations. Psychological
Review, 94, 427-438.
Babcock, M.K., & Freyd, J.J. (1988) Perception of dynamic information
in static handwritten forms. American Journal of Psychology, 101,
111-130.
Freyd, J.J., Pantzer, T.M., & Cheng, J.L. (1988) Representing statics
as forces in equilibrium. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General,
117, 395-407.
Finke, R.A., & Freyd, J.J. (1989) Mental extrapolation and cognitive
penetrability: Reply to Ranney, and some other matters and proposals
for evaluative criteria. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General,
118, 403-408.
Freyd, J.J. (1989) We all benefit from quality child care. The
Register-Guard (Eugene, Oregon, city newspaper) March 16, 1989. p 15A.
[Similar versions published in the Oregon Daily Emerald, May 5, 1989,
pp 2-3; and in theThe Stanford University Campus Report, October 25,
1989, p 6.]
Freyd, J.J. (1990) Faculty members with young children need more
flexible schedules. The Chronicle of Higher Education. February 21,
1990, p B2.
Shiffrar, M., & Freyd, J.J. (1990) Apparent motion of the human body.
Psychological Science, 1, 257-264.
Freyd, J.J., Kelly, M.H., & DeKay, M.L. (1990) Representational
momentum in memory for pitch. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 16, 1107-1117.
Freyd, J.J. (1990) Natural selection or shareability? [commentary]
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 13, 732-734.
DeKay, M.L., & Freyd, J.J. (1991) The effects of drawing method on the
discriminability of characters. Visible Language, 25 , 377-414.
Freyd, J.J. (1991) The facts of perception. [book review] Contemporary
Psychology , 36, 972-974.
Freyd, J.J. (1992) Dynamic representations guiding adaptive behavior.
In F. Macar, V. Pouthas and W.J. Friedman (Eds) Time, Action and
Cognition: Towards Bridging the Gap (pp. 309-323). Dordrecht: Kluwer
Academic Publishers.
Freyd, J.J., & Johnson, J.Q. (1992) The evolutionary psychology of
priesthood celibacy. [commentary] Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 15,
385-386.
Freyd, J.J. (1993) Five hunches about perceptual processes and dynamic
representations. In Meyer, D. & Kornblum, S. (Eds) Attention &
Performance XIV: Synergies in Experimental Psychology, Artificial
Intelligence, and Cognitive Neuroscience - A Silver Jubilee (pp.
99-119). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Freyd, J.J. (1993). Theoretical and personal perspectives on the
delayed memory debate. In Proceedings of The Center for Mental Health
at Foote Hospital's Continuing Education Conference, Controversies
Around Recovered Memories of Incest and Ritualistic Abuse. Ann Arbor,
Michigan: Foote Hospital. [pp. 69-108] Reprinted in part in: Family
Violence & Sexual Assault Bulletin, 9(3), 1993, pp. 28-33. [Also
published in various places including Moving Forward, 2(5), 1993, pp.
6-11; Treating Abuse Today, 3 (5), 1993, pp. 13-20.]
Shiffrar, M., & Freyd, J.J. (1993) Timing and apparent motion path
choice with human body photographs. Psychological Science, 4, 379-384.
Freyd, J.J. (1994) Circling Creativity. Psychological Science, 5,
122-126.
Freyd, J.J., & Jones, K.T. (1994) Representational momentum for a
spiral path. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 20, 968-976.
Finke, R.A., & Freyd, J.J. (1994) Imagery. In R. Sternberg (Ed)
Encyclopedia of Intelligence, Volume 1. New York: Macmillan Publishing
Company. [pp. 561-563]
Freyd, J.J. (1994) Betrayal-trauma: Traumatic amnesia as an adaptive
response to childhood abuse. Ethics & Behavior, 4, 307-329.
Freyd, J.J., & Pantzer, T.M. (1995) Static patterns moving in the
mind. In S.M. Smith, T. B. Ward, & R. A. Finke (Eds) The Creative
Cognition Approach (pp. 181-204). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Freyd, J. J. (1995) O.J. trial a chance to explain battered-women's
syndrome. The Oregonian, Saturday, February 25, 1995, page 3M. [Also
published in the Association for Women in Psychology Spring 1995
Newsletter, pp 1-2.]
Freyd, J.J. (1996) The science of memory: Apply with caution.
Traumatic StressPoints, 10 (4), pp 1 & 8
Freyd, J. J. & Gleaves, D. H (1996) Remembering Words Not Presented in
Lists: Implications for the Recovered/False Memory Controversy?
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
22, 811-813.
Chatterjee, S. H., Freyd, J.J., & Shiffrar M. (1996) Configural
processing in the perception of apparent biological motion. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 22,
916-929.
Freyd, J.J. (1997) Student web publishing in psychology. The Lizard,
Teaching Effectiveness Program, University of Oregon, Spring 1997,
Issue Number 41, 7-8.
Freyd, J.J. (1997) Violations of power, adaptive blindness, and
betrayal trauma theory. Feminism & Psychology, 7, 22-3.
DePrince, A.P. and Freyd, J.J. (1997) So what's the dispute about?
[commentary] The Judges' Journal: A Quarterly of the Judicial Division
of the American Bar Association. 36(3), 70-72.
Gleaves, D. H. & Freyd, J.J. (1997) Questioning additional claims
about the "false memory syndrome" epidemic. [commentary] American
Psychologist, 52, 993-994.
Freyd, J.J. (1997) Clearly talking to many. [commentary] Contemporary
Psychology, 42, 856.
DePrince, A.P. and Freyd, J.J. (1998) Trauma, Science, and Society
[Book review] Contemporary Psychology, 43, 398-399.
Freyd, J. J. (1998) Science in the Memory Debate. Ethics & Behavior,
8, 101-113.
Freyd, J. J., S. R. Martorello, J. S. Alvarado, A. E. Hayes, & J. C.
Christman (1998) Cognitive environments and dissociative tendencies:
Performance on the Standard Stroop task for high versus low
dissociators. Applied Cognitve Psychology, 12, S91-S103.
Freyd, J.J. (1999) Blind to Betrayal: New Perspectives on Memory for
Trauma. The Harvard Mental Health Letter, 15 (12) 4-6.
Veldhuis, C. B., & Freyd, J. J. (1999). Groomed for silence, groomed
for betrayal. In M. Rivera (Ed.), Fragment by Fragment: Feminist
Perspectives on Memory and Child Sexual Abuse (pp. 253-282).
Charlottetown, PEI Canada: Gynergy Books.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (1999) Review of Truth in Memory (Lynn &
McConkey, Eds.) American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 41, 281-283.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (1999) Dissociative tendencies,
attention, and memory. Psychological Science, 10, 449-452.
Freyd, J. J. & Quina, K. (2000) Feminist ethics in the practice of
science: The contested memory controversy as an example. In M. Brabeck
(Ed) Practicing Feminist Ethics in Psychology (pp. 101-124).
Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.
Becker, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. (2000) Book review of Pillemer's Momentus
Events. biography: an international quarterly, 23, 372-374.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2001) The meeting of trauma & cognitive
science: Facing challenges and creating opportunities at the
crossroads, Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma, 4 (2), 1-8.
[Also published as: Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (Eds). Book in press.
Trauma and Cognitive Science: A Meeting of Minds, Science, and Human
Experience. New York: Haworth Press.]
Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (2001) Perspectives on memory for trauma
and cognitive processes associated with dissociative tendencies.
Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma, 4 (2), 137-163. [Also
published as: Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (Eds). Book in press.
Trauma and Cognitive Science: A Meeting of Minds, Science, and Human
Experience. New York: Haworth Press.]
Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (2001) Finding a secret garden in trauma
research, Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma, 4 (2),
305-309.. [Also published as: Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (Eds). Book
in press. Trauma and Cognitive Science: A Meeting of Minds, Science,
and Human Experience. New York: Haworth Press.]
Becker, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. (2001) Legal remedies for sexual abuse
survivors (book review of Sexual Abuse Litigation: A Practical
Resource for Attorneys, Clinicians, and Advocates). Psychology of
Women's Quarterly, 25, 258 - 259.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2001). Memory and dissociative
tendencies: The roles of attentional context and word meaning in a
directed forgetting task. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation 2(2),
67-82.
Freyd, J.J., DePrince, A.P., & Zurbriggen, E.L. (2001). Self-reported
memory for abuse depends upon victim-perpetrator relationship. Journal
of Trauma & Dissociation 2(3), 5-17.
Stoler, L., Quina, K., DePrince, A.P &. Freyd, J. J. (2001) Recovered
memories. In J. Worrell (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Women and Gender, Volume
Two. (pp 905-917) San Diego, California and London: Academic Press.
Freyd, J.J. (2001). Memory and Dimensions of Trauma: Terror May be
'All-Too-Well Remembered' and Betrayal Buried. In J.R. Conte (Ed.)
Critical Issues in Child Sexual Abuse: Historical, Legal, and
Psychological Perspectives (pp. 139-173). Sage Publications: Thousand
Oaks, CA.
Freyd, J.J. (2002) In the wake of terrorist attack hatred may mask
fear. Analyses of Social Issues and Public Policy, 2, 5-8. Also
published as: Misplaced anger may mask fear and sadness. [Op-Ed
article] Register Guard, September 24, 2001, p. 9A.]
Hayes, A.E. & Freyd, J.J. (2002) Representational momentum when
attention is divided. Visual Cognition, 9, 8-27. [Also published as
Hayes, A.E. & Freyd, J.J. (2002) Representational momentum when
attention is divided. In I. M. Thornton & T.L. Hubbard (Eds)
Representational Momentum: New Findings, New Directions (pp 8-27) New
York: Taylor & Francis Inc.]
Sivers, H., Schooler, J. , Freyd, J. J. (2002) Recovered memories. In
V.S. Ramachandran (Ed.) Encyclopedia of the Human Brain, Volume 4. (pp
169-184). San Diego, California and London: Academic Press.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2002) The harm of trauma: Pathological
fear, shattered assumptions, or betrayal? In J. Kauffman (Ed.) Loss of
the Assumptive World: a theory of traumatic loss. (pp 71-82). New
York: Brunner-Routledge.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2002) The intersection of gender and
betrayal in trauma. In R. Kimerling, P.C. Ouimette, & J. Wolfe (Eds.)
Gender and PTSD. (pp 98-113). New York: Guilford Press.
Goldsmith, R. & Freyd, J. (2002) Teaching psychology of women with
accuracy and optimism. Book Review. Contemporary Psychology, 47,
613-616.
Zurbriggen, E.L., Pearce, G.E. & Freyd, J.J. (2003) Evaluating the
impact of betrayal for children exposed in photographs. Children &
Society, 17, 305-320.
Freyd, J. J. (2003) Memory for abuse: What can we learn from a
prosecution sample? Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 12(2), 97-103.
Zurbriggen, E.L. & Freyd, J.J. (2004) The link between childhood
sexual abuse and risky sexual behavior: The role of dissociative
tendencies, information-processing effects, and consensual sex
decision mechanisms. In L.J. Koenig, L.S. Doll, A. O'Leary, & W.
Pequegnat (Eds.) From Child Sexual Abuse to Adult Sexual Risk: Trauma,
Revictimization, and Intervention. (pp135-158) Washington, D.C.:
American Psychological Association.
Becker-Blease, K.A., Deater-Deckard, K., Eiley, T, Freyd, J.J.,.
Stevenson, J., & Plomin, R. (2004) A genetic analysis of individual
differences in dissociative behaviors in childhood and adolescence.
The Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 45, 522-532.
Freyd, J.J. (2004) Film undermines efforts to fight child abuse. The
Register-Guard (Eugene, Oregon), [Op-Ed] February 29, 2004, p B3.
Becker-Blease, K.A. & Freyd, J.J., & Pears, K.C. (2004). Preschoolers'
memory for threatening information depends on trauma history and
attentional context: Implications for the development of dissociation.
Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 5(1), 113-131.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2004). Forgetting trauma stimuli.
Psychological Science, 15, 488-492.
Birrell, P.J., & Freyd, J.J. (2004) Speaking for ourselves: unmasking
the hidden agenda of the false memory controversy. [book review]
Ethics & Behavior, 14, 89-92.
DePrince, A.P., Allard, C.B., Oh, H., & Freyd, J.J. (2004). What's in
a name for memory errors? Implications and ethical issues arising from
the use of the label "false memory" for errors in memory for details.
Ethics & Behavior, 14, 201-233.
Goldsmith, R.E., Barlow, M.R., & Freyd, J.J. (2004). Knowing and not
knowing about trauma: Implications for therapy. Psychotherapy: Theory,
Research, Practice, Training, 41, 448-463.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2004). Costs and benefits of being asked
about trauma history. Journal of Trauma Practice, 4(3), 23-35.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. (2005). Beyond PTSD: An evolving
relationship between trauma theory and family violence research.
Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 403-411.
Freyd, J.J., Putnam, F.W., Lyon, T.D., Becker-Blease, K. A., Cheit,
R.E., Siegel, N.B., & Pezdek, K. (2005). The science of child sexual
abuse. Science, 308, 501.
Freyd, J.J., Putnam, F.W., Lyon, T.D., Becker-Blease, K. A., Cheit,
R.E., Siegel, N.B., & Pezdek, K. (2005). The problem of child sex
abuse [Response to Letters ]. Science, 309, 1183-1185.
Cheit, R.E. & Freyd, J.J. (2005). Let's have an honest fight against
child sex abuse. [Guest Commentary] Brown University Child &
Adolescent Behavior Letter, 21(6), 8. [Reprinted as Cheit, R.E. &
Freyd, J.J. (2006) "Funding for child abuse prevention programs must
be increased", pp 124-127, in L. Almond (Ed.) Child Abuse, Greenhaven
Press.]
Goldsmith, R. & Freyd, J.J. (2005). Awareness for emotional abuse.
Journal of Emotional Abuse, 5(1), 95-123.
Freyd, J.J., Klest, B., & Allard, C.B. (2005). Betrayal trauma:
Relationship to physical health, psychological distress, and a written
disclosure intervention. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 6(3),
83-104.
Middleton, W. Cromer, L. & Freyd, J.J. (2005). Remembering the past:
Anticipating a future. Australasian Psychiatry, 13(3), 223-233.
Freyd, J.J. (2006). Long Live the Journal of Trauma & Dissociation.
[Editorial] Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 7(1), 1-3.
Becker-Blease, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. (2006). Research participants
telling the truth about their lives: the ethics of asking and not
asking about abuse. American Psychologist, 6(3), 218-226.
Goldberg, LR. & Freyd, J.J. (2006). Self-reports of potentially
traumatic experiences in an adult community sample: Gender differences
and test-retest stabilities of the items in a Brief Betrayal-Trauma
Survey. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 7(3), 39-63.
Cromer, L.D., Freyd, J.J., Binder, A., DePrince, A.P., & Becker-
Blease, K.A (2006). What's the risk in asking? Participant reaction to
trauma history questions compared with other personal questions.
Ethics & Behavior, 16, 347-362.
Birrell, P.J. & Freyd, J.J. (2006). Betrayal trauma: Relational models
of harm and healing. Journal of Trauma Practice, 5(1), 49-63.
Freyd, J.J. (2006) The Social Psychology of Cognitive Repression
[Commentary] Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 29, 518-519.
Cromer, L.D. & Freyd, J.J. (2007) What influences believing abuse
reports? The roles of depicted memory persistence, participant gender,
trauma history, and sexism. Psychology of Women's Quarterly, 3, 13-22.
Freyd, J.J., DePrince, A.P., & Gleaves, D. (2007). The State of
Betrayal Trauma Theory: Reply to McNally (2007) -- Conceptual Issues
and Future Directions. Memory, 15, 295-311.
DePrince, A.P., Freyd, J.J., & Malle, B F. (2007). A replication by
another name: A response to devilly et al. (2007). Psychological
Science, 18, 218-219.
Becker Blease, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. (2007). The Ethics of Asking about
Abuse and the Harm of "Don't Ask Don't Tell" [Comment]. American
Psychologist, 62, 330-332.
Veldhuis, C.. & Freyd, J.J. (2007). Primary Prevention of Violence by
Adults: Let’s Not Overlook the Impacts of Having Been a Victim of
Abuse. [Commentary]. Trauma Psychology, Division 56, American
Psychological Association, Newsletter. 2(2), 3-4.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. (2007). Trauma-induced dissociation. In
M.J. Freidman, T.M. Keane, & P.A. Resick (Eds.), Handbook of PTSD:
Science & Practice (pp 135-150). New York: Guilford Press.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. (2007). Dissociation and Memory for
Perpetration among Convicted Sex Offenders. Co-published in Brown,
L.S. & Quina, K. (Eds.). Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted
Offenders: Gender, Science, and Treatment Issues. New York: Haworth
Press, and a special issue of the Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 8
(2), 69-80.
Klest, B. K. & Freyd, J.J. (2007). Global Ratings of Essays About
Trauma: Development of the GREAT Code, and Correlations with Physical
and Mental Health Outcomes. Journal of Psychological Trauma, 6(1),
1-20.
Freyd, J.J. (2007) Archiving Dissociation as a Precaution against
Dissociating Dissociation. [Editorial] Journal of Trauma &
Dissociation, 8(3), 1-5.
Tang, S.S., Freyd, J.J., & Wang, M. (2007). What Do We Know About
Gender in the Disclosure of Child Sexual Abuse? Journal of
Psychological Trauma, 6(4), 1-26.
Barlow, M.R. & Freyd, J.J. (in press). Adaptive Dissociation:
Information Processing and Response to betrayal. In P. F. Dell & J.A.
O'Neil (Eds) Dissociation and the Dissociative Disorders: DSM-V and
Beyond. New York: Routledge. [Short version preprinted as: Barlow,
M.R. & Freyd, J.J. (2007) Adaptive Dissociation: Information
Processing and Response to betrayal. International Society for the
Study of Trauma and Dissociation News, 25 (3), 5-7.]
Goldsmith, R., Tang, S.S.S., & Freyd, J.J. (2008). Policy and Practice
Implications. In C. Hilarski, J.S. Wodarski, & M. Feit (Eds) Handbook
of Social Work in Child and Adolescent Sexual Abuse. (pp 253-277) New
York: Haworth Press/Taylor & Francis Group.
Brown, L.S. & Freyd, J.J. (2008). PTSD criterion A and betrayal
trauma: A modest proposal for a new look at what constitutes danger to
self. Trauma Psychology, Division 56, American Psychological
Association, Newsletter. 3(1), 11-15.
Hulette, A. C., Freyd, J. J., Pears, K. C., Kim, H. K., Fisher,
P.A., & Becker-Blease, K. A. (2008). Dissociation and posttraumatic
symptoms in maltreated preschool children. Journal of Child and
Adolescent Trauma, 1(2), 93-108.
Freyd, J.J. (2008) Giving psychology away on Wikipedia. Trauma
Psychology, Division 56, American Psychological Association,
Newsletter. 3(2), 27.
Freyd, J.J. (2008). A new publisher, a new archive, and an old
mystery. [Editorial] Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 9(4), 439-44
Becker-Blease, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. (2008). A Preliminary Study of ADHD
Symptoms and Correlates: Do Abused Children Differ from Non-Abused
Children? Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma, 17(1),
133-140.
Freyd, J.J. (2008) Betrayal trauma. In G. Reyes, J.D. Elhai, &
J.D.Ford (Eds) Encyclopedia of Psychological Trauma. (p. 76). New
York: John Wiley & Sons.
Freyd, J.J. (2008) What juries don’t know: Dissemination of research
on victim response is essential for justice. Trauma Psychology,
Division 56, American Psychological Association, Newsletter. 3(3),
15-18.
Pezdek, K. & Freyd, J.J. (2008). False memory. In C.M. Renzetti & J.L.
Edleson (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Interpersonal Violence (Vol 1, pp.
236-237), Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Becker-Blease, K.A., Cheit, R.E., & Freyd, J.J. (in press) Sexual
abuse: Legal and public policy perspectives. In R. A. Shweder (Ed.)
The Chicago Companion to the Child. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Nijhawan, R., Watanabe, K., Suganuma, M., Miller, G. F., & Freyd, J.
(in press). Common processes in representational momentum and the
flash-lag effect. In R. Nijhawan & B. Khurana (Eds.), Problems of
Space and Time in Perception and Action. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge U.
Press.
Platt, M., Barton, J., & Freyd, J.J. (in press). Why doesn’t she
leave him? A betrayal trauma perspective. In E. Stark & E. S. Buzawa
(Eds.) Violence against Women in Families and Relationships.
Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Foynes, M.M., Freyd, J.J., & DePrince, A. (in press). Child abuse:
Betrayal and disclosure. Child Abuse and Neglect.
Freyd, J.J., Klest, B., & DePrince, A.P. (in press). Avoiding
awareness of betrayal: Comment on Lindblom and Gray (in press).
Applied Cognitive Psychology.
Books:
Freyd, J. J. (1996) Betrayal Trauma: The Logic of Forgetting Childhood
Abuse. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. [Excerpts of Betrayal
Trauma published in the Oregon Quarterly, Summer 1997, pp 10-13, and
in J. Hurley (Ed.), Child Abuse: Opposing Viewpoints, Greenhaven
Press, 1999, pp 111-118. Spanish language edition of Betrayal Trauma:
Freyd, J.J. (2003). Abusos sexuales en la enfancia: La lógica del
olvido (Pablo Manzano, Trans.). Madrid: Ediciones Morata.]
Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. (Eds). 2001. Trauma and Cognitive
Science: A Meeting of Minds, Science, and Human Experience. Published
as a Special Issue of the Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, &
Trauma (Volume 4, Number 2) and simultaneously as a book published by
Haworth Press.
Conference, Symposia, & Invited Presentations 1990-:
Freyd, J.J. Five hunches about perceptual processes and dynamic
representations. Invited paper given at Attention and Performance XIV,
July 9-13, 1990, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Freyd, J.J. & Taylor, K. Naive physics, representational momentum, and
a spiral tube. Paper given at the Thirty-first Annual Meeting of the
Psychonomic Society, New Orleans, Louisiana, November 1990.
Freyd, J.J. Memory repression, dissociative states, and other
cognitive control processes involved in adult sequelae of childhood
trauma. Invited paper given at the Second Annual Conference on A
Psychodynamics - Cognitive Science Interface, Langley Porter
Psychiatric Institute, University of California, San Francisco, August
21-22, 1991.
Freyd, J.J. Dynamic representations guiding adaptive behavior. Invited
paper given at the Time, Action and Cognition International Workshop,
St. Malo, Brittany, October 22-24, 1991.
Shiffrar, M., & Freyd, J.J. Where did the time go? Temporal factors in
apparent motion path choice. Paper given at the Thirty-second Annual
Meeting of the Psychonomic Society, San Francisco, California,
November 1991.
McKeown, D. & Freyd, J.J. Dynamic aspects of static art. Poster
presented at the 1992 Convention of the American Psychological
Society, San Diego, June 1992
Shiffrar, M. & Freyd, J.J. Biological constraints on path choice in
apparent motion. Invited paper given at the symposium on Motor
Theories of Perception, XXV International Congress of Psychology,
Brussels, July 19-24, 1992.
Freyd, J. J. Betrayal-trauma theory: A cognitive science approach to
child abuse. Invited presentation at the Symposium on Cognitive
Science and Child Psychiatry at the 39th Annual Meeting of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, Washington, D.C.,
October 20-26, 1992.
Freyd, J.J. & Miller, G.F.. Creature motion. Paper given at the Thirty-
third Annual Meeting of the Psychonomic Society, St. Louis, Missouri,
November 13-15,1992.
Freyd, J.J. Theoretical and personal perspectives on the delayed
memory debate. Invited presentation at The Center for Mental Health at
Foote Hospital's Continuing Education Conference: Controversies around
recovered memories of incest and ritualistic abuse, Ann Arbor,
Michigan, Saturday, August 7, 1993.
Miller, G.F. & Freyd, J.J. Human perceptual adaptations for
entraining, tracking, and predicting animate motion. Paper given at
the 1993 Meetings of the Human Behavior and Evolution Society, SUNY,
Binghampton, August 5 - 8, 1993.
Shiffrar, M., Heptulla, S., O-Shaughnessy, M., & Freyd, J.J. What does
it mean to be sensitive to biological motion? Paper given at the
Thirty-fourth Annual Meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Washington,
D.C., November 5-7, 1993.
Freyd, J. J. Betrayal Trauma. Keynote address at Sexual Assault
Support Services' Second Annual State Wide Conference, Empowering
Sexual Abuse Survivors: Children and Adults, Eugene, Oregon, April 30
- May 1, 1994
McKeown, D. Hintzman, D. & Freyd, J. J. The effects of implied mass on
representational momentum. Poster presented at the 6th Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Society, Washington DC, June
30 - July 3, 1994.
Hayes, A. & Freyd, J. J. Representational momentum survives
discontinuity, but discontinuity can reduce memory shift. Poster
presented at the 6th Annual Convention of the American Psychological
Society, Washington DC, June 30 - July 3, 1994.
Freyd, J. J. Betrayal trauma: Adaptive response. Invited presentation
at The Center for Community Counseling continuing education conference
"Feminism and Trauma: Theories and Treatment," Eugene, Oregon February
25, 1995.
Freyd, J. J. Betrayal Trauma Theory. Invited Keynote address at The
Portland State University conference on Legal and Cultural Issues of
Child Abuse, April 29, 1995.
Freyd, J. J. Invited Plenary session speaker and also faculty lecturer
(two presentations) at the 6th National Conference on Abuse, Trauma, &
Dissociation, Austin Texas, September 28-October 1, 1995.
Hayes, A. & Freyd, J.J. Attention and representational momentum. Paper
given at the Thirty-sixth Annual Meeting of the Psychonomic Society,
Los Angeles, California, November 10-12, 1995. [Also available as
University of Oregon Institute of Cognitive and Decision Sciences
Technical Report #95-12.]
Freyd, J. J. Internal transformations, external constraints. Invited
Featured Speaker at a Workshop to Honor Roger Shepard, Stanford
University, January 13, 1996.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal trauma theory: A social/cognitive model of
amnesia for abuse. Paper presented at the Association for Women in
Psychology 21st Annual Conference, Portland, Oregon, March 14-17,
1996.
Hayes, A., Sacher, G., Thornton, I. M., Sereno, M. E. & Freyd, J. J.
Representational momentum in depth using stereopsis. (Abstract
published in: Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science, Supp., 37,
5067.) Paper given at the Annual Meeting of the Association for
Research in Vision and Ophthalmology, Fort Lauderdale, Florida, April
21-26, 1996.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal trauma: Traumatic amnesia as an adaptive response
to childhood abuse. Paper presented (read by L.S. Brown) at the Second
World Conference of the International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies, Jerusalem, Israel, June 9-14, 1996.
Thornton, I. M, DiGirolamo, G.J., Hayes, A, & Freyd, J.J.
Representational momentum under conditions of visual distraction.
Poster presentation given at the Thirty-seventh Annual Meeting of the
Psychonomic Society, Chicago, Illinois, November 1-3, 1996.
Freyd, J.J. The Logic of Forgetting Abuse: Cognitive Science and
Betrayal Trauma Theory. Invited Keynote Address for the 12th Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, San
Francisco, November 9-13, 1996.
Freyd, J.J. Critical thinking about ethics in research, teaching, and
training. Invited paper given at the Div 35 APA sponsored CEU
conference, Ethics in Psychology: Critical Feminist Issues, Seattle,
Washington, January 31, 1997.
Freyd, J.J. Science and Ethics in the Memory Debate. Presented at
enGendering Rationalities Conference, sponsored by the Center for the
Study of Women in Society, University of Oregon, Eugene, April 18-20,
1997.
Freyd, J.J. Memory for Betrayal: Cognitive, Clinical, and Societal
Implications. Division 35 Invited Address for the 1997 Annual Meeting
of the American Psychological Association, Chicago, August 16, 1997.
Freyd, J.J. Science in the Memory Debate. Presentation within
"Symposium: The Science And Politics Of Recovered Memories" given at
the 1997 Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association,
Chicago, August 18, 1997.
Freyd, J.J. Power, Abuse, and Memory: Cognitive Science and Betrayal
Trauma Theory. University of Michigan, September 22-23 1997, Ann
Arbor.
Freyd, J.J. The logic of forgetting childhood abuse: Cognitive Science
and Betrayal Trauma. Invited plenary address 1997 Midwest Conference
on Child Sexual Abuse and Incest, October 9, 1997.
Thornton, I. M., & Freyd, J. J. Representational momentum and the
human face. (Abstract published in: Perception, 27, 245.) Poster
presented at the second Applied Vision Association Christmas Meeting,
Aston University, Birmingham, UK, December 17, 1997.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal Trauma Theory. Invited presentation to the Lane
County Psychologists Association, Eugene, Oregon, February 4, 1998.
Thornton, I. M., & Freyd, J. J. Memory for dynamic human faces.
(Abstract published in: Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science,
39, 818.) Poster presented at the Annual Meeting of the Association
for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology, Fort Lauderdale, Florida,
May 10-15, 1998.
Freyd, J.J. Director and Program Co-Chair of the 1998 Meeting on
Trauma and Cognitive Science, Eugene Oregon, July 17-19, 1998
Freyd, J. J. & DePrince, A.P. Dissociative Tendencies and Attentional
Context: A Cross-Over Interaction for Stroop Interference. Presented
at the 1998 Meeting on Trauma and Cognitive Science, Eugene Oregon,
July 1998.
Freyd, J.J. Memory, Pain, and Abusive Relationships: Betrayal Trauma
Theory. Grand Rounds speaker for the Annual Dennis D. Kelly Memorial
Lecture at New York State Psychiatric Institute and Columbia
University Department of Psychiatry, September 25, 1998
Freyd, J.J. Speculations about the Link between Childhood Sexual Abuse
and HIV Risky Behavior: Possible Role of Dissociative Tendencies,
Information Processing Effects, and Consensual Sex Decision
Mechanisms. Invited speaker at a conference co-sponsored by CDC and
NIMH "Childhood Sexual Abuse and HIV Risk: Mechanisms and Intervention
Strategies" November 3-4, 1998
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal Trauma. Plenary Speaker for the conference
"Trauma Disorders 1998: Balancing Research, Theory and Practice" at
Sheppard Pratt Hospital, Baltimore, November 4-7, 1998
Freyd, J.J. & Armstrong, J.G. Clinical Implications of Betrayal Trauma
Theory. Workshop for the conference "Trauma Disorders 1998: Balancing
Research, Theory and Practice" at Sheppard Pratt Hospital, Baltimore,
November 4-7, 1998
Freyd, J.J. Trauma and Attachment. Invited Plenary Speaker for the
15th International Fall Conference of the International Society for
the Study of Dissociation. Seattle, WA: November 16, 1998.
DePrince, A. P. & Freyd, J.J. Cognitive Markers of Dissociative
Experiences. Paper presented at the 15th International Fall Conference
of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation. Seattle,
WA: November 16, 1998.
Kistenmacher, B.R. & Freyd, J.J. The Relationship Between Denial of
Abuse and Dissociation in Men Who Batter: Predictions From Betrayal
Trauma Theory. Paper presented at the 15th International Fall
Conference of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation.
Seattle, WA: November 16, 1998.
Freyd, J.J. Listservs and Flames. Invited for Techniques for Teaching
with Technology: New in '99, UO Educational Technology Fair, May 21,
1999.
DePrince, A. P. & Freyd, J.J. Dissociation, Attention, and Memory.
Paper presented at 15th Annual Meeting of the International Society
for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, November 14-17, 1999.
Becker, K.A., Deater-Decakrd, K., Freyd, J.J., Eley, T., Stevenson, J.
& Plomin, R. A genetic analysis of individual differences in
dissociative behaviors in childhood and adolescence. Poster presented
at the Western Psychological Association 2000 annual conference,
Portland, Oregon, April 13-16, 2000.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. Dissociation, directed forgetting, and
attentional context. Poster presented at the Western Psychological
Association 2000 annual conference, Portland, Oregon, April 13-16,
2000.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. Betrayal, fear, and posttraumatic
response. Poster presented at the Western Psychological Association
2000 annual conference, Portland, Oregon, April 13-16, 2000.
Freyd, J.J. Blind to Betrayal: New Perspectives on Memory for Trauma.
Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association 2000 annual
conference, Portland, Oregon, April 15, 2000.
Freyd, J.J. Visions of the past and the future. Invited Plenary
Speaker for the The First International Workshop on Representational
MomentumNew Findings, New Directions & New Connections, Sept 1-3 2000,
Max-Planck-Institute for Biological Cybernetics, Tübingen, Germany.
http://www.kyb.tuebingen.mpg.de/repmo2000/
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. Directed forgetting and dissociation: An
examination of attentional context and memory. Presentation given at
the International Society for the Study of Dissociation 17th Annual
International Fall Conference. San Antonio, TX, November 12-14, 2000.
Freyd, J.J. Empirical investigations of betrayal and memory
impairment. Presentation given at the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies 16th Annual Meeting. San Antonio, TX,
November 16-19, 2000.
Freyd, J.J. Discussant, Symposium on "Remembering and Forgetting
Childhood Sexual Abuse". Presentation given at the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 16th Annual Meeting. San Antonio,
TX, November 16-19, 2000.
Becker, K. A., & Freyd, J.J. Intergenerational transmission of trauma
and dissociation. Poster presented at the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies 16th Annual Meeting. San Antonio, TX,
November 16-19, 2000.
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J.Dissociation, directed forgetting, and
attentional context. Poster presented at the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies 16th Annual Meeting. San Antonio, TX,
November 16-19, 2000.
Becker, K.A., Pears, K., & Freyd, J.J. Validity of Posttraumatic
Stress Disorder and Dissociation Scales of the Child Behavior
Checklist in a Preschool Sample. Poster presented at the 2001 Biennial
meeting of the Society for Reseach in Child Development, Minneapolis,
MN, April 19-22, 2001.
Becker, K.A., Pears, K., & Freyd, J.J. Relations between Parents'
Dissociation, Harsh and Inconsistent Parenting, and Children's
Externalizing Behavior." Paper presented at the 7th International
Family Violence Research Conference in Portsmouth, NH, July 22-25,
2001.
Zurbriggen, E., Quina, K., & Freyd, J.J. Sexual assertiveness, condom
use, and attitudes toward women. Presentation given at the Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco,
August 24-28, 2001.
Freyd, J.J. Campus-wide ("Blind to Betrayal") and guest lecture
presentations associated with invitation as Visiting Educator, Whitman
College, Walla Walla, Washington, October 2 & 3, 2001.
Barlow, M.R., & Freyd, J.J. Implicit, explicit, and procedural memory
in high and low dissociators. Poster presented at the Psychonomics
Society 42nd Annual Meeting, Orlando, Florida, November 15-18, 2001.
Becker, K. A., Pears, K. C., & Freyd, J. J. Relations among parents'
dissociation, harsh and inconsistent parenting, and children's
externalizing. Paper presented at the meeting of the International
Society for the Study of Dissociation, New Orleans, Louisiana,
December 2-4, 2001. http://www.issd.org/
Freyd, J.J. & DePrince, A.P. Do high dissociators forget trauma in the
lab? Presentation given at the International Society for Traumatic
Stress Studies 17th Annual Meeting, New Orleans, Louisiana, Dec 6-9,
2001. http://www.istss.org/
DePrince, A.P., & Freyd, J.J. Exploring context in trauma responses:
Betrayal and withdrawal. Presentation given at the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 17th Annual Meeting, New Orleans,
Louisiana, Dec 6-9, 2001. http://www.istss.org/
DePrince, A.P. & Freyd, J.J. Examining the Intersection of Gender,
Betrayal, and Posttraumatic Symptoms Presentation given at the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 17th Annual
Meeting, New Orleans, Louisiana, Dec 6-9, 2001. http://www.istss.org/
Becker, K.A., Pears, K.C., & Freyd, J.J. Relations among Parents'
Dissociation, Harsh and Inconsistent Parenting, and Children's
Externalizing Behavior Poster given at the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies 17th Annual Meeting, New Orleans, Louisiana,
Dec 6-9, 2001. http://www.istss.org/
Freyd, J.J. Blind to Betrayal. Colloquium given at the Department of
Psychology, University of Auckland, New Zealand, December 18, 2001.
Freyd, J.J. Blind to Betrayal: Forgetting, Unawareness and
Interpersonal Trauma. All-day workshop sponsored by the Cannon
Institute and the Trauma and Dissociation Unit, Mayne Health Belmont
Private Hospital, Brisbane, Australia, February 23, 2002.
Freyd, J.J. Blind to Betrayal: Forgetting, Unawareness and
Interpersonal Trauma All-day workshops sponsored by the Delphi Center,
in Melbourne (March 2) and Sydney (March 9) Australia, March 2002.
Freyd, J.J. Gaps in memory and awareness for trauma: Perspectives
from Betrayal Trauma Theory, Plenary speaker for Canadian Society of
Trauma and Dissociation, Vancouver, British Columbia, June 7-9, 2002.
http://www3.telus.net/trauma/Conference.html
Becker, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. Attention in Traumatized Children and
Adults. Paper given at the Victimization of Children & Youth Research
Conference, in Portsmouth, NH, August 4-7, 2002. http://www.unh.edu/frl
Becker, K.A., Freyd, J.J., & Pears, K.C. Attention Context, Trauma
History And Preschoolers' Memory For Threat-related Information.
Poster given at the Psychonomics Society 43rd Annual Meeting, Kansas
City, Missouri November 21-24, 2002 www.psychonomic.org
Becker, K.A. & Freyd, J.J. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder:
Differences in Key Factors Between Abused and Nonabused School-Age
Children. Poster presented at the 2003 Biennial meeting of the Society
for Research in Child Development, Tampa, Florida, April 24-27, 2003.
Goldsmith, R.E.,. & Freyd, J.J. Emotional abuse and alexithymia.
Poster presented at the Western Psychological Association 2003 annual
conference, Vancouver, BC, Canada May 1-4, 2003
Allard, C.B.,. & Freyd, J.J. Testing Pennebaker's paradigm on betrayal
trauma theory. Poster presented at the Western Psychological
Association 2003 annual conference, Vancouver, BC, Canada May 1-4,
2003
Freyd, J.J. The Role of Betrayal Trauma in Family Violence: Memoy,
Awareness, and Distress. Invited speaker for the 8th International
Family Violence Research Conference, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, July
13th - July 16th, 2003.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. Sex Offenders: The Role of Previous
Victimization and Cognitive Processing. Presentation at the 8th
International Family Violence Research Conference, Portsmouth, New
Hampshire, July 13th - July 16th, 2003.
Freyd, JJ. Betrayal Trauma: Related to Memory? Health? Gender?
Personality Seminar presentation, Stanford University, 23 October
2003.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. Ethical Challenges of Asking and
Not Asking Sex Offenders about Abuse. Spoken presentation at the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual
Meeting, Chicago, October 29 - 1 November 1, 2003.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. Previous Victimization and
Dissociation among Sex Offenders. Spoken presentation at the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual
Meeting, Chicago, October 29 - 1 November 1, 2003.
DeMarni Cromer, L., Freyd, J.J., & Arakaki, H. Stuffed Animals, Pets,
and Dissociation. Poster presented at the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual Meeting Chicago, October 29 - 1
November 1, 2003.
DePrince, A.P., & Freyd, J.J. Participant Responses to Being Asked
about Trauma History. Spoken presentation at the International Society
for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual Meeting, Chicago, October 29
- 1 November 1, 2003.
Freyd, J.J. Chair and Discussant of Symposium: Fragmented information
processing in revictimization and perpetration. International Society
for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual Meeting, Chicago, October 29
- 1 November 1, 2003.
Freyd, J.J. Chair of Symposium: The Ethics of Asking and Not Asking
About Trauma History. International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies 19th Annual Meeting, Chicago, October 29 - 1 November 1, 2003.
Goldsmith, R.E., Freyd, J.J., & DePrince, A.P. Betrayal Trauma:
Fragmenting Psychological and Physical Health. Poster presented at the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual
Meeting, Chicago, October 29 - 1 November 1, 2003.
Zurbriggen, E.L., & Freyd, J.J. Abuse and Revictimization: The Role of
Consensual Sex Decision Rules. Spoken presentation at the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 19th Annual
Meeting, Chicago, October 29 - 1 November 1, 2003.
Kieras, J. & Freyd, J.J. Dissociating, Attending, and Remembering.
Poster presented at the 44th Annual Meeting of the Psychonomic
Society, Vancouver, Canada, November 6-9, 2003.
Freyd, J.J. Co-organizer and moderator for AAAS symposium: The Science
of Child Abuse, its Media Presentation, and Forensic Considerations,
Annual Meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, Seattle, 12-16 February 2004.
DeMarni Cromer, L., & Freyd, J.J.. Stuffed animals, pets and
dissociation., Poster presented at the Annual Meeting of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, Seattle, 12-16 February
2004.
Goldsmith, R.E., Freyd, J.J., & DePrince, A.P. Health Correlates of
Exposure to Betrayal Trauma. Poster presented at the Annual Meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Seattle,
12-16 February 2004.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal Trauma Theory: Dimensions of Harm and Healing.
Presentation given at the 2004 American Psychiatric Association Annual
Meeting New York, NY, May 1-6, 2004.
Allard, C.B., Freyd, J.J., & Momiyama, T. Exploring the Potential of
Pennebaker's Writing Paradigm on Betrayal Trauma Sequelae. Poster
presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Psychological
Association, Honolulu, 28 July - 1 August, 2004.
Freyd, J.J., Klest, B., & Allard, C.B. Physical Health, Psychological
Distress, and Betrayal Trauma. Poster presented at the Annual Meeting
of the American Psychological Association, Honolulu, 28 July - 1
August, 2004.
Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J. Why not ask about abuse? Beliefs
that hold researchers back. Presentation given at the Annual Meeting
of the American Psychological Association, Honolulu, 28 July - 1
August, 2004.
DePrince, A.P., & Freyd, J.J. Harmful Taboo? Fear of Harm in Asking
about Trauma History. Presentation given at the Annual Meeting of the
American Psychological Association, Honolulu, 28 July - 1 August,
2004.
Freyd, J.J. & Becker-Blease, K.A. Context for Enhancing Learning about
Trauma and Oppression. Presentation given at the Annual Meeting of the
American Psychological Association, Honolulu, 28 July - 1 August,
2004.
Hayes, A.E. & Freyd J.J. The effect of an ignored or attended abrupt
auditory distractor on representational momentum. Poster presented at
the European Conference on Visual Perception, Budapest, Hungary,
August 22-26, 2004.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal trauma: gender, distress, and dissociative
amnesia. Grand Rounds, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral
Sciences, Stanford University Medical School, November 4, 2004.
Freyd, J.J. & Goldberg, L.R. Gender difference in exposure to betrayal
trauma. Spoken presentation at the 20th Annual Meeting of the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA,
November 14-18, 2004.
DePrince, A.P., Becker-Blease, K.A., & Freyd, J.J.. Forgetting trauma
stimuli in and out of the lab. Spoken presentation at the 20th Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New
Orleans, LA, November 14-18, 2004.
Allard, C.B., & Freyd, J.J. Writing about Betrayal Trauma: Examining
Gender and Narrative Structure. Poster presented at the 20th Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New
Orleans, LA, November 14-18, 2004.
Binder, A., Cromer, L.D., & Freyd, J.J. What's the harm in asking?
Participant reaction to trauma history questions compared with other
personal questions. Poster presented at the 20th Annual Meeting of the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA,
November 14-18, 2004.
Cromer, L.D., & Freyd, J.J. Believability Bias in Judging Memories for
Abuse. Poster presented at the 20th Annual Meeting of the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA,
November 14-18, 2004.
DePrince, A.P., Allard, C.B., Oh, H., & Freyd, J.J.. Misleading
implications from the use of the label "false memory." Poster
presented at the 20th Annual Meeting of the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA, November 14-18, 2004.
Klest, B.., & Freyd, J.J. Global Coding of Trauma Essays: Correlations
With Health Outcomes. Poster presented at the 20th Annual Meeting of
the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans,
LA, November 14-18, 2004.
Freyd, J.J. Gender differences in exposure to betrayal trauma. Spoken
presentation at the Gender and Interpersonal Violence Forum, Center
for the Study of Women in Society, University of Oregon, Eugene,
November 19, 2004.
Freyd, J.J. & Goldberg, L.R. Adventures with the Brief Betrayal Trauma
Survey. Colloquium, Psychology Department, University of Oregon. 28
January 2005.
Freyd, J.J. Betrayal Trauma: Forgetting, Unawareness and Treatment
Implications. All-day workshop, Blue Sky Bridge - The Child and Family
Advocacy Program, Boulder Colorado, 4 February 2005.
Freyd, J.J. Exposure to Betrayal Trauma: Gender, Distress, & Health.
Presentation invited forAddressing Sexual Violence on Oregon Campuses,
conference of the Oregon Attorney General's Sexual Assault Task Force,
Eugene, Oregon, 12 April 2005.
Goldsmith, R.E., Freyd, J.J., & DePrince, A.P. (July, 2005) Physical
and Emotional Health Consequences of Betrayal Trauma. Presented at the
9th International Family Violence Research Conference, in Portsmouth,
NH, July 10-13, 2005.
Becker-Blease, K.A.,., Freyd, J. J., & Friend, D. (August, 2005). Male
Victimization and Perpetration. Paper presented at the Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Association, Washington,
D.C., 18-21 August, 2005.
Zurbriggen, E. L., & Freyd, J. J. (August, 2005). Childhood abuse and
consensual sex decision rules: Implications for revictimization. Paper
presented at the Annual Convention of the American Psychological
Association, Washington, D.C., 18-21 August, 2005.
Freyd, J.J. (September, 2005). Betrayal Trauma Theory. Presentation
invited for Oregon Attorney General's Sexual Assault Task Force 2005
Advocate Advanced Training Program, Eugene, Oregon, 14 September 2005.
Allard, C. A., Freyd, J. J., & Goldberg, L. R. (2005). Are All
Traumatic Events Equal? Further Research Using the BBTS. Poster
presented at the 21st Annual Meeting of the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies, Toronto ON, Canada, November 2-5, 2005.
Gray, M., Cromer, L, Freyd, J.J. (2005) Betrayal trauma, acculturation
& historical grief in Native Americans. Poster presented at the 21st
Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, November 2-5, 2005.
Klest, B. & Freyd, J.J. (2005) Dissociation and Memory for Neutral and
traumatic Stories. Poster presented at the 21st Annual Meeting of
theInternational Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada, November 2-5, 2005.
Martin, C.G., Cromer, L., Filgas-Heck, R. & Freyd, J.J. (2005) ADHD
Symptomatology and Teachers' Perceptions of Maltreatment Effects.
Poster presented at the 21st Annual Meeting of the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Toronto, Ontario, Canada,
November 2-5, 2005.
Baldwin, M.Cromer, L.D.,& Freyd, J. (May, 2006). The Impacts of
Shareability and Affective Context on Memory. Presentation given at
the Sixth Annual Stanford Undergraduate Psychology Conference,
Stanford, California, May 13, 2006.
McLean, C., Klest, B., & Freyd, J. (May, 2006). Dissociation and
Distortion: Functional and Effective Similarities. Presentation given
at the Sixth Annual Stanford Undergraduate Psychology Conference,
Stanford, California, May 13, 2006.
Freyd, J. J. & Zurbriggen, E.L. (August, 2006). Using Research to
Inform Trauma Treatment: Insights from Betrayal Trauma Studies.
Presentation given at the 114th Annual Convention of the American
Psychological Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, August 11, 2006.
Cholankeril, A., Freyd, J.J., Becker-Blease, K.A., Pears, K.C.,
Fisher, P.A. (September, 2006). Dissociation in preschool-aged foster
children exposed to maltreatment. Poster presented at the 11th
International Conference on Violence, Abuse, and Trauma, San Diego,
CA, September 17, 2006.
Becker Blease, K., Freyd, J.J., DePrince, A.P. ( November 2006) The
Ethics of Asking and Not Asking About Trauma. Presentation given at
the Third Annual Conference on Innovations in Trauma Research Methods,
Hollywood, CA, November 3-4, 2006.
Becker-Blease, K., Friend, D. & Freyd, J.J. ( November, 2006). Child
Sex Abuse Perpetrators among Male University Students. Poster
presented at the 22st Annual Meeting of the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies, Hollywood, CA, November 4-7, 2006.
Edwards, V. J., Freyd, J. J., Dube, S.R., Anda, R.F. Felitti, V.J.
(November, 2006). Health effects by closeness of sexual abuse
perpetrator: A test of Betrayal Trauma Theory. Poster presented at the
22st Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies, Hollywood, CA, November 4-7, 2006.
Foynes, M.M, Freyd, J. J., & DePrince, A.P. (November, 2006). Child
Abuse, Betrayal, and Disclosure. Poster presented at the 22st Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies,
Hollywood, CA, November 4-7, 2006.
Goldsmith, R., Freyd, J.J., & DePrince, A.P. (November, 2006). Abuse
Awareness: Physical and Psychological Health Consequences. Poster
presented at the 22st Annual Meeting of the International Society for
Traumatic Stress Studies, Hollywood, CA, November 4-7, 2006.
Klest, B., Allard, C., & Freyd, J.J. (November, 2006). Adult trauma
and adult symptoms: Does childhood trauma drive the relationship?
Poster presented at the 22st Annual Meeting of the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Hollywood, CA, November 4-7,
2006.
Tang, S.S. & Freyd, J.J. (November 2006). Gender differences in
depression and anxiety: The mediating role of betrayal trauma.
Presentation given at the International Society for the Study of
Dissociation 23rd International Fall Conference, Los Angeles,
California, November 9-11, 2006.
Cholankeril, A., Freyd, J.J., Becker-Blease, K.A., Pears, K.C.,
Fisher, P.A. (November 2006). Examining dissociation in maltreated
preschool children. Poster presented at the International Society for
the Study of Dissociation 23rd International Fall Conference, Los
Angeles, California, November 9-11, 2006.
Foynes, M.M, Freyd, J. J., & DePrince, A.P. (January, 2007). Cultural
considerations in the disclosure of traumatic life events. Paper
presented at the National Multicultural Conference and Summit,
Seattle, Washington January 24-26, 2007.
Freyd, J. J. (March, 2007). Betrayal trauma: Memory, health, & gender.
Presentation at the Center for Community Counseling, Eugene, Oregon,
March 7, 2007.
Tenedios, C.M., Ablow, J.C., & Freyd, J.J. (March 2007).
Interpretation accuracy of infant facial expressions: Alexithymia,
depression, dissociation and trauma considered. Poster presented at
the 2007 Biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child
Development, Boston, MA, March 29-April 1, 2007.
Freyd, J.J. (April, 2007). Betrayal Trauma: Awareness, Health, and
Gender. 2007 Annual Hastorf Lecture, Psychology Department, Mount
Holyoke College, South Hadly, MA, 16 April 2007.
Barlow, M.R., Cromer, L.D.., Caron, H., & Freyd, J.J (August, 2007)
Dissociation and Attachment to Companion Animals. Poster presented at
the 115th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association,
San Francisco, California, August 17-20, 2007.
Cholankeril, A., Freyd, J.J., Becker-Blease, K.A., Pears, K.C., Kim,
H.K., Fisher, P.A. (August 2007). Dissociation and post-traumatic
symptoms in maltreated preschool children. Poster presented at the
115th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, San
Francisco, California, August 17-20, 2007.
Foynes, M.M., Murakami, J. M., Hall, G. C. N., & Freyd, J. J. (August,
2007) Trauma, Ethnicity and Psychopathology. Poster presented at the
115th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, San
Francisco, California, August 17-20, 2007.
Klest, B., Freyd, J.J., Goldberg, L, &. Hampson, S. (August, 2007)
Trauma, Personality, and Resilience Against Depression: A Longitudinal
Analysis. Poster presented at the 115th Annual Convention of the
American Psychological Association, San Francisco, California, August
17-20, 2007.
McLean, C., Klest, B., & Freyd, J.J. (August, 2007) Dissociation and
Cognitive Distortion: Functional and Effective Similarities. Poster
presented at the 115th Annual Convention of the American Psychological
Association, San Francisco, California, August 17-20, 2007.
Freyd, J.J. (August, 2007) Symposium discussant for "Ethics and Trauma
Research: Conceptual and Empirical Considerations," at the 115th
Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, San
Francisco, California, August 17-20, 2007.
Spaventa, K., Tang, S.S., & Freyd, J.J. (September, 2007). Why don't
kids tell? Gender and the disclosure of abuse. Poster presented at the
12th International Conference on Violence, Abuse, and Trauma, San
Diego, CA, September 17, 2007.
Foynes, M. & Freyd, J.J. (November, 2007) Disclosure-in-Action:
Responses to First Disclosures. Poster presented at the 23rd Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies,
Baltimore, Maryland, November 16, 2007.
Cromer, L.D., Freyd, J.J., & Binder, A. (November, 2007) Ethics of
Asking Questions about Traumatic Experiences. Paper presented at the
23rd Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies, Baltimore, Maryland, November 17, 2007.
Freyd, J.J. (November, 2007) Symposium chair and discussant for
"Betrayal Trauma: the Ethics of Diagnosis and Treatment," at the 23rd
Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress
Studies, Baltimore, Maryland, November 16, 2007.
Freyd, J.J. (March, 2008) The Psychology of Betrayal Trauma: Memory,
Health, and Gender. Invited Lecture, Thompson Hall Science and
Mathematics Seminar, University of Puget Sound, Tacoma, Washington, 6
March 2008.
Freyd, J.J. (April, 2008) Betrayal Trauma: Memory, Health, and Gender.
Invited colloquium, Department of Psychology, New Mexico State
University, Las Cruces, NM, 11 April 2008.
Barton, J. M. & Freyd, J.J. (July, 2008). From the interpersonal to
the institutional: Systemic betrayal of domestic violence victims.
Presentation at the 12th International Family Violence and Child
Victimization Research Conference, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, July
27th– July 29th, 2008.
Gobin, R.L. & Freyd, J.J. (July, 2008). Trust and revictimization
among betrayal trauma survivors. Presentation at the 12th
International Family Violence and Child Victimization Research
Conference, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, July 27th – July 29th, 2008.
Platt, M. & Freyd, J.J. (July, 2008). Why Doesn't She Leave Him?
Domestic Violence: A Betrayal Trauma Perspective. Presentation at the
12th International Family Violence and Child Victimization Research
Conference, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, July 27th – July 29th, 2008.
Gobin, R.L. & Freyd, J.J. (August, 2008). Trust and revictimization
among betrayal trauma survivors. Poster presented at the 116th Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Association, Boston,
Massachusetts, August 14-17, 2008.
Foynes, M.M. & Freyd, J.J. (August, 2008). Disclosure-in-Action: The
Responses of Close Others to First Disclosures. Poster presented at
the 116th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association,
Boston, Massachusetts, August 14-17, 2008.
Gobin, R.L. & Freyd, J.J. (September, 2008). Betrayal and
revictimization. Poster presented at the 13th International
Conference on Violence, Abuse, and Trauma, San Diego, CA, September
14-17, 2008.
Kaehler, L. & Freyd, J.J. (November, 2008). Defense against Betrayal?
Borderline Personality Disorder. Poster presented at the 24th Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies
(ISTSS), Chicago, Illinois, November 13-15, 2008.
Gobin, R. & Freyd, J.J. (November, 2008). Trust and revictimization
among betrayal trauma survivors. Paper presented at the 24th Annual
Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies
(ISTSS), Chicago, Illinois, November 13-15, 2008.
Klest, B., Freyd, J.J., Hampson, S., & Goldberg, L.R. (November,
2008). Trauma, personality, and demographic predictors of
depression. Paper presented at the 24th Annual Meeting of the
International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS), Chicago,
Illinois, November 13-15, 2008.
Barlow, M.R., & Freyd, J.J. (November, 2008). Characteristics of
Memory for Autobiographical and Episodic Events in Women with
Dissociative Identity Disorder. Poster presented at the Psychonomics
Society 49th Annual Meeting, Chicago, Illinois, November 13-16, 2008.
Kaehler, L. & Freyd, J.J., (November, 2008). Betrayal Trauma predicts
Borderline Personality characteristics: Etiological underpinnings?
Poster presented at the International Society for the Study of
Dissociation 25th International Fall Conference, Chicago, IL, November
15-17, 2008.
Barton, J. Klest, B., & Freyd, J.J., (November, 2008). Exploration of
relational health and cognitive measures of dissociation. Poster
presented at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation
25th International Fall Conference, Chicago, IL, November 15-17, 2008.
Freyd, J.J., (November, 2008). Conversation hour with Jennifer Freyd,
PhD, Editor of the Journal of Trauma and Dissociation: Tips for
getting your article published. Conversation Hour conducted at the
International Society for the Study of Dissociation 25th International
Fall Conference, Chicago, IL, November 15-17, 2008.
Freyd, J.J., (November, 2008). Betrayal trauma: Theory and research.
In L. Kahn (Chair), Betrayal Trauma: Theory and treatment
implications. Workshop conducted at the International Society for the
Study of Dissociation 25th International Fall Conference, Chicago, IL,
November 15-17, 2008.
krp
let's see what the "arguments" above against
the peer reviewed research in the field that proves everyone of my
points conclusively:
(WHO ARE THE PEERS?)
1) "Jennifer Freyd is a NUT CASE"
my reply: name calling again - a propaganda technique
see Jennifer Freyd's awards: http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/vita.html
(listed below also)
2) "PERMANENTLY UNRELIABLE BULLSHIT"
"HORSESHIT!"
"just bullshit"
my reply : these arguments show the weakness of the my debaters'
points, simply more name calling - a propaganda technique used to
discredit another opinion
It's simple. There is more than one NUT out there. Many QUACKS who make
living off "RECOVERING MEMORIES" of abuse, past lives, and alien abductions.
NONE of it stand up to close inspection.
Tell me this. Do you REALLY BELIEVE that there is a race of being in the
universe, so sophisticated that they can travel the distance measured in
light years to transverse in seconds, and YET ARE a race of PERVERTS coming
to Earth to get a little Earth Nookie??? REALLY? We have "THERAPISTS" who do
memory recovery all over. They do this past lives shit too. They ALL have
one or MORE "patients" that were Napoleon in a past life. Tell me,. OH GREAT
MENTAL GIANT, how many Napoleons were there???? HOW MANY Sitting Bulls were
there? How many rulers of Atlantis were there? How many Abraham Lincolns
were there? You are so FAR GONE you have no idea how transparently SILLY
these claims are. And why you appear so GOOFY to the normal folks.
They point at you and LAUGH.
childadvocate
is another propaganda technique and meaningless.
The fact that you need to personally insult another debater simply
shows the weakness of your argument.
Those reading this exchange should read the pertinent data and make
their own decisions.
I have proven that recovered memory exists and has high veracity
rates.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
I have proven that ritual child abuse exists.
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/studies/satanic-ritual-abuse-evidence-with-information-on-the-mcmartin-preschool-case/
And I have proven that dissociative identity disorder exists.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/
http://ritualabuse.us/research/did/basic-information-on-didmpd/
also see:
http://ritualabuse.us/research/false-allegations-of-child-sexual-abuse-by-children-are-rare/
krp
> Comparing totally different topics that are unrelated as is done above
> is another propaganda technique and meaningless.
>
> The fact that you need to personally insult another debater simply
> shows the weakness of your argument.
>
> Those reading this exchange should read the pertinent data and make
> their own decisions.
>
> I have proven that recovered memory exists and has high veracity
> rates.
CA you always use the same CIRCULAR sources. Look at the process of
"Ventrification." Incestuous string citing.
FIRST: There is NO doubt that memory can be repressed. Psychology has
documented that for over a century. Nobody doubts that many "recovered
memories" are accurate. HOWEVER - CA where your thinking goes WRONG is that
you and your WHACKY pals obscure the PROCESS by which memories are
recovered. It is when memory is AUGMENTED by the use of hypnosis or MASSIVE
amounts of DRUGS that memory becomes unreliable. Also, sweetie, we must
differentiate between satisfying your "PEERS" (little more than a Glee Club)
and it holding up in a COURT where it can be exposed to the light of day and
challenged. Ya don't do so good there, do ya honey? We could start with the
videos of the kids at the McMartin cases. Kelly Michaels? If fact when your
team has been challenged you LOSE over 90% of the time. You can write self
congratulatory articles, quote each other in an endless string, and call
that process "Peer Review" which in fact is little more than a rehearsal of
your little Glee Club. In other words, it's BULLSHIT. You take REALITY of
horrible events and twist it into one hell of a little cottage industry.
There is BIG money in it.
PROCESS - a young woman is having weight problems - comes in to see a
"Therapist" (social worker) for help. Next thing she knows, she's on a couch
either being shot full of drugs or getting hypnosis and VOILA!!! The
"Therapist" discovers that the REASON she is FAT is because she was a victim
of Satanic Ritual Abuse and now she has a full set of memories of her
parents RAPING her in Satanic Rituals. Only problem is, it never happened.
It is a manufactured memory. Yes - some memories are all too real. We all
wish this were a perfect world. There is too much money in this. I once did
a public debate with a "THERAPIST"
on that point. She was trying to claim that a money motive was absurd
(although many "therapists" DO have other agendas." The debate was a simple
process, I asked her her hourly rate. At that time (15 years ago) it was
$150 an hour. I asked her mow many "patients" she would see in a given day
for "therapy" and she said the average day was 7, but sometimes as many as
11. Using 7 as the base line - we got to $1,050 a DAY - 6 days a week. Not
bad money for that time.$6,300 a week. 52 weeks. Not many jobs in 1994 that
paid that much. It was a good living. No financial motive? To be in the top
2% of income in the U.S.?
PLUS she admitted to charging $4,000 a day to testify as an EXPERT.Nice
comfortable 6 figure income in 1994. That didn't count her "honorariums" for
speaking that could be as much as $15,000.
MOTIVES OTHER THAN MONEY: Quite a few of the "Glee Club" are strident
man-hating feminists. There are quite a few ANGRY people who see themselves
as VICTIMS. We can start with DOCTOR JENNIFER FREYD. You seem to want to
HIDE that Jennifer accused HER parents of RITUAL SATANIC ABUSE. Why is that
CA? Do you fear that IF people knew that Jennifer was a"VICTIM" it might
subject her writings to some legitimate skepticism? I wonder how people
would feel, knowing that both of Jennifer's parents are highly educated
people (Ph.D.s) and that Jennifer LEARNED of her abuse "in THERAPY?"
As we examine your little Glee Club we see people like Diana Napolis,
granted she is a little extreme for even you guys, but STILL she is rather
representative of your thinking. Let's not gloss over that your friend Diana
was confined by COURT ORDER to a nut hatch! Even after years of therapy she
came out as batty as she went in.
What do I have? FACTS, CA, just FACTS. Like the videos - the hundreds of
hours of videos done my your fearless leader - Kee McFarlane in the McMartin
case. Hardly anyone who is sane can miss the process of "skull fukking" that
went on at CII (Children's Institute International) the jury sure didn't.
McFarlane, once a strident advocate of doing a video of all child
interviews, NOW is a strident opponent of using video. I, for one, don't
need to ask WHY. Nor does anyone objective who has seen the McMartin videos.
childadvocate
Behind the Playground Walls - Sexual Abuse in Preschools by Jill
Waterman, Robert J. Kelly, Mary Kay Oliveri and Jane McCord - The
Guilford Press - New York, London 1993 “In the most well-known case,
involving the McMartin Preschool in Manhattan Beach, California, two
juries from successive trials became hopelessly deadlocked and failed
to agree on a verdict after 7 years of investigation and trial.
At the press conference following the trial, 9 of the 11 jurors who
agreed to be interviewed indicated that they believed the children had
been molested, but they felt that the evidence presented did not
enable them to state beyond a reasonable doubt who had perpetrated the
abuse.” (p. vii) (Source: Los Angeles Times, January 19, 1990, pp. A1
and A22) “Tapes of Children Decided the Case for Most Jurors” Tracy
Wilkinson and James Rainey - Los Angeles Times p.A1 and A2 - 1/19/1990
Tamarkin, C. (1994a). Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part
I. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (4): 14-23. Tamarkin, C. (1994b).
Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part II. Treating Abuse
Today, 4 (5): 5-9.
http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/2007/12/02/investigative-issues-in-ritual-abuse-cases-part-1-and-2-1994/
“In August 1982, a mother claimed she noticed blood in her son’s
diaper and an irritation around his rectum. A hospital exam confirmed
her worst fears her son has been sodomized. Asked who was responsible,
the toddler said, “Mr. Ray.” “Mr. Ray” was…a teacher at the McMartin
preschool, which the boy had –been attending. Later, when the boy was
questioned by local police, he named other children whom he claimed
also were present during the sexual abuse.”
“What surprised me as an investigative journalist was that nobody
looked beyond the seemingly fanciful nature of the disclosures. Nobody
tried to interpret what the disclosures might mean through a child’s
frame of reference and perception. Nobody searched for plausible
explanation…children talked about…improbable events like jumping out
of airplanes and seeing a horse killed. Yet, investigators did not
track reports that Raymond Buckey had a friend who ran a special
effects studio or that Virginia McMartin’s sister owned a horse
ranch.”
On Jan 20, 6:20 am, " krp" <kr...@verizon.net> wrote:
> "childadvocate" <smartn...@aol.com> wrote in message
>
> news:4179255a-08a3-40e7...@r34g2000vbp.googlegroups.com...
>
> > Comparing totally different topics that are unrelated as is done above
> > is another propaganda technique and meaningless.
>
> > The fact that you need to personally insult another debater simply
> > shows the weakness of your argument.
>
> > Those reading this exchange should read the pertinent data and make
> > their own decisions.
>
> > I have proven that recovered memory exists and has high veracity
> > rates.
>
childadvocate
Paul and Shirley Eberle: A Strange Pair of Experts
by Maria Laurina
Paul and Shirley Eberle wrote The Politics of Child Abuse, a book that
accuses mothers, mental health professionals, and prosecutors of
feeding children stories about sexual abuse. Since the book was
published by Lyle Stuart in l986, the Eberles have been cited as
experts in sexual abuse trials. They were featured speakers at a
conference of the Victims of Child Abuse Laws, a group formed to
protect accused parents.
What is startling about the Eberles’ reputation as ground-breaking
experts in the field is that their dubious credentials have not been
widely challenged. Paul and Shirley Eberle edit a soft-core magazine
in California called the L.A. Star that contains a mixture of nude
photos, celebrity gossip, telephone sex ads, and promos for The
Politics of Child Abuse.
In the 1970’s, however, the Eberles were also publishing hard-core
pornography. Their publication, Finger, depicted scenes of bondage, S
& M, and sexual activities involving urination and defecation. A young
girl portrayed with a wide smile on her face sits on top of a man
whose penis is inside of her; a woman has oral sex with a young boy in
a drawing entitled “Memories of My Boyhood.”
The Eberles were featured nude on one cover holding two life-size blow
up dolls names “Love Girl” and “Play Guy.” No dates appear on the
issues and the Eberles rarely attach their names, referring to
themselves as “The L.A. Star Family.”
The Eberles were the distributors of Finger and several other
underground magazines, says Donald Smith, a sergeant with the
obscenity section of the Los Angeles Police Department’s vice division
who followed the couple for years. LAPD was never able to prosecute
for child pornography: “There were a lot of photos of people who
looked like they were under age but we could never prove it.” The
pictures of young children in Finger are illustrations, and child
pornography laws were less rigid a decade ago than they are today.
“Sexpot at Five,” “My First Rape, She Was Only Thirteen,” and “What
Happens When Niggers Adopt White Children” are some of the articles
that appeared in Finger. One letter states: “I think it’s really great
that your mags have the courage to print articles & pixs [sic] on
child sex…Too bad I didn’t hear from more women who are into child sex…
Since I’m single I’m not getting it on with my children, but I know of
a few families that are. If I were married & my wife & kids approved–
I’d be having sex with my daughters.”
Another entry reads: “I’m a pedophile & I think its [sic] great a man
is having sex with his daughter!…Since I didn’t get Finger #3, I
didn’t get to see the stories & pics of family sex. Would like to see
pics of nude girls making it with their daddy, but realize its too
risky to print.”
Lyle Stuart plans to print the Eberles’ forthcoming book on the
McMartins preschool trial. Carole Stuart, the publisher, describes the
Eberles as “experts in the field,” and family friends “for years.”
Reprinted in the ICONoclast, WINTER 1988 / VOL. 1, NO. 2 with
permission from Ms. Magazine (December 1988)
Paul and Shirley Eberle, The Abuse of Innocence: The McMartin
Preschool Trial. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1993. The Eberles also
wrote the Politics of Child Abuse (Secaucus, N.) Lyle Stuard Inc.,
1986) which centers on the McMartin case as the bellwether of the
nationwide “child abuse witch hunt” (p. 285) “resulting in the
devastation of innocent peoples lives and families (p, 283). Both
books lionized defendants and defense interests while defaming
everything and everyone associated with child protection. Such
polemics also illustrate the gospel of the dual attack on child
protection. Ritual abuse cases are first debunked as de factor frauds,
then all sexual abuse complaints are tarred with the same brush..” We
believe that every molestation case in which there has been a
conviction should be reopened and reviewed.” (The Politics of Child
Abuse, p. 284)
childadvocate
1) McMartin Preschool Revisited
2) Ray Buckey’s Press Corps and the Tunnels of McMartin
3) Cult and Ritual Abuse - It’s History, Anthropology, and Recent
Discovery in Contemporary America - Indictment movie
4) Chronology of the McMartin Preschool Abuse Trials
5) Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool Site
6) Why Cults Terrorize and Kill Children - Eberle’s
7) Denying ritual abuse of children
8) Interview of Jackie MacGauley
9) The Dark Tunnels of McMartin
10) Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases
11) Paul and Shirley Eberle: A Strange Pair of Experts
McMartin Preschool Revisited by Alex Constantine 1996 (in Virtual
Government - CIA Mind Control Operations in America - Alex Constantine
(Feral House Pub. 1997 ISBN 0-922915-45-8)
Welcome to Manhattan Beach
Paul Bynum graduated from college in 1972 and joined the Hermosa Beach
police department a year later. At 31 he was promoted to the rank of
chief detective. Bynum was not a traditional investigator. One fellow
detective often thought he was “too bright to be a cop.” Off duty, he
drove an MG and mixed with the ’60s survivors at the Sweetwater Café.
In 1976 Bynum was assigned the investigation of the Karen Klaas
murder. Klaas was the divorced wife of Bill Medley, a vocalist for the
Righteous Brothers. She was raped and murdered one morning about an
hour after dropping her five-year-old son off at the McMartin
preschool in Manhattan Beach.
Neighbors told police they’d been alarmed at the sight of a menacing
stranger before the murder wandering through the neighborhood. Police
later entertained speculation that Klaas had been stalked. Throughout
the week her body was found, this same stranger had popped up several
times on her corner. A neighbor phoned Karen to warn her. She didn’t
answer. When friends entered the back door of the house, concerned for
her safety, they found a Caucasian male with a beard, about 5′7″, 28
years old, dressed in a long olive green coat with a tunic collar and
boots. He was leaving through the front door. Klaas was found naked
and unconscious. She died five days later. Nothing was stolen. Police
had no indication that Klaas knew the man who assaulted her.
In 1984, shortly after indictments were handed to defendants in the
McMartin child molestation case, Gerald Klaas, her husband, drove off
a cliff in Oregon and was killed. Children alleged in a grand jury
hearing that teachers at the preschool had threatened to kill family
members if they talked about abuse, It was rumored around town that
the Klaas deaths and the McMartin case may have been related. But
police said no. “We have no leads, no suspects and we’re not
coordinating with Manhattan Beach,” Hermosa Beach Lt. Mike Lavin told
reporters.1
In 1979, Paul Bynum was forced out of the police department without an
explanation despite an unblemished record. After Bynum had wrapped up
an investigation of a series of murders of teenage girls in nearby
Redondo Beach, culminating in the arrest and conviction of serial
killers Roy Norris and Lawrence Bittaker, police chief Frank Beeson
pressured Bynum to take a stress leave. Bynum was haunted by the
serial murder investigation, but remained confident in his emotional
stability. He refused the leave. The chief obtained an order from the
city manager, and Bynum was forced out on an indefinite disability
leave. He chalked it up to internal politics, “paranoia.” “When the
papers reported that Beeson had shown up apparently drunk at his first
Hermosa council meeting and dropped his revolver on the floor,” Bynum
told reporter Kevin Cody, “he thought we had tipped reporters.” Beeson
was unaware that reporters routinely attended meetings of the city
council.2
Bynum set out on a new career as a private investigator. In March
1984, he was retained by the Buckeys’ defense attorney, Danny Davis,
and in the course of his investigation came to the conclusion that
children had been abused at the preschool. He found the video-taped
interviews of the children by child therapists “credible.” One
afternoon, Cody informed Bynum that hundreds of children had alleged
molestation took place at the preschool. Bynum was shocked. He
stammered he had no idea so many children were involved.
In 1986 he was called to testify at the trial of Ray Buckey by
prosecutor Lael Rubin. The morning he was to appear a juror’s home was
burglarized and Bynum’s testimony was rescheduled for the next
morning. “Neither side is going to like what I have to say,” he told
Cody. For one thing, there was the matter of Bynum’s lost citation
books, records he’d kept while a detective in Hermosa Beach. When the
police arrested Ray Buckey on molestation charges, the “lost” books
were discovered on the preschool attendant’s desk. What were official
police records doing in Buckey’s home? And Prosecutor Rubin had
intended to ask Bynum about a map turned up by DA investigators in
March 1986, pin-pointing the location of turtle shells Bynum had
unearthed at the lot next to the McMartin preschool. (The children
claimed teachers had killed turtles to demonstrate what would happen
to them and their families if they talked about the molestations.
Bynum, while retained by the defense, had managed to corroborate a key
point in the testimony of the children.)
Bynum’s court appearance was preempted by “suicide,” although the
timing left some parents in the case convinced he’d been murdered.3
His body was discovered by his wife at 5:45 in the morning. He died of
a head shot from a .38 caliber pistol. “None of the half dozen people
questioned who were close to Bynum could think of any reason why his
involvement in the case might have driven him to suicide,” reported
the Easy Reader in Manhattan Beach. “Paul was kind of a worrier,” said
Stephen Kay, a deputy district attorney and friend of the Bynum
family, “but there was no hint of suicide. He was very upbeat about
his wife and new daughter, both of whom he adored.”4
The belief that Bynum had been murdered was fueled by the memory of
another odd death, the alcohol toxicity that claimed the life of Judy
Johnson. She was the first mother to speak publicly about child
molestation at McMartin. and sympathizers of the Buckeys in the press
have gone to great lengths to portray Johnson as “crazy.” Her life was
inverted the day her son came home from the McMartin school, bleeding.
Strangers entered her life, intimidated her. She believed she’d been
poisoned. (In 1992, therapists at the L.A. Commission for Women’s
Ritual Abuse Task Force were also poisoned, and corroborated their
allegations with medical reports - the Los Angeles Times was given the
reports, but ignored them and alleged the therapists were paranoid
fantasists.5) She lived in fear, felt it necessary to keep a gun in
the house. Her estranged husband appeared to have joined in the
harassment campaign. She took to alcohol. She was allergic to alcohol.
It poisoned her.
The death of Judy Johnson was met with howls of laughter in greater
Los Angeles. She will be remembered as the delusional paranoiac who
set in motion a wave of “hysteria” carried through Southern California
by a sensational press and out across the plains, contaminating lives
and decimating families everywhere. A groundless witch-hunt. This was
the explanation doled out by “experts” from leading universities.
Nevertheless, children who attended the preschool still insist they
were abused. And the detailed memories of their parents are sharply at
odds with the simple caricature of the case repeated endlessly in the
press. They recall not suggestive questioning, but the long hours of
testimony by dozens of children, the telephoned death threats, how
some of the children suffered deep emotional problems requiring
hospitalization. Knowing child pornography to be a highly lucrative
business, they frown at the snickering over the childrens’ disclosures
that they were forced to play “naked movie-star” games. They haven’t
put aside as anomalous accident the first exhibit in the case, a
physician’s report that one of the children suffered “blunt force
trauma” of sexual areas.6 The parents were left to ponder why some of
the toddlers in the care of the McMartins had chlamydia, a sexually-
transmitted infection.7 Where was the humor in all of this?
Open Season
The parents wondered, like everyone else, at the incredibility of the
charges - some said the children were lying - yet they had to question
Peggy McMartin’s testimony that she only worked at the school for a
short time, when payroll records showed that she had been employed
there for years. To the families, the final verdict of Ray Buckey
meant it was now “open season on children.”
The world was told redundantly that ABC’s Wayne Satz, the reporter who
broke the case (killed by a heart attack in December, 1992 at age 47),
and Kee MacFarlane, a therapist testifying for the prosecution, had an
affair, as if this had any bearing on the allegations of the children.
Even Oliver Stone, perhaps in ignorance, took to the bandwagon with a
film made for HBO, written by Abby Mann, theorizing that hysteria in
Manhattan Beach was kindled when one child returned home from school
one afternoon with “a red bottom” - this would be the son of Judy
Johnson, and he hadn’t been spanked - he was bleeding from the anus.
This hardly constitutes media “spin.” It is conscious participation in
a felony. The account of the case pounded into collective memory by
media repetition goes that far to distort the facts. The widespread
media coverage was, according to Los Angeles Times editor Noel
Greenwood, “a mean-spirited campaign” organized to discredit the
children and their therapists.8 But why should certain members of the
corporate press, and segments of the legal and psychiatric
professions, go to such lengths to suppress evidence of organized
child abuse at McMartin?
The traumatic crimes reported by the toddlers bear an uncanny
resemblance to mind control programming, a specialty of certain
classified federal agencies and cult cut-outs on the black budget
payroll.8 The children are often ridiculed because some of their
charges are impossible. Tunnels under the preschool? Too ludicrous to
consider. But as it happens, there were tunnels, confirmed in 1993 by
a team of five scientists from leading universities.
The unearthing of the tunnels, like much of the critical evidence,
never made it to the courtroom. They have been discreetly excluded
from newspaper accounts. Filling the void, Debbie Nathan, a widely
published skeptic of ritual abuse, heaped ridicule on the tunnel
allegations in the Village Voice in June 1990. She maintained the
McMartin site had already been “painstakingly probed for tunnels. None
were found”9 Nathan’s account is a fabrication. In fact, recalls Dr.
Roland Summit, who contributed to the final report on the tunnel
excavation, parents started digging and prosecutors, reluctantly
forced to a showdown, “commissioned a superficial search of open
terrain.” District Attorney Ira Reiner then declared the tunnel
stories unfounded “without going under the concrete floor of the
preschool.”Once the tunnels were officially discounted, attempts to
explore for an underground reality were instant targets for
ridicule.”10 Archeologist Gary Stickel was retained to lead the
excavation on the re-commendation of Dr. Rainier Berger, chairman of
UCLA’s Interdisciplinary Archeology Program, by parents of McMartin
children.11 Initially Stickel sided with the Buckeys, believing the
abuse allegations to be so much moonlight for hysterics. However, he’d
heard of late homicide detective Paul Bynum, the first to dig at the
site: Bynum apparently conducted his informal digging in February,
1984 (Daily Breeze, 1987). It is significant to note he did unearth
some buried animal remains, “numerous pieces of tortoise shells and
bones” (Daily Breeze, 1987). “There was keen interest at the time
since it was reported that the children testified that tortoises,
rabbits, and other small animals were mutilated to terrorize the
children into keeping silent” (Daily Breeze, 1987).12
But “experts” courted by the press snaffled at the suggestion that
animals were killed to frighten children at McMartin and other
preschools around the country. It was not until 1993 that a study by
the National Center for Child Abuse and Neglect confirmed that
children are not only threatened in day care settings, “most threats
are very specific in terms of what the consequence of disclosure will
be and how the threat will be carried out…. The use of such severe
threats is obviously quite frightening to young children and is
effective in preventing disclosure. In fact, it appears that threats
used in day care center cases may go beyond what is usually needed to
silence victims, and may in some instances be made for purposes of
psychological terror in and of itself.”13
Into the Grotto
Most reporters in Southern California pooh-poohed evidence of
coercion, but there was a great, gaping silence when the tunnels were
found. “I asked my daughter,” recalls Jackie MacGauley, a mother of
two children who attended the preschool, “‘How could they have taken
you to these places without being seen?’ And she answered me as though
I was silly to ask such a question. She said, ‘Through the tunnels, of
course.’”
The Los Angeles Times ran a spate of features poking fun of the
excavation team until actual evidence of tunnels was discovered. Then
the Times ran a brief news item, one paragraph long, dryly noting that
“evidence” of tunnels had been found, and never mentioned the subject
again. The local Beach Reporter covered the story without a blush:
“parents began to dig with shovels, allegedly in an area pointed out
by a nine-year-old former student of the McMartin preschool, who told
them to dig behind a cement planter in the northeast corner. When
parents unearthed several broken turtle shells and a few bones, they
stopped digging and notified the district attorney’s office.”
Once the entrance was exposed, Stickel used remote sensing equipment
to read the terrain conductivity of the empty lot next to the
preschool. The survey was conducted by a respected geophysicist,
Robert Beer, working with an electromagnetic scanner. The tunnel
opening was found precisely where children said it would be. Stickel:
“Some of the children had stated there had been animal cages placed
along that wall and that they had entered a tunnel under the cages.” A
foreign soil deposit was found near the foundation. Clearing the
anomaly with a backhoe, they found the roots of an avocado tree cut to
clear a path for the tunnel. The roots had been cut with a hand saw
and torn away, and shreds dangled on either wall of the tunnel.
That’s the moment editors at the Times chose to pull reporters off the
story. All other news outlets rapidly followed suit. But the
excavators cleared the foreign soil and followed the tunnel anyway. It
“meandered under Classroom No. 4 and then most of Classroom No. 3….
There is no other scenario that fits all of the facts except that the
feature was indeed a tunnel,” they concluded. “The date of the
construction and use of the tunnel was not absolutely established, but
an assessment of seven factors of data all indicate that it was
probably constructed, used and completely filled back in sometime
after 1966 (the construction date of the preschool).”14
Dr. E. Michael, a specialist in forensic geology in Malibu, was called
to examine a cavity in the underground passage. Together with Dr.
Herbert Adams of the geology department at Cal State University, a
ground resistivity reading of the tunnel was followed from the
preschool to a triplex next door, a traversing section parallel to the
north wall of the school, 5 feet away, extending 20 feet eastward, 10
to 15 feet beneath the surface.15
Gerald Hobbs, a local tree surgeon for 25 years, did much of the
actual digging. Hobbs: The children had told two different stories
about this tunnel prior to the dig. One, that they had gone through
the tunnel and came up in the house next door, and two, they had come
up in the garage, which blocked the house from the street. At any
rate, the tunnel went in that direction…. That evening I went to the
house next door and followed the walk between the school and the
house, only about 41/2 feet apart. I went about 30 feet down between
the buildings and found a crawl space under the house. I bellied my
way toward the southwest corner of the house. After going about 20
feet, I found an area inside the west wall of the house where the
floor was cut out. If I remember correctly, the area of floor that was
missing was 36″ X 38″ X 41″.16
A total of 77 animal bones were found buried at the McMartin site, an
assortment of the osteo-remains of domestic cattle, chickens, dogs and
a single rabbit.17 However, Debbie Nathan, the hide-bound “skeptic” of
ritual abuse, a scion of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation, told
another story. The McMartin site, she insisted, had already been
“painstakingly probed for tunnels” by the D.A.’s office. (Not so, as
we’ve seen). “None were found. [The McMartin] parents have invested
years believing in demonic conspiracies and underground nursery
tunnels. (Until recently the parents were still digging. They came up
with Indian artifacts).” No mention of Bynum’s independent findings.
No mention of the dig as it happened in the real world. She reserves
much of her scorn for former FBI agent Ted Gunderson and Jackie
MacGauley. Nathan seems not to realize that Gunderson and MacGauley
brought in Stickel and his geological team to defuse accusations they
were directly engaged in the dig. They weren’t. The search for the
tunnels was independent, and scores of volunteers pitched in.
Nathan’s refrain of “no evidence” is hollow. She has been known to
contort around the facts of ritual abuse in a grotesque parody of
journalism and is frequently blind to critical evidence. Nathan
continues to find “no evidence” of abuse at McMartin despite the
nightmares, the acting-out, medical molestation reports and sexual
infections. The tunnel excavation, she assures with psychic certainty
(and a sniff of condescension), is a “hoax.”
To come to the point: Nathan’s propaganda, repeated in the New York
Times and a host of other corporate publications, happened to conceal
a classified mind control operation the CIA and Pentagon had
undertaken thirty years before….
End of Part One
——————————————————————————
- Notes -
1. Kevin Cody, “Former HB Officer’s Suicide Adds Questions to McMartin
Mystery,” Easy Reader (Manhattan Beach tabloid news weekly), November
17, 1987.
2. Ibid.
3. The Easy Reader obituary declares, “none of the half dozen people
questioned who were close to Bynum could think of any reason why his
involvement in the case might have driven him to commit suicide. But
the timing of Bynum’s death and the controversy already surrounding
the McMartin case … inevitably spawned speculation that a link existed
between his suicide and his pending testimony.”
4. Cody.
5. The medical reports were reprinted in Alex Contantine, Psychic
dictatorship in the U.S.A. Portland: Feral House, 1995, pp. 97-111.
6. McMartin trial record, evidentiary exhibit one.
7. Interviews with parents.
8. Alex Constantine, “Ray Buckey’s Press Corps and the Tunnels of Mc-
Martin,” pp. 77-96.
9. Debbie Nathan, “What McMartin Started: The Ritual Abuse Hoax,”
Village Voice, June 12, 1990.
10. Roland Summit, M.D., “Introduction,” Archeological Investigations
of the McMartin Preschool Site, Manhattan Beach, California,
unpublished report by archeologist Gary Stickel of the McMartin Tunnel
Project, 1993, p. ii.
11. Gary Stickel, foreword to Archeological Investigations.
12. Ibid.
13. Kelly, Brant and Waterman, “Sexual Abuse of Children in Day Care
Centers,” Journal of Child Abuse & Neglect (17), 1993, p. 74
14. Stickel, Archeological Investigations, p. 95. The assessment of
the tunnel’s age was corroborated by Dr. Jon Michael, a geologist on
the McMartin project.
15. Dr. E. Michael, in a letter to Dr. Gary Stickel, July 2, 1992, pp.
2-3.
16. Gerald Hobbs, “Notes on Investigation of the Neighboring Tri-
plex,”in Archeological Investigations,” p. 176.
17. Charles Schwartz, Ph.D., “The McMartin Preschool Osteological
Remains” (2nd report), Archeological Investigations, June 15, 1990, p.
1.
-
Ray Buckey’s Press Corps and the Tunnels of McMartin - From: Psychic
Dictatorship in the USA, Alex Constantine (Feral House, 1995).
A fusillade of press reports, OpEd Columns and television
documentaries have dismissed the McMartin case as a “witch hunt” born
of mass hysteria, coercive therapy, false memories and greed. Yet all
seven jurors attending a press conference after the second trial
raised heir hands when asked who among them believed children had been
abused at the preschool. So why the call to public denial from the
press?
After the initial flurry of press coverage of the McMartin Preschool
molestation case, a number of sympathetic reporters and psychiatrists
publicly exonerated Ray Buckey and his co-defendants. This observer’s
gallery of “skeptics” also deny that ritual abuse is a social problem.
The argument consistently leads to the lament that the McMartin
allegations were incited by mass hysteria, an ambitious district
attorney and an incompetent child therapist. The hysteria thesis,
promoted by a small group of pedophile defense psychologists, mostly,
has appeared in publications of stature including the Los Angeles
Times, San Francisco Chronicle, Wall Street Journal, Village Voice,
Harper’s, New Yorker, Newsweek,. The McMartin case was the subject of
an Oliver Stone cable feature.
Media boosters of the defense neglect to acknowledge the most damning
evidence in the McMartin case. Instead, they explain away superficial,
carefully-sifted pieces of the case. In preparation for the trial, 389
toddlers were interviewed - nearly all of them described abuse at the
preschool, and do to this day. Some 80 percent had physical symptoms,
including blunt force trauma of sexual areas, scarring, rectal
bleeding and sexual diseases. Interestingly enough, skeptics of ritual
abuse in the public print often have dubious bona fides themselves.
Some even participate secretly in the pedophile and occult
undergrounds, most notably a couple of Los Angeles writers who have
written the only two book available on McMartin, taking mental health
professionals, police, the press and prosecutors to task for pursuing
false allegations of abuse.
The Politics of Child Abuse, by Paul and Shirley Eberle, purports to
be something of a definitive investigation. A blurb for the book
exults: “This has got to be one of the most devastating political
detective stories of all time. The authors smashed open the child
abuse witch-hunt so everyone can see it for what it is - the way it
really happened, and why. Here is the amazing story, starting with the
first spectacular accusations, the marathon pre-trial hearing, the
endless series of false accusations.” Since the Eberles’ first
McMartin book appeared in 19896, the Eberles have achieved national
status as child abuse experts. In courts of law their work is
frequently cited, and they lecture widely to receptive audiences.
The Eberles once appeared as featured speakers at a conference held by
Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL), an organization that feted The
politics of child Abuse as positively revelatory. But Paul and shirley
Eberle can hardly be considered credible reporters. Blurbs in their
own pornographic tabloid, L.A. Star, failed to mention that in the
1970s the authors once ran an underground tabloid for pedophiles in
Los Angeles, Finger, which delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex,
sex with children and sex acts involving human excrement. Finger
contained sexual drawings by children and pedophile erotica, including
“My First Rape,” “She was Only Thirteen,” “Sexpot at Five,” and “What
Happens when Niggers Adopt White Children.” One issue featured a cover
photo of two naked adults reclining amid a pile of inflated dolls. A
letter to Finger declaimed: “I’m a pedophile and I think it’s great a
man is having sex with his daughter…. Would like to see pics of nude
girls making it with their daddy, but realize its too risky to print.”
The book’s publisher, Carole Stuart of Lyle Stuart & Co., told Ms.
magazine that the Eberles have been “friends of the family for years.”
In The Politics of Child Abuse, the Eberles claimed that since the
McMartin arrests, “we have been barraged with hundreds of sexual abuse
cases, in which many people have been sent to prison for staggeringly
long terms on little or no evidence.” That the Eberles themselves
remain at large would seem to contradict the notion that child abuse
laws are stringently over-enforced. The Eberles attempt to portray
every abuser as a victim of the justice system: We believe that every
molestation case in which there has been a conviction should be
reopened and reviewed. There is convincing evidence that innocent
people have been imprisoned, that naive juries and judges were unable
to believe the defendants would be brought to trial if no crime had
occurred, and defense attorneys have not been allowed to bring all the
pertinent facts before the public.
Los Angeles attorney Sally Dichter, in a book review, argued that the
Eberles have “nothing to offer to any discipline.” The book she
lamented, “is an attempt to vindicate every individual who has been
convicted of child abuse.” Considering their credentials as child
pornographers, of course the Eberles, as Dichter discovered, believe
“every molestation case in which there has been a conviction should be
reopened and reviewed.” Dichter found this point of view unbelievable:
“The Eberles seem intent on convincing the reader that child abuse
never occurs.” The authors “skepticism” of ritual child abuse is
shared by Gerald Larue, professor emeritus of Biblical history and
archeology at the University of Southern California. Larue is one of
the principals behind the Noah’s Ark hoax, which culminated in
February 1993 with a two-hour CBS prime-time special, “The Incredible
Discovery of Noah’s Ark, billed by CBS as a documentary. Scholars
immediately denounced it. The network refused to retract.
Satanism in America, a book that Larue co-wrote, attributed the
McMartin case to a “satanic panic” incited by wild-eyed “religious
fanatics, opportunists and emotionally unstable survivors whose
stories simply are not to be believed” —- an agonizing irony given
Larue’s instigation of the Noah’s Ark hoax. He argues that the “child
abuse hysteria sweeping the country us being fueled by people for whom
facts have no meaning. They invent ‘facts.’”
Langley Connections and the Rise of the Child Abuse Backlash
Another “expert” who has dismissed McMartin as a classic witch-hunt is
Dr. Douglas Besherov, once the director of the National Center on
Child Abuse and Neglect. He is also a directory of the rabidly right-
wing American Enterprise Institute, a Washington D.C. think tank To
supplement his weighty credentials, Besherov writes for academic
social and political quarterlies with long histories of collaborating
with the CIA for propaganda purposes. He is a coeval of Irving
Kristol, a veteran CIA psychological warfare specialist. In 1976, the
Congressional Church committee hearings revealed that the CIA is
deeply entrenched in the American press. Some 400 journalists, it
emerged at the hearings, had collaborated with the Agency at least
once. CIA propagandists like Besherov and Kristol provide others in
the field with a scholastic support base, and mold opinion on campus.
with such CIA-anchored academic journals as Encounter and The Public
Interest, both edited by neo-con Kristol. In 1986, Public Interest
published a monograph by Dr. Besherov entitled “Unfounded Allegations
- A New Child Abuse Problem.” Besherov opens with the observation of
legal scholar Sanford Katz that “the maltreatment of children is as
old as recorded history. Infanticide, ritual sacrifice, exposure,
mutilation, abandonment, brutal discipline and the near slavery of
child labor have existed in all cultures.”
Dr. Besherov, left dry-eyed by such conditions, blamed the media and
mandatory reporting laws for dragging child abuse out of the closet
(where he seems to prefer it) and blowing the severity of the problem
out of proportion. Besherov’s influential follow-up article, “Doing
Something About Child Abuse: The Need to Narrow the Grounds for State
Intervention,” was published in 1985 by Irving Kristol and the
American Enterprise Institute. In it, Besherov argues that most
allegations of child abuse are statistically unfounded. His slipshod
use of statistics drove the Child Welfare League of America (CWLA) to
publicly find him responsible for leading the public “to believe that
child abuse is leveling off or that, as reports increase, the level of
substantiation decreases.” The CWLA notes that its survey results
indicate a “substantial increase in reports,” and “a stable rate of
confirmation,” directly contradicting Besherov’s statistical red
herring. Turning to the children removed from their homes by social
workers, Besherov states flatly: “According to data collected by the
federal government, it appears that up to half of these children were
in no immediate danger at home and could have been safely left there.”
The government “data” cited by Besherov derives from a study conducted
by the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect. The authors of the
study told New York Times reporter David Hechler that “the information
is not there” to support Besherov’s assertion that half of all abused
children left in the custody of their parents are in “no immediate
danger.” “He has used our statistics in this case to prove a point
when (he) simply can’t do it,” a Center researcher told Hechler. When
asked for his response, the AEI scholar refused to comment. By
fabricating statistics, Besherov reveals himself to be a propagandist.
Have unfounded allegations led to a national McCarthyite frenzy, as
Besherov contends? “I’m sure there are false allegations,,” concedes
David Finkelhor, a sociologist specializing in child abuse. “I’m sure
when people are caught up in false allegations it’s terrible.” But in
criminal cases of all kinds, “there’s always the possibility of false
allegations, and I don’t think they’re more severe in the area of
child abuse that they are in — I want to say something innocuous -
people making false allegations about having had money stolen from
them, or false allegations of embezzlement.” Besherov’s work has given
rise to such hysteria-producing diatribes as “False Accusations of
Child Abuse: Could it Happen to You.” (Women’s Day, July 8, 1986), and
“Invasion of the Child Savers: No One is Safe in the War Against
Abuse” (Progressive, September, 1985) - both are adventures in
hyperbole, like Besherov’s cooked statistics.
“Family abuse,” by A.C. Carlson, another protégé of Irving Kristol.
appeared in Reason magazine, a publication that has frequently runs
CIA disinformation. Hechler writes that Carlson has gone “even further
than Besherov, inflating the unfounded rate beyond belief.”
Erroneously, in fact, Carlson laments that “the victims pile up,” like
corpses in a pile, and commiserates needlessly with “the sky-rocketing
number of parents and teachers falsely accused of child abuse.”
Ritual abuse “skeptics” with CIA connections are covering up the
latest phase in Agency-sponsored mind control experimentation. For
thirty years Agency scientists have collaborated with cults (many of
them founded by the government) to conceal the development of mind
control technology. Jim Jones and the People’s Temple was one product
of the alliance. McMartin was another. Both episodes have been buried
in disinformation. The campaign to mislead the public about ritual
abuse is ambitious, rivaling the campaign to conceal the facts in the
murder of John F. Kennedy. The smokescreen is also explained in part
by reports implicating the CIA in child prostitution for the purposes
of political blackmail - a variation on the age-old sex trap. CIA
agents have been directly involved in organized child sex rings. In
Enslaved (1991), an investigation of the worldwide slavery
underground, Gordon Thomas found Agency participation in the kidnap of
Latin American children “flown across the border in light aircraft,
and sold to child sex rings, or sold so their organs could be used in
transplants.” Some of the pilots, Thomas discovered, “made two or
three flights a day. The more experienced used Beech 18s because of
the aircraft’s capacity and maneuverability. The majority of the
fliers were mercenaries who had flown for the CIA.”
Ray Buckey’s father, Charles, worked for Hughes Aircraft. There is an
old adage that holds “Hughes is the CIA.” Charles Buckey built the
McMartin Preschool. According to carbon dating readings, the tunnels
unearthed beneath the preschool were dug in 1968 - the year the school
was built. Buckey Sr. testified on the stand that there were no
tunnels. The media has been completely silent on this score, which
brings us to…
The Tunnel Cover-Up
El Paso reporter Debbie Nathan, utterly convinced of the defendants’
innocence, entered the fray in The Village Voice, and has appeared in
newspapers across the country, including The L.A. Weekly, Sacramento
Bee, San Francisco Chronicle, and elsewhere. She has been honored with
the Free Press Association’s H. L. Mencken Award, and Northwestern
University’s Medill School of Journalism prize. She is a leading
proponent of the “mass hysteria” thesis, the notion that many child
abuse allegations are “unfounded.” Her cavalier dismissal is not
supported by objective research. Dr. David Chadwick of San Diego’s
childrens’ Hospital, in the Journal of the American Medical
Association (May 26, 1989), contends that 8 percent of all abuse
allegations are unfounded, at most, and are “rather easily
distinguishable in a careful review.”
At times it is difficult to tell whether Nathan is a “skeptic” or an
apologist of sexual abuse. “Most pedophilia,” she contends, “consists
of caressing and fondling. for most children, these experiences appear
to be at best confusing, at worst traumatic. But others seem to
willingly participate, and some adults recall that while still legally
minors they accepted, even welcomed, sex with grown-ups.” Nathan
doesn’t condemn the abuser. After all, “compared to the abuses of a
child protection movement gone mad, could incest be any worse?”
Alex Cockburn is a Nathan supporter, and has on occasion gotten caught
up in her pro-pedophilic obfuscations, as in this diatribe from The
Nation for March 8, 1993: As a Miami-based anthropologist, Rafael
Martinez, consultant to the Dade County Medical Examiner’s Office,
told Nathan, in traditional Latin American cultures “kissing and
hugging is common with children up to three or four years old. It is
common for females to kiss children all over the place - including on
the genitals.
The practice of kissing children on the genitals may be traditional in
some cultures, but it is frowned upon by the Manhattan Beach preschool
licensing board. Alex Cockburn’s skepticism toward ritual abuse was
summed up in an editorial appearing in the February 8, 1990 Wall
Street Journal, “The McMartin Case: Indict the Children, Jail the
Parents.” The son of a British spy, and a loquacious defender of the
Warren Commission, Cockburn has such strong feelings about the
McMartin case that he once publicly maligned an editor of the L.A.
Weekly for refusing to print a recommendation that “the tots bearing
false witness in the McMartin preschool case be jailed for perjury.”
His primary source on the subject of child abuse, Debbie Nathan, is
herself something of a false witness. In ‘What McMartin Started: The
Ritual Abuse Hoax” (Village Voice, June 12, 1990), Ms. Nathan moaned
that “children at McMartin told of being molested in tunnels under the
school. None were ever found, but until recently parents were still
digging.” In fact, 30 days before Nathan’s article appeared, the
tunnels were discovered beneath the preschool by scientists hired by
the parents, confirming the testimony of the children. The project
employed a team of archeologists from local universities, two
geologists, a professional excavator, a carbon-dating specialist and a
professional photographer to document the dig’s progress and findings.
The longest tunnel was six feet beneath the preschool, running
eastward 45 feet from the southwest wall, and ten feet along the north
wall. The tunnel walls were held in place by support beams and a roof
of plywood and tarpaper. A branch of the tunnel led to a nine-foot
chamber (the “secret room” described by the children?). Another
extended from the preschool to the triplex next door, surfacing
beneath a roll-away bathtub. Forensic tests on thousands of objects
found at the site - including two hundred animal bones - were
conducted.
Until the tunnels were found, the L.A. Times covered the dig - with a
smirk. The parents and scientists involved were portrayed as crack-
pots - until the existence of the tunnels were substantiated by
experts, at which time the newspaper abruptly stopped reporting the
story. the public was left with the false impression that the search
had failed. Critics of the excavation pointed out that District
Attorney Ira Reiner had already searched for tunnels. At best, this is
a half-truth. Reiner’s team tore up a bit of floor tile, but did not
even bother to remove the glue that held it in place. The D.A.’s team,
as it happens, dug up the lot next to the preschool, not underneath.
“Actually,” McMartin mother Jackie MacGauley, who supervised the
excavation, notes, “we were the first to dig on the property.” The
search for the tunnels was undertaken with ground-penetrating radar to
probe for inconsistencies in the soil. A bell-shaped area of disturbed
earth was discovered along the foundation of the west wall. The
tunnels beneath the opposite wall was unearthed (precisely where the
children said it would be found all along) beneath the foundation. A
[passage had been knocked through the concrete. "It was interesting,"
MacGauley told L.A.'s Pacifica Radio, "because a lot of the child
development specialists, psychiatrists and therapists across the
country thought that it was some psychological phenomenon that the
kids would talk about tunnels. Somehow that idea got 'planted,' and
they had all these theories as to why all the kids would talk about
something like this. It obviously couldn't be true. And the district
attorney at the time just flatly did not believe it, and really didn't
want to look." Neither did the press.
A Cottage Industry of Child Abuse Debunkers
"MODERN WITCH-HUNT - CHILD ABUSE CHARGES" bawled a Wall Street Journal
editorial for February 22, 1993. But the tone of the column was dry
and high-toned. Dr. Richard Gardner, professor of clinical psychiatry
at Columbia University, cautioned that "a great wave of hysteria" had
gripped the country. In the early 90s, the mass hysteria premise was
touted by big city newspapers and magazines of elite stature, all
attempting to persuade - with evident bias and inflated "expert"
opinion - that false child abuse charges were endemic. This school of
disinformation coaxed public opinion with dire exhortations of a child
abuse witch-hunt. In his Wall Street Journal comments, Dr. Gardner
warned that a great wave of hysteria, "by far the worst" in history,
the most devastating "with regard to the number of lives that have
been destroyed and families that have been disintegrated."
Gardner's basic argument is that allegations of child abuse are often
fabricated by parents embroiled in custody disputes - another
explanation not supported by statistics, the ones Gardner ignores. One
study found that a mere two percent of all abuse accusations stem from
visitation and custody disputes. Other researchers have placed the
percentage slightly higher.) As for "mass hysteria," one of the
earliest promoters of this thesis was Ralph Underwager, co-author with
his wife, Hollida Wakefield, of Accusations of Child Sexual Abuse.
"Few physicians will wish to invest the time and money ($70) to own or
even read this book," complained a reviewer for the Journal of the
American Medical Association. "It is of little value to those who work
with abused children except as it may be important to be aware of all
points of view. The book will be doubtless be useful to attorneys
defending persons accused of sexual abuse of children. It appears to
have been written particularly for that audience.... The authors cite
over 700 references, but they do not really review this body of
literature. When a given reference fails to support their viewpoint,
they simply misstate the conclusion."
Since 1974, Dr. Underwager has been the director of the Institute for
Psychological Therapies in Northfield, Minnesota. He has since been
frequently called upon to provide expert testimony - in the late '80s
he spent 60-70 percent of his professional life shuttling between
courtrooms. He is the author of numerous articles debunking the
credibility of ritual abuse victims. Dr. Underwager has frequently
been cited by Debbie Nathan as a leading authority on the subject.
Lisa Manshel, author of Nap Time, an account of the New Jersey ritual
abuse case, found that "child sexual abuse was not his field of
knowledge," but "it was his field of courtroom practice. He
proliferated the opinion, 'No one knows how to tell accurately whether
a child's been abused' throughout the nation's courts." He has
testified in most states, and by satellite in foreign countries,
before at least 200 juries." Dr. Underwager once stated on the stand
that he considered it "more desirable that a thousand children in
abuse situations are not discovered than for one innocent person to be
convicted wrongly." Dr. Underwager, a founder of the False Memory
Syndrome foundation, is an ordained Lutheran minister. He believes, he
once said in an interview appearing in an Amsterdam journal for
pedophiles, , that sex with children is not only acceptable, but
"God's will."
Q: Is choosing pedophilia for you a responsible choice for the
individual?
Underwager: Certainly it is responsible. What I have been struck by as
I have come to know more about and understand people who choose
pedophilia is that they let themselves be too much defined by other
people. That is usually an essential negative definition. Pedophiles
spend a lot of time and energy defending their choice. I don't think a
pedophile needs to do that.
Underwager insisted that pedophiles "should attack the concept, the
image, the picture of the pedophile as an evil, wicked and
reprehensible exploiter of children." Following the interview,
Underwager was forced to resign as a founding member of the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation (which is largely directed by CIA
psychiatrists with backgrounds in mind control experimentation) The
London Observer for December 12, 1993 reported that Dr. Underwager
denied ever condoning sex with children. He added, however, that
"scientific evidence" had demonstrated that "60 percent of women
sexually abused as children reported that the experience was good for
them. He contended the same could be true for boys involved with
pedophiles..
The Descent of Mann
In a five-part series that appeared after the hung jury verdict of Ray
Buckey's first trial, Los Angeles Times reporter David Shaw found that
the newspaper's research files explained little of "the crucial behind-
the-scenes role played by screenwriter Abby Mann." Mann's writing
staff and circle of disinformationists have shaped public opinion on
the McMartin case. Noel Greenwood, an L.A. Times editor, has described
the wall of pro-Buckey PR thrown up by Mann and friends as "a mean,
malevolent campaign conducted by people ... whose motives are highly
suspect and who have behaved in a basically dishonest ... and
dishonorable way." Abby Mann, an Oscar recipient for a film about the
Nazi war crimes trial, Judgment at Nuremburg (an oxymoron, since there
was precious little justice at Nuremburg, a carefully-managed show
trial that culminated with the execution of a small clutch of Nazis,
minor prison terms for some - and recruitment of thousands of others
by the CIA.) From the beginning, Mann was a vociferous advocate of the
McMartin defendants. "We like to think we are different from Salem,"
Mann sniffed at the resolution of Ray Buckey's first trial. "I don't
believe that anything happened at that school."
Abby Mann has worked diligently, largely back-stage, on behalf of
Buckeys. It was Mann who first interested Sixty Minutes in the
McMartin case. The November 2, 1986 broadcast was decidedly biased in
favor of Ray Buckey. Defense attorney Danny Davis characterized the
segment as "wholly sympathetic to the defense point of view." Sixty
Minutes led off with the camera panning a long couch and five of the
original defendants. Mike Wallace asked: "Do these women look like
child molesters?"
New York Times reporter David Hechler noted "gaping holes in the
story. Why were no police or D.A.'s investigators interviewed or even
mentioned? And if Ira Reiner believed the case was so weak against the
five defendants, why did he wait until the five-month preliminary
hearing was completed before dropping the charges? These questions
were never asked." The innocence of the defendants was assumed by
Wallace and crew as a foregone conclusion, and the charges against
them were framed as the aberrations of nattering lunatics. Most of the
Sixty Minutes segment on McMartin was taped in Abby Mann's living
room. But heavily-biased media coverage was only one of the strategies
quietly enacted by Abby Mann. When Deputy District Attorney Glenn
Stevens was caught leaking information on the prosecution's case to
Mann, he was forced to resign. No charges were brought against him.
From the Los Angeles Times. Gaining the confidence of the McMartin
defendants, the Manns were ultimately hired as "investigators" for the
defense. That and their earlier alliance with former prosecutor Glenn
Stevens sparked charges from parents of alleged child molestation
victims of a conspiracy to obstruct justice for monetary gain. After
Los Angeles Tmes reporter Bob Williams met Abby Mann, he wrote a
flurry of memos charging the coverage of Lois Timnick, the paper's
reporter on the McMartin beat, with extreme bias favoring the
prosecution. The accusation was investigated by Noel Greenwood, the
regional news editor at the Times. Greenwood concluded that it was
Williams who'd acted with extreme bias, not Timnick. Greenwood's
memoes state that Williams' memos were "reckless and irresponsible."
Williams had "undermined a fellow reporter and seriously harmed the
credibility and effectiveness of the Times." Williams was temporarily
suspended without pay. Shortly thereafter, he went to work for Abby
Mann. Williams surfaced next as a consultant to Mary Fischer, whose "A
Case of Dominoes" in Los Angeles magazine drew upon the argument
(first postulated by the child pornographers Paul and Shirley Eberle),
that former District Attorney Robert Philobosian initiated the
McMartin prosecution for political gain.
Fischer once admitted to the late Wayne Satz, the KABC television
reporter who broke the McMartin story, that she wrote the article
under the direction of Abby Mann. "There was never any case at all,"
Fischer wrote with absolute certainty. "At the very least, it is a
blueprint for preying on public fears." Fischer has gone so far as to
claim that therapists, parents and children attending McMartin
masterminded a "conspiracy" to harass and imprison innocent people.
When pressed on one occasion by Carol Hemingway, a Los Angeles talk
show host, Fischer was unable to offer supporting evidence of
conspiracy (as McMartin parents did), nor could she explain the
motives of the conspirators. Fischer did her utmost to dismiss the
medical evidence that molestation took place at the preschool. In
October, 1988 the Los Angeles Times reported that medical examiners of
the original 13 children scheduled to testify found "scars, tears,
enlarged body openings or other evidence indicating blunt force trauma
consistent with the repeated sodomy and rape they described."
One of the children bled from the anus. Some contracted venereal
infections. Yet Fischer found relevant the findings of a Fresno
pediatrician who refused to testify at the first McMartin trial. The
1987 study, summarized by Fischer, concluded that "any kind of
irritation - not just sexual abuse - may damage children's genitals."
This reader, at least, was left to ponder forms of "irritation" that
might leave the McMartin children with chlamydia, confirmed by medical
examinations and difficult to explain away. Fischer's follow-up
McMartin story in Los Angeles for October, 1993 opined that a
"hysterical tone" in press reports on McMartin was established by
Wayne Satz. who died of heart failure in 1992, "causing some to
speculate it was karma," wrote Fischer, an ersatz and mean-spirited
elegy. "I still don't know how anyone could believe all that bull,"
Virginia McMartin told her. "Especially with a school as wide open as
ours and people coming and going at all times. Or who could actually
believe there were tunnels.. (The archeological team that led the
excavation - ignored by Fischer - could have given her a guided tour.)
"It shows the power of the media."
Apparently Abby Mann has a need for Ms. Fischer and the other writers
in his employ. A best-selling Hollywood biographer (speaking on
condition of anonymity) offers this insight into the career of Abby
Mann. "He's incapable of writing scripts himself. It's true," he said,
"he can't write. Abby keeps a fairly large stable of ghost writers to
produce scripts in his name." Who is Abby Mann? Mae Brussell, the late
Carmel-based political researcher, speculated in a November, 1987
radio broadcast that Mann is a covert operator posing as a Hollywood
progressive, plying extensive media connectioins to influence public
opinion. Mann's behind-the-scenes manipulations, ghosts and an
exhaustive supply of funds and press contacts, support the hypothesis
that Abby Mann is a media mole. Indictment, yet another disinformation
effort supposedly written by Abby and Myra Mann, premiered on May 20,
1985 on HBO. The movie was produced and directed by Oliver Stone. As a
political researcher, I had taken more than a passing interest in
Stone's film JFK, and couldn't help but note that the media assault on
Stone's bore a resemblance to Mann's campaign to discredit the
McMartin children. The day after an announcement of the "secret"
project already underway appeared in Variety, I contacted Stone's
office and spoke with Jean Marie Burke, a researcher for Ixtlan
Productions, Stone's company in Santa Monica. I informed Ms. Burke
that much of the information about McMartin in the corporate media was
disingenuous, beginning with the Eberles.
She brightened up. "Oh, the Eberles - I have their books right here!"
She went silent when I told her that Paul and Shirley Eberle were
child pornographers. I sent her a package of accurate information on
the case by certified mail, then contacted her boss with a letter
informing him simply that he had hold of a bad project, which had
already been shot and was in the editing stage Stone wrote back,
asking me to clarify. My response follows:
Mr. Stone: McMartin is poorly understood by most people because a
disinformation gambit is afoot to discredit the children's¹ testimony
-- a fusillade, in fact, similar to the one you were treated to after
JFK. You asked me to clarify my objections. Consider how difficult it
was to sort through and communicate the multitude of facts relevant to
the killing of John Kennedy. And then recall how a carefully-conceived
film on the assassination can be explained away with a glib "no
evidence" from an Edward Epstein or Dan Rather. This is the problem
I¹m up against with McMartin. There is a complex story behind the
abuse -- it involves CIA mind control experiments, and this is largely
what the plants in the establishment press, and fronts like the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation, are concealing. (Nine out of ten
psychiatrists in both the U.S. and Great Britain from large samplings
believe ritual abuse to be a very real social problem. But the media
inevitably talks only to the one of ten who deny, and many of those
are experimental scientists on the CIA payroll.) You now find yourself
on the same side (of the McMartin argument) as Alex Cockburn (you
recall the knock-down-drag-out Nation debate with a leading
progressive who rejects key crimes of government ((including the
Kennedy assassination)) for high-toned, but ultimately silly reasons),
Newsweek, etc. That alone should make you uncomfortable in the
extreme. One of your researchers brightened up when I mentioned the
only two books available on McMartin, both written by Paul and
Shiirley Eberle. She knew those books inside out. The problem is, the
Eberles published child pornography in the 1970s -- garishly packaged
in an underground rag called Finger -- featuring adults having sex
with children, children with excrement smeared on them, children in
lewd positions and posing provocatively. This ludicrous pedophile
sheet ran stories with such unsavory testimonials as "She was Only
Thirteen," "What Happens when Niggers Adopt White Children," "My First
Rape," and so on. Don¹t bother to read the McMartin books, if you
haven¹t already. Each page is full of factual errors and conscious
distortions. Your movie will perpetuate the Eberles' disinformation.
But the LA Times will love it. (Buffy Chandler told a source of mine,
in a moment of rage at her family, that her parents (the owners of the
L.A. Times) funded weird genetic experiments years ago. This is no
more bizarre than some of the things done in pre-schools around the
country, and may explain the newspaper¹s change of attitude after the
initial reporting.)
But Noel Greenwood, a Times editor, knew what he was talking about
when he said there is a "mean-spirited campaign" in play to slant the
truth about McMartin. Abby Mann is a key proponent. His attorney
threatened to sue if I didn't retract my comments when an early
version of my research appeared several years ago. I did not retract.
In fact, the newspaper, Random Lengths in Long Beach, backed me.
Others appearing in the story threatened me. They did not sue. Why
not? They made such a noise. Now they are the sources of your movie,
still making noise about "innocence abused," and it¹s hollow.
They contend there is no evidence that children were abused at
McMartin. On the contrary, there is an abundance of evidence. But the
DA had no real intention of gathering it. Neither did the press. Same
as JFK, eh? The CIA connection to cults around the country began in
1963. The story was told by a Berkeley psychologist in a thesis
entitled "The Penal Colony," which was presented at a psychiatric
conference in San Francisco by Congressional aide Joe Holsinger after
Leo Ryan was killed at Jonestown. The hybrid was conceived because
people were asking questions about experiments at McGill, the
University of Pennsylvania, John Hopkins, UCLA, Honeywell, NASA and
other haunts of the CIA's MKULTRA mind control fraternity. Jonestown
was one product of the association. Another, more recent example was
the Solar Temple killings in Switzerland. The British press reported
that this cult was running arms to Australia and South America, and
laundering the proceeds at BCCI. The American press couldn't find this
information. What does this tell you?
Buckey Sr. testified that he did not have tunnels dug beneath the
preschool. Why would anyone do that? Five scientists have put their
reputations on the line to confirm that there are tunnels. One, a
carbon-dating specialist, discovered that the tunnels were excavated
in 1968. That was the year the preschool was built. It was built by
Charles Buckey. He lied on the stand. The kids gave fairly accurate
descriptions of the tunnels. Did Abby?
Regards, Alex Constantine
Despite this protest, and threats of a boycott of HBO from children's
advocacy groups around the country, Indictment aired anyway. The movie
simply reinforces the many misconceptions the public has been force-
fed since Abby Mann became involved in the case. The Most Hated Man at
the L.A. Times In January, 1990, after the anti-climactic, deadlocked
verdict of the second trial, the Los Angeles Tmes ran a four-part
series by media critic David Shaw, trashing the paper's own coverage
of the McMartin case. Shaw described press coverage of the case as a
"media feeding frenzy" ranking with exposes of Gary Hart, Oliver North
and Dan Quayle. "More than most big stories," Shaw explained,
"McMartin at times exposed basic flaws in the way the contemporary
news organizations function. Pack journalism. Laziness.
Superficiality." Daily newspaper coverage, he argued, was contaminated
by "cozy relationships with prosecutors," and a competitive furor
"that sends reporters off in a frantic search to be the first with the
latest shocking alllegation."
Shaw's McMartin series won the Times its 18th Pulitzer, but few
reporters attended the champagne party thrown in his honor. "Most
people don't like him," Times staffer Lee Dye told a reporter for Los
Angeles magazine. "He really is disliked at the Times," said
restaurant critic Ruth Reichl. Bill Boyarsky, another staffer, says
"everyone around me hates him." The harshest opinion of Shaw came from
the late Glenn Binford, the paper's late night editor at the city
desk, who refers to Shaw as "an oily little prick." The nickname
stuck. "Even the late Dial Torgerson," reported Los Angeles, "a droll,
dry-witted newsman's newsman ... adopted the moniker, though it was
uncharacteristic of Torgerson to disparage anyone." Reporters for the
"Metro" section particularly harbor a keen disdain for David Shaw.
Why is so much animosity directed his way? Most of Shaw's colleagues
at the Times feel that he receives special treatment. He is contracted
to write a mere four stories a year. He moonlights as the monthly
"Dining Out" columnist for GQ magazine. As the official ombudsman of
the Times, one reporter complains, "Shaw plays favorites and
purposefully ducks anything that may really irritate his superiors,
tending instead to aim at those with no actual power."
One of his primary targets is staff writer Lois Timnick and Cathleen
Decker, whose McMartin coverage was hardly "frantic" or "superficial."
Shaw's depiction of them as reportorial McCarthyites is not borne out
by a review of the newspaper's McMartin coverage, and the air around
Times Mirror Square has, since his series appeared, been thick with
acrimony. A week before Shaw received the Pultizer, Timnick (who has
since stopped talking to him) threatened to organize an office
"suicide party" if he won. When he did walk away with an award, the
Pulitzer committee stated that it was given to Shaw not on the merits
of his writing, but because the Times permitted him to criticize the
paper's own coverage of a landmark trial. Shaw was born on an Air
Force base in Dayton, Ohio. He was educated at Pepperdine and UCLA.
His career took off when, as a reporter for the Long Beach Independent
Press-Telegram, he published a scalding investigative story on Max
Rafferty, the Republican opponent of Alan Cranston for a Senate seat.
Shaw's five-part series killed Rafferty's political prospects with
allegations of draft dodging. Shaw received an award from the Los
Angeles Press Club for the story, and a job offer from the Times.
That was 18 years ago. He was informally assigned to "the sex beat."
Shaw plied his investigative skills with titillating exposes of
massage parlors and strip clubs. His piece on a nightspot featuring
live sex with a dog threw the newsroom into turmoil - this is the same
commentator who later dismissed most press coverage of McMartin as
"sensational" and "superficial." Shaw defines himself publicly as a
"liberal," but he frequently expresses right-wing sentiments, and his
writing can be fairly summed up as propagandistic. He chose to write
on McMartin, Los Angeles magazine reported, "because he needed an
excuse to stay in town. 'My wife was eight months pregnant, and I was
looking for a story that would keep me in L.A. so I would be here for
the birth."
"Experts" on the McMartin debacle - Shaw, the Eberles, Dr. Underwager,
Abby Mann, and others - have, in violation of their own admonitions,
retired it in the press. Ray Buckey is supposed to be as innocent as
Ceasar's wife. If so, why do Buckey's supporters ignore critical
evidence? Why the statistical fabrications? Why lament repeatedly that
the case took five years to try when dragging it out was a conscious
defense strategy? Why ignore the tunnels and the bones? And, most
troubling off all, why has so much effort been put into propagating
mass deception on Buckey's behalf?
Cult and Ritual Abuse - It's History, Anthropology, and Recent
Discovery in Contemporary America - Noblitt and Perskin - Prager
(2000) p. 141 - 142 (1995 book - p.184 2000 book) "The McMartin Case
is also the subject of the cable movie, Indictment, produced by Home
Box Office. Several children's advocacy groups have expressed concerns
that the film's focus appears to be slanted in favor of the accused
perpetrators. The newsletter for the organization, Believe the
Children, contains an impassioned plea to its readers to relinquish
their subscriptions to Home Box Office (HBO) in protest of the film's
airing. An article featured in the newsletter entitled "Sex Abuse,
Lies and Videotape"(1995) describes the genesis of the program and
voices its concerns that the true victims of the McMartin case, the
children, might be damaged by the perspective of the film's author,
Abby Mann. According to the article, Mann and his wife, Myra, became
advocates of the operators and staff of the McMartin preschool during
the course of their trial. Because of the Mann's involvement in the
case and their relationship to the accused perpetrators, the article
expressed the concern that the film might reflect an unbalanced
portrait of accused and accusers such that roles might be reversed in
the eyes of the viewing public. This has, in fact, been proven to be a
correct assumption. Reviews of the cable movie featured in magazines
such as Time (Bellafante, 1995) and TV Guide (McDougal, 1995) on the
film's depiction of an overzealous prosecuting attorney, a mentally
unbalanced parent of a child victim, and a punitive therapist all lend
themselves to the perpetuation of the ideas that the true victims are
the alleged perpetrators. Ironically, this film also casts the media
in an unfavorable light implying that the media's over-the-top
reporting of the event led to a veritable witch hunt."
"The movie "The Indictment," produced for Home Box Office, about the
McMartin trial, was criticized by several children's advocacy groups
for being slanted in favor of the accused perpetrators. According to
an article featured in the newsletter "Sex Abuse, Lies and
Videotape," (1995) the film's author Abby Mann and his wife Myra
became advocates of the operators and staff of the McMartin preschool
during the McMartin trial. The article expressed the concern that the
film might reflect an unbalanced portrait of accused and accusers such
that roles might be reversed in the eyes of the viewing public. This
has been proven to be a correct assumption."
Chronology of the McMartin Preschool Abuse Trials
May 1983 Judy Johnson enrolls her 2 1/2-year-old son at the McMartin
Preschool in Manhattan Beach, California.
June, July 1983 Judy takes her son to a pediatrician because he was
complaining about his bottom hurting. The doctor has no specific
diagnosis. The next time the child complained of having a lot of pain,
she took him to a different doctor. Again the doctor had no
explanation. In fairness there was virtually no information on the
symptoms of sexual abuse of small children at that time.
August 12, 1983 Judy was shopping at a grocery store with her son in
the cart when he complained again of severe pain. Judy checked his
diaper and found blood.
She went to yet another respected local pediatrician and he diagnosed
the boy as having been sodomized. The doctor, mandated to report cases
of child sexual abuse, reports the case to authorities.
August 18, 1983 Judy Johnson meets with Detective Jane Hoag to be
interviewed about her son's symptoms for the investigation.
August 30, 1983 As requested, Johnson takes her son with her to the
police station for another interview. He is 2 years and 8 months old.
He names Ray Buckey.
September 9, 1983 Police Chief Harry Kuhlmeyer sends out a letter to
200 McMartin Preschool parents informing them that Ray Buckey is
suspected of child abuse and asking them for information. As other
victims come forward, an unspecific list of suspected street blocks
and areas in town is circulated.
September 15, 1983 Ray Buckey is arrested on suspicion of child
molestation but released soon after.
October 17, 1983 The District Attorney's Office asks Kee MacFarlane, a
consultant for the Children's Institute International, to interview
child sex abuse victims who attended the school.
November 1983 Children's Institute International interviewers begin
diagnosing former students of the McMartin Preschool as having been
sexually
abused. Dr. Astrid Heger does medical examinations with an innovative
diagnostic tool called the culposcope. This microscopic examination
technique allows slide pictures to be taken of minute scarring caused
by penetration.
December 1983 One of the teachers, and defendant Babette Spitler, is
promoted to director of the McMartin preschool in Peggy McMartin's
place. Ms Spitler begs the parents to keep the children in the school
and refer the school to others as well.
January 13, 1984. Virginia McMartin Preschool shut down after 28 years
in business. The first McMartin Preschool located 1 mile west and this
second school were in operation totaling over 37 years. Virginia kept
records on file cards of over 3,000 former and current students.
February 2, 1984 KABC reporter Wayne Satz shocks television viewers
with reports of a massive child abuse scandal at the McMartin
Preschool.
February 1984 Seven defendants are arrested and charged with 207
counts of child molestation and conspiracy. Over 90 McMartin parents,
file a civil suit against Virginia McMartin, Peggy Buckey, Betty
Raidor, Babette Spitler, Peggy Ann Buckey and Ray Buckey for assault
and battery and intentional infliction of emotional distress with one
attorney. Others file suit with other attorneys. All suits are
eventually dropped by civil attorneys after the 6 year statute of
limitations expired before the trial ended. Civil suits by families
are never refiled.
March 11, 1984 A number of other daycare centers in the Los Angeles
area are closed by the California State Department of Public Social
Services. Ten additional schools are closed in the South Bay area.
March 22, 1984 Teachers Peggy Buckey, Virginia McMartin, Ray Buckey,
Peggy Ann Buckey (Ray's sister), Mary Ann Jackson, Betty Raidor, and
Babette Spitler are indicted on 115 counts of child sexual abuse.
April 2, 1984 The L. A. Times reports that students at McMartin have
been fondled, raped, drugged, photographed nude, forced to witness
animals being slaughtered and threatened to keep silent.
May 23, 1984 The prosecution files 93 new counts. The indictment count
reaches 208, involving 40 alleged child victims.
Fall 1983 to March 1984 Nearly 400 children were interviewed at
Children's Institute International. Forty-one children are listed as
victims in a
complaint filed by the State. The count of those diagnosed as sexually
abused reaches 360 students. DA Robert Philibosian announces the 1976
Karen Klass murder case will be reexamined to determine if it could be
linked to the McMartin case. Klass was the ex wife of Righteous
Brother Bill Medley. She had been
murdered approximately an hour after leaving her 5 year old son at the
pre school. Klass' husband also died shortly after the McMartin
indictments in March 1984. His death was ruled an accident after he
drove off a mountain road one afternoon in Oregon.
March 22, 1984, Los Angeles Grand Jury issues indictment charging 7
former teachers with 115 counts
April 7, 1984 Bail revoked for 5 defendants who had been free on bail
when 400 additional sex acts are presented.
May 1984 Arsonist attempts to burn down the empty cinder block
preschool building, causing over $10,000 in damage. The room where
children identified the entrance to the tunnels, the "C" Charlie room
was most badly destroyed. The classrooms are repainted, new furniture
is built and trees trimmed in time for the jury to tour the site.
May 24, 1984 An additional 92 counts of child molestation are filed
against all 7 defendants. A charge of conspiracy to commit lewd and
lascivious acts by force or threat of force on a child under 14. Count
is now 207 against 42 children.
June 8, 1984 Preliminary hearing begins.
June 1984 Bail for Peggy Buckey is set at $1 million; Ray Buckey
continues to be held without bail.
July 12, 1984 A Federal Grand Jury is impaneled to begin its own
investigation of the case.
August 8, 1984 Prosecutor Lael Rubin announces that the seven McMartin
teachers committed 397 sexual crimes, in addition to the 115 for which
they already faced charges.
August 17, 1984 Preliminary hearing begins. The pretrial begins with
Judge Aviva Bobb and prosecutors Lael Rubin, Glenn Stevens and
Christine Johnston.
October 26, 1984 Judge Aviva Bobb consolidates hearing for Buckey and
six others. There are 7 defense attorneys one for each of the 7
defendants. Any objection by defense can be (and are) repeated 7
times. Each objectionhas to be argued separately, enormously extending
courtroom time used
by the defense.
November 1, 1984 Sheriff Sherman Block announces that the Sheriff's
Department will enter into the investigation and be responsible for
allegations in relation to the operation of the McMartin preschool
which are not part of the current court case. The number of "Uncharged
suspects" is estimated at 85+.
January 7, 1985 Doctor Astrid Heger testifies that she found physical
evidence of sexual assaults on 33 of the child witnesses.
March 1985 A group of nearly 50 McMartin Preschool parents arrive at
the lot adjacent to the school formerly used as a play yard for the
school and begin searching for the tunnels many of the children talked
about. A dead turtle is found with roots growing up through its
shell. The District Attorney is called immediately. A few days later,
an archeological firm, SRS, hired by the District Attorney's Office
begins its own dig. Using the Geonics EM31Terrain Conductivity meter,
the side lot is searched no more than 6 inches in depth. The team
never entered the preschool building. Several turtles and other animal
remains were found.
March 6, 1985 Judy Johnson was put on 72 hour watch at a hospital. She
is released with no diagnosis of any mental disorder.
April 29, 1985 An increasing number of suspected perpetrators have
been probed by detectives since September of 1984. Fifty additional
individuals are placed under investigation. A special elite task force
consisting of 21 detectives and prosecutors is formed by the Los
Angeles County Sheriff's Department by Chief Sherman Block and headed
by Lieutenant Richard Wiley to look at these and other "uncharged
suspects. Investigations of 5 preschools in the area are not expected
to produce any arrests for over a year. "Under the current legal
system, we cannot file criminal actions because of their age and
inability to qualify in a court system," states Wiley.
May 18, 1985 Governor signs SB46 giving judges the discretion to use
closed circuit testimony for child victims of sexual abuse. This law
years later passes the Supreme Court and becomes national law.
June 11, 1985 Judge Bobb rules that child witnesses will not be
allowed to use the new statute allowing child victims of abuse to
testify over closed circuit TV. The prosecution immediately announced
that it would not call any of its remaining witnesses. Only 5 of those
28 were willing to testify at all and then only by way of closed
circuit TV. Six other witnesses dropped out because Rubin said they
could not withstand even the protective TV procedure. The remaining 16
witnesses had been withdrawn by their parents after they saw the
effects of lengthy cross-examination on the early witnesses. This
reduces the number of witnesses from 43 to 13 and, as a result,
the reduces the number of counts.
June 14, 1985 Prosecutors add an additional 50 counts raising the
number to 241 counts.
January 1986 Prosecutor Glenn Stevens is ordered to hand in his
resignation form the District Attorney's office after he is caught
lying to his superiors about leaking information to the media.
January 9, 1986 Judge Aviva Bobb orders all 7 defendants held over to
Superior Court trial with 135 counts of molestation and conspiracy.
Thirteen of
the 41 child original witnesses remain. The cost of the 18 month
hearing was estimated at $4 Million. The indictment had been 115
counts. Ultimately 20 counts were added.
January 17, 1986 Before the case is assigned to a trial judge and
after loosing 28 witnesses because of brutal defense tactics during
the pretrial weakened the case, District Attorney Ira Reiner decides
to drop charges against five of the seven defendants. Reiner tells
parents that Betty Raidor has enough remaining counts to face trial,
but says he thinks she would not fit in prosecuting mother and son,
Peggy and Ray Buckey. The two are prosecuted on 79 counts and 20
counts, respectively, of child sexual abuse.
January 23, 1986 Peggy Buckey is released on $295,000 bail after bail
is reduced from $495,000.
August 1986 Former prosecutor Glenn Stevens contracts with
screenwriter Abby Mann to do a book and a movie in which he would be
portrayed as an ambitious attorney whose conscious got the better of
him. Voluminous transcripts of Steven's taped interviews at Mann's
Beverly Hills Mansion were transcribed. Stevens accuses Rubin of being
a liar and DA Philibosian of playing up the publicity. Mann goes to
the defense and asks to be hired as an investigator so the information
can be included in the trial. The trial stops while these allegations
are reviewed. Stevens also jokes about Judy's dog being sodomized and
says she is a "banana boat." Judy was never diagnosed with any mental
illness
despite having been on a 72 hour watch at UCLA County Hospital.
Eventually, Mann produces the information he gathers from the
McMartins and defense attorneys into the movie `Indictment.'
December 19, 1986 Judy Johnson is found dead at 2:45 PM in her
Manhattan Beach house by police after concerned neighbors called. Judy
died before having a chance to testify at the trial
April 20, 1987 Jury selection for the Superior court trial begins. Ray
Buckey and his mother Peggy face 100 counts. Ninety-nine counts of
child
molestation and 1 count of conspiracy.
January 13, 1987 Opening statements begin.
July 29, 1987 First parent testifies.
August 1987 The first victim witness, a girl now age 12, takes the
stand as a witness for the prosecution.
October 12, 1987 Judge Pounders dismisses 27 of the 100 counts. Some
parents, again refuse to let their children testify under adverse
conditions.
December 10, 1987 Retired former police investigator Paul Bynum is
called to testify at the trial by prosecutor Lael Rubin. The morning
he was to appear, a juror's home was burglarized and Bynum's testimony
was rescheduled for the next morning. Bynum was found dead by his wife
at 5:45 that morning, shot in the head by a .38 caliber pistol. Bynum
had conducted the first search for evidence at the preschool site in
1984 at the request of Ray Buckey. "None of the half dozen people
questioned who were close to Bynum could think of any reason why his
involvement in the case might have driven him to suicide," reported
Kevin Cody of the Easy Reader in Manhattan Beach. "Paul was kind of a
worrier," said Stephen Kay, a deputy district attorney and friend of
the Bynum family, "but there was no hint of suicide. He was very
upbeat about his wife and new daughter, both of whom he adored."
October 19, 1988 The defense opens its case after 61 witnesses have
finished testifying for the prosecution.
December 1988 Paul and Shirley Eberle, prolific pornographers of the
1970s (Finger magazine) and editors of the pornographic tabloid, LA
Star, publish The
Abuse of Innocence, their version of the trial thus far.
February 15, 1989 Ray Buckey is released from jail on $1.5 million
bond.
February 1989 Ray Buckey is released on bail after spending five years
in jail.
May 16, 1989 Peggy Buckey takes the stand in her own defense and
vigorously denies all allegations.
July 26, 1989 Ray Buckey takes the stand and denies he molested
children.
July 27, 1989 Danny Davis, Ray Buckey's attorney tops the list as the
highest paid court appointed attorney at $509,340.00 for the 1986-87
fiscal year.
November 2, 1990, Jurors begin deliberations.
January 18, 1990 The jury returns its verdict in the first McMartin
trial. Peggy and Ray Buckey are acquitted on 52 counts. The jury
deadlocks on 13 counts, all against Ray Buckey. The jurors are polled
and say they believe molestation took place at the preschool but that
the prosecution did not prove the case. The expressed disappointment
at not hearing more from the children.
January (late) 1990 District Attorney Reiner announces that he will
retry Ray Buckey on eight of the 13 counts involving three girls.
February 5, 1990 Deputy District Attorneys Joe Martinez and Pam
Ferraro are assigned to the case. Incredibly, after the trial, it is
discovered that Pam Ferraro was a former student of the McMartin
Preschool. Photographs of her sitting on Peggy Buckey's lap reading a
book, sitting at a table with Peggy, Virginia and several of other
students as well as a McMartin preschool class picture including Peggy
and Virginia.
April May, 1990 Tunnels are found under the foundation of the McMartin
preschool building by a team of Archaeologists headed by Dr. Gary
Stickel. Ground Penetrating Radar recently developed by the U.S. Army
is used to define the location of anomalies under ground. Three
segments of tunnel, one over 45 feet in length with a 9' x 9' room
area are found exactly where the children said they were. District
Attorney does not use the evidence because of time and money
constraints and the fact that they would have to start a new
investigation of their own at the site as they did in 1985. The
discoveries are widely reported in the news.
May 30, 1990 With the entire team of archaeologists, geologists still
uncovering evidence of filled in tunnels, the McMartin Preschool is
demolished by a bulldozer ordered by the new owner, developer, Arnold
Goldstein. Final cost of the archaeological project, paid for by
parents and donations, exceeds $53,000.
June 8, 1990, 83 year old Virginia McMartin takes the stand at her
grandson's retrial and after only 10 minutes and several outbursts in
front of the jury, testimony is halted. A year earlier when she
testified in front of Judge Pounders her testimony ended in the same
outrageous manner. Judge Pounders had threatened to have her jailed,
but later declared her medically infirm.
July 2-3 1990 Lawyers present closing arguments.
July 27, 1990 On their 15th day of deliberations, the jury tells the
judge they are hopelessly deadlocked on all 8 counts. The judge
declares a mistrial.
Juror L. I., a 64 year old treasury department employee said , "I
don't know how you could get 12 people to be unanimous in this case.
There are too many unanswered questions. Too much time has passed."
Again because of money and time constraints, DA Ira Reiner decides not
to ask for a third trial of Ray Buckey. The first two prosecutions
have consumed over $15 million and seven years of court time. He is
under tremendous political pressure because he has failed in
prosecuting the case.
May 1991 Parent is ordered to pay one dollar each to McMartin
defendants after they sue him for defamation of character. They had
asked for $500,000 each.
1995 Virginia McMartin dies at age 88. HBO shows a docudrama, "The
Indictment," written by McMartin sympathizer Abby Mann and starring
James Wood. The McMartins are paid over $75.000 each for their version
of the story. Mann wins an award for his work. Oliver Stone had
originally backed the project but minimized his involvement after
public outrage. By 2000, Betty Raidor and Peggy McMartin Buckey die
also.
1996 Single mother Jackie M. who saw the archaeological investigation
of the school site to its conclusion commissions the archaeologist,
Dr. E. Gary Stickel to write a formal report. All other professionals
involved cooperate in gathering facts and assisting Dr. Stickel in
composing a formal report.
1998 Formal report of the Archaeological Investigation at the McMartin
Preschool is completed at the cost of $3,000. Jackie and the
archaeologist present the findings at the APSAC (American Professional
Society Against Abuse of Children), Children's Hospital Conference in
San Diego, California
-
Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool Site (http://
web.archive.org/web/20010406130849/http://members.cruzio.com/~ratf/
McMartIntro.html)
Introduction by Santa Cruz Ritual Abuse Task Force
Have you heard of the McMartin case? Most people know something about
the story. In 1983, hundreds of kids disclosed to their parents and
therapists that they were abused at the prestigious McMartin Preschool
in Manhattan Beach, California. Seven people were arrest and charged
with hundreds of counts of child sexual abuse, setting off the longest
and most expensive trial in U.S. History (7 years-$20,000).
The defense claimed that the kids hadn't really been abused, but that
their memories were implanted by a conspiracy of witchhunting
therapists. It was a successful tactic and all of the accused were let
go.
Well, the kids memories weren't implanted. Many of the kids
consistently talked about tunnels under the pre-school where they were
taken, sexually abused, and witnessed terrifying events such as
animals being killed. The defense called these accusations "bizarre"
and claimed they were proof that the children were wrong.
But the truth is that the tunnels are there. In fact they are more
than just there. The tunnels are extensive, include a large room just
as the children said, and lead to further sites off the property. The
tunnels were found in an archeological dig under the pre-school
conducted by Dr. E. Gary Stickel, archaeologist and director of
Environmental Research Archaeologists, a Scientific Consortium.
You probably haven't heard of these tunnels. Debbie Nathan, a
journalist who made her career by ridiculing evidence of ritual abuse,
ignored the archeological investigation entirely in her in her book
Satan's Silence which talked extensively about the McMartin case.
HBO's television movie Indictment: The McMartin Trial portrays the
entire community as hysterical with no mention that the tunnels were
found. The False Memory Syndrome Foundation Newsletter has claimed
outright that no tunnels were ever uncovered, even though members of
the board of directors have copies of the full report.
So here it is, the summary of the Archeological Investigation of the
McMartin Pre-School Site. The full report is currently looking for a
publisher. If you are interested in publishing this work, please
contact the task force.
-
Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool Site,
Manhattan Beach, California
(http://web.archive.org/web/20010123212200/members.cruzio.com/~ratf/
McMartin.html/)
Executive Summary
During the month of May 1990 an archaeological project was conducted
at the McMartin Preschool site to determine, once and for all, whether
or not there had ever been tunnels under the building, as described by
various children. Excavation was carried out according to established
scientific conventions with a careful research design defining what
might prove or disprove the existence of "an underground feature that
would connect to the surface of the site and extend underground for
some distance. " [with] dimensions large enough to accommodate adult
human movement through it”. (p. 24)
The project unearthed not one but two tunnel complexes as well as
previously unrecognized structural features which defied logical
explanation. Both tunnel complexes conformed to locations and
functional descriptions established by children’s reports. One had
been described as providing undetected access to an adjacent building
on the east. The other provided outside access under the west wall of
the building and contained within it an enlarged, cavernous artifact
corresponding to children’s descriptions of a “secret room”.
Both the contour signature of the walls and the nature of recovered
artifacts indicated that the tunnels had been dug by hand under the
concrete slab floor after the construction of the building. Whatever
the purpose of this elaborate enterprise, even more effort must have
been devoted to filling the tunnels back in and trying to conceal any
evidence of their existence. Much of the fill dirt used for packing
the tunnel spaces was mixed with historic debris, as if to mimic the
surrounding terrain.
Not only did the discovered features fulfill the research
prequalifications as tunnels designed for human traffic, there was
also no alternative or natural explanation for the presence of such
features.
Background
The McMartin preschool in Manhattan Beach, California was the first of
what has since been described as a national epidemic of multi-victim,
multi-perpetrator accusations of sexual and sadistic abuse which
erupted in the mid 1980’s. The McMartin case was encumbered with
hundreds of charges against seven defendants and dozens of uncharged
suspects. It became the longest, most expensive and arguably most
controversial criminal trial in American history. The descriptions
given by children to investigators and parents were unusual and
unprecedented as they emerged in 1983, but they became so stereotypic
to subsequent cases throughout the country as to become generic of
presumed “ritual abuse”. Accusations of such extreme cruelty and
bizarre perversity in the absence of physical evidence or obviously
deranged suspects led eventually to increasing skepticism that such
crimes could possibly exist. Simple alternative explanations emerged,
first as criminal defense theories and then as common wisdom: very
young children were moved by the hysterical overreaction of various
adults to make unfounded accusations. Full-page newspaper ads placed
in 1984 by McMartin criminal defense attorneys raised the specter of
the Salem witch trials. The witch hunt analogy has since flourished to
create substantial public distrust of preschool-age witnesses and of
the adults who question them.
The failure of prosecutors to obtain even a single conviction in the
McMartin trial has been taken by many as proof that the children’s
allegations were merely fantastic. Various journalists have demanded
punishment of the professionals and parents who had chosen to believe
them. Similar allegations arising more recently in other cases in the
United States and abroad are tested against the McMartin standard,
creating a prejudice against investigating or substantiating even
remotely “bizarre” complaints. Parents in such cases feel triply
betrayed: first with the dreadful discovery of abuse; second with
their abandonment by law enforcement, and third with being blamed for
imagining the abuse and fomenting public hysteria.
One of the supposedly bizarre aspects of the McMartin case was the
children’s insistence that they were taken into underground tunnels.
They explained that the tunnels led to an underground “secret room”
where abuse occurred, as well as providing a route for subversive
transport to off-site locations for sexual exploitation. These stories
were apparently considered fantastic by investigators, who made no
attempt to search beneath the building.
A group of parents forced the hand of the district attorney on March
17, 1985 by initiating an excavation in the adjacent lot. The district
attorney then authorized an archaeological inspection of that lot by
Scientific Resource Surveys Inc. (SRS). There was no exploration
beneath the slab floor. Instrumental survey with a terrain
conductivity meter failed to detect alterations under the concrete.
The SRS technician informed the district attorney’s investigator that
the meter proved useless within the structure because of excessive
interference from pipes and steel reinforcement. The preemptory
conclusion at that time that there were no tunnels has become gospel
among detractors of the McMartin families. Influential journalists
ridicule parents for ever entertaining such a possibility and mock
their subsequent attempts at exploration.
The first opportunity for private exploration came in April 1990 when
the property was sold. Several parents obtained permission from the
new owner to search for the tunnels. After cutting out a section of
concrete and coming up with ambiguous findings, it became apparent
that experienced supervision was needed. Gerald Hobbs, a professional
miner, was engaged to insure safety and to better define the nature of
the underground artifacts. When an apparent tunnel entrance was
discovered and then verified by geologist Dr. E. Don Michael, parents
sought out the archaeological team that completed the present project.
Method
The project was designed and conducted by E. Gary Stickel, Ph.D., on
the recommendation of Rainer Berger, Ph.D., Professor and Chair of the
Interdisciplinary ?Program of the Archaeology Department at UCLA. Dr.
Stickel is director of Environmental Research Archaeologists, a
Scientific Consortium(ERA).
Several areas of the preschool site were designated and mapped as
units for scientific excavation. These were selected according to
differing criteria: re-exploration of sites documented in the district
attorney’s SRS survey, children’s reports of entrance locations,
anomalies detected through instrumental survey by ground penetrating
radar (GPR), and the sites of significant discovery under Mr. Hobbs’
supervision.
Hypotheses and Test Expectations
The primary research problem was to determine whether or not there
were a tunnel(s) and an underground room(s) at the site in question.
To meet the test hypotheses, a tunnel would be an underground feature
that would connect to the surface of the site and extend underground
for some distance, possibly (but not necessarily) connecting to an
underground room(s). It would have to have dimensions large enough to
accommodate adult human movement through it. Such a tunnel on the
subject property could have been constructed in two ways: 1) either
dug out as a trench-like opening which would then be roofed over with
wood and/or other materials and covered over with fill above to make a
true tunnel (as opposed to an open trench), or 2) would be dug out
completely underground, which would then leave a “ceiling” over its
passageway formed of the naturally deposited soil. If the latter were
the case, such a tunnel may or may not have been fitted with an
underground “roof” of wood and/or other materials either to reinforce
the strength of the “ceiling” of the tunnel or to keep loose soil and
dust from falling down on people using it. In either scenario (l or 2)
such a tunnel may have had posts of wood and/or other materials (e.g.
iron) to serve as shoring reinforcements.
Thus, given the operational definition of a tunnel considered here,
the following hypothesis and test expectations were considered (test
expectations are specific, tangible data that are to be expected and
are discoverable if the hypothesis is valid; Stickel, 1979).
If a tunnel(s) were present at the McMartin Preschool site, then the
following test expectations should be present:
1. An opening(s) (entrance and/or exit) large enough for human passage
should be present permitting access from the surface down into a
tunnel feature.
2. Tunnel architecture should be linear or curvilinear (i.e. an
elongated passageway leading in a definable direction(s).
3. Tunnel architecture (especially depth or height and width) should
be large enough to accommodate adult human passage.
4. The walls and/or uncovered soil ceiling of the tunnel should have
“signatures” of markings indicating whether the tunnel had been dug by
hand and/or by a machine (e.g. a backhoe).
5. There should be a compacted dirt floor (compacted by human foot
traffic) distinguishable from surrounding non-tunnel soil which should
not be compacted.
6. The tunnel could be open (i.e. traversable and unfilled).
7. The tunnel may be naturally (i.e. natural processes of erosion and
soil redeposition) or artificially (by human action) filled in with
soil. Such fill should be distinguishable from the natural soil matrix
of the site in terms of color and/or by texture, and compaction (i.e.
would be less compact than the soil forming the tunnel’s walls, floor
and ceiling).
8. The tunnel fill may have inclusions of:
1. Natural stones and/or other natural items or;
2. Artifacts and/or ecofacts.
9. Although a tunnel of the type sought in this project may not be
directly datable (e.g. in contrast to a construction date molded into
the concrete of a railroad tunnel), the tunnel may be dated indirectly
by the dates on artifacts contained within it if any are present.
The test expectations for a subterranean room would be essentially the
same as for a tunnel. The exception would be for test expectations 1,
2 and 3 above which would be modified to reflect necessary doorway(s)
into a room, that the shape of the room would not be too linear (as a
tunnel) but would be “room shaped”, i.e. square, round, or ovoid, and
that a room would be of sufficient dimensions (length, width and
height) to be distinguishable from a tunnel passageway. A room would
thus be of sufficient size to accommodate a number of people
interacting in a face-to-face manner as opposed to a tunnel which
(depending on its size) would provide restricted possibilities for
human interaction. Since, on balance, one would expect human usage of
a room to be more prolonged than in a tunnel passageway, artifacts
catering to prolonged usage would be expected in such a room, perhaps
in the form of chairs, couches, tables, a lighting system, etc. These
expectations were borne in mind during our search of the site.
Initial surveys would be conducted with remote sensing
instrumentation. The author’s experience elsewhere predicted that
Ground Penetrating Radar, rather than the terrain conductivity meter
used in the previous survey, would be effective for anomalies beneath
a concrete slab floor.
Findings
The profile of an entrance/exit tunnel was discovered under the
foundation of the west wall of the building (Classroom #4, see map, p.
13, this summary). The signature of this feature was described and
sketched by consulting geologist Don Michael, Ph.D. (p. 113). The
feature was clearly distinguished by loose, disturbed soil and the
artifacts contained within it. The outside margins had an inverted
bell-shaped curve profile. The tunnel signature was established both
by the sharp demarcation of soil color and texture, as well as by the
exclusive presence within the cavity fill of assorted historic debris
such as old cans and bottles, various metal fragments and small
household items. The roof at that point was provided by the bottom of
the concrete foundation. Inside the foundation a roof of soil was
evident.
The profile was also demarcated by severed tree roots, the
significance of which was described by professional tree surgeon Jerry
Hobbs:
…running under the foundation from south to north was a large root
which had been chopped off at the edge of where the large amount of
cans, bottles, and plastic were being found. A growing root would have
had to run in and through the cans and bottles but did not. The root,
some 3″ in diameter had been severed with a hand saw about 90%
through, then pulled off, peeling the bark of the root. The peeled
layer of the cambium layer had well established healing already in
progress. New feeder roots had started to grow from the cut portion of
the root, and attained lengths of 6″ to 15″. A space of 59″ to the
north the roots pick up again, only these had been chopped off from
the larger root and were dead. [The dead root] was about 1″ in
diameter and continued in the same 30 degree angle as the other root,
the cambium layer was separating from the rest of the woody part of
the root, indication it was probably severed at the same time the
green root that was attached to the tree was severed. Both the feeder
root lengths and the healing of the cambium layer indicate that the
root had been cut at a time of 4 to 6 years earlier. I feel my
determination is accurate due to my experience of the planting and
removal and care of some of the same kind of trees for more than 25
years. To me this is conclusive that with the inconsistent soil area,
the plastic bag dated 1982 [see next paragraph] and the old bottles,
cans and debris, were put in the ground after 1982, and it was not an
old dump area as it appeared. (Appendix III, pp. 174-176)
A plastic sandwich bag was found under the foundation at a depth of
42″ below the surface and 3-6″ inside the wall line of the building.
The bag was imprinted with Disney characters and the words: “?1982
Walt Disney Productions”, along with a logo of a school house with
“Disney Class of 1982/1983″ underneath. These factors led Dr. Michael
to conclude “therefore, the cavity could be no older than 1983″ (p.
84).
Due to the crucial location and dating of the Disney bag as evidence
of recent disturbance, alternate hypotheses were examined. Could the
bag have been artifactual not of a clandestine, buried tunnel but
rather incidental to the parents’ March 1985 dig or to the subsequent
SRS excavation commissioned by the district attorney? After careful
analysis of the parameters of each excavation, Mr. Langenwalter,
senior author of the SRS study, concluded that since the parents’
backhoe trench was no less than 137″ from the northwest corner, it is
clear that the plastic Disney bag was located by Hobbs in the virgin
area between the SRS excavation and the parents’ dig. In fact, it was
recovered 7″ south of the parameters of the SRS excavation and
approximately 13″ north of the parents’ backhoe trench (p.184).
The emphatic correlation of definitive observations for this tunnel
entrance feature is especially significant in view of its location:
the decision was made to explore this precise area because some of the
children had stated that there had been animal cages placed along the
wall and they had entered a tunnel under the cages at that point (cf.
Langenwalter, et al, 1985: 13).
Excavations where conducted in the westernmost sector of Unit 1 in
room #3. This site was selected because a GPR anomaly was detected
through the concrete floor in an area next to and continuing up
against the west dividing wall between classrooms #3 & #4. Several
human-introduced artifacts were encountered adjacent to a 3 inch cast
iron waste pipe running northward from the dig. The size of the
artifacts ruled out their introduction by burrowing rodents
(bioturbation) and their distribution was confined within a shallow,
trench-like profile of different colored soil. This proved to be a
mechanically dug trench to accommodate the waste pipe from the
bathroom in classroom #3, as substantiated also by the signature
characteristic of a backhoe. However, one aspect of the pipe and
trench complex was uncharacteristic and unexplainable at the time of
excavation: the stainless steel clamps connecting an angle of the
waste pipe. These two clamps were notable in that they appeared to be
brand new, with a very shiny silver color, lacking the patina expected
of objects buried long underground. That apparent disparity of age or
use became more apparent as other clamps were unearthed elsewhere, all
of which were considerably etched and discolored. There was no opening
through the concrete floor which could have allowed for access to
these clamps after the floor was poured, and there was no explanation
for their like-new appearance if they had remained buried for the life
of the structure.
A possible tunnel feature was excavated from the toilet areas in
classroom #1 and the office. This feature was distinguished clearly by
the color and compaction of the interior soil, which was much darker
and more loosely compacted. The feature appeared to connect the area
beneath the office and classroom #1 and to proceed eastward toward the
eastern, outer wall of the preschool. Mr. Hobbs made a number of
ancillary observations, summarized as follows:
The children stated that they had entered a tunnel from the south east
corner of room 1. We dug down along the east wall of room one and the
bathroom. As we followed the disturbed area south, it went under the
wall into the now existing bathroom, after about 6 feet it made an
abrupt right turn to the east and headed for the neighboring property.
The children had told two different stories about this tunnel prior to
the dig. One, that they had gone through the tunnel and come up in the
house next door and two, they had come up in the garage, which blocked
the house from the street. At any rate the tunnel went in that
direction. I went to the house next door and followed the walk between
the school and the house which were only about 4′ apart. I went under
the house and bellied my way toward the southwest corner of the house.
After going about 20′ I found an area inside the west wall of the
house where the floor was cut out. If I remember correctly the area of
the floor that was missing was 36″ by 38″ or 41″, you could reach up
and touch the bath tub which was exposed. The plumbing in that area
appeared to be quite new.
I went back to the school and continued to dig. The tunnel I had been
following was now headed toward the corner of the house where I had
found the hole cut in the floor. I was very close to the foundation of
the house, I was sure, so I poked a hole up through to the surface.
The hole I punched through was about 2′ beyond the west wall of the
house and about 1′ outside the south wall of the house. This tunnel
was in direct line with the cut out opening under the house.
In addition to the difference in soil composition, the tunnel feature
was distinctive from the surrounding matrix and from some other tunnel
features discovered later, in that it had been back filled with earth
that contained virtually no large artifacts or ecofacts. It did
contain numerous flecks of charcoal and carbon and pieces of plaster
with green paint, which the excavators hypothesized might be the
remnants of the green paint that had been applied to the school in
1984 or 1985 and possibly of the fire that had occurred within the
building on April 8, 1984. The maximum depth of the feature was 6
feet, and its excavated length was over 26 feet. The feature fulfilled
4 of the 5 test expectations as a tunnel, lacking only a well defined
roof contour.
Several units for study were established in the adjacent vacant
property (sidelot) and in the play yard adjacent to the school
building, in reference to both the prior archaeological project and
anomalies detected by GPR. These digs turned up apparently irrelevant
artifacts such as the cesspool of the earlier residence on the sidelot
and some irregular chunks and slabs of concrete. A more surprising
finding was the absence of toys or other playthings that would be
expected from the use of the excavated area of the preschool play yard
as a children’s sand box. The only exception was a 3 inch plastic
plate bearing three hand-drawn five-pointed stars of differing sizes.
These stars were drawn by an adult with a careful and deliberate style
inconsistent with childrens drawings.
The most definitive discoveries came to light through following the
vein of artifactual debris from the tunnel portal under the west wall
of Classroom #4. An apparent tunnel signature veered southward once
inside the foundation. The width and direction were clearly indicated
not only by the abundance of historic artifacts contained within it,
but also the soil color of the fill matrix was distinctly darker than
the surrounding natural soil. The average width of the tunnel feature
was greater than 4 feet as it extended on the diagonal completely
across Unit 1 and under the concrete floor to the western edge of Unit
One.
Proceeding southward, the tunnel feature widened at one point to the
extent that it appeared less tunnel-like and more like a room. Also at
that point a layer of plywood roofing material along with tar paper
and roofing nails was found at the top of the tunnel fill material.
Underneath the plywood and tar paper was a continuing abundance of
bottles, wood and other debris. It became obvious that this densely
packed debris-filled area was quite large in relation to the tunnel
passage previously described. This room-like feature extended
southward to the area under the doorway to Classroom #4 and the
sidewalk corridor beyond.
It was observed that the layer of plywood and tar paper, which may
have served as a kind of roof for the room-like portion of the
feature, continued in an arc to the east across the east side of the
southeast corner of trench Unit 1. There were obvious soil color and
density demarcation lines at the roof, floor and sides. The overburden
of soil forming. The existing roof of the tunnel at that point was 22
inches thick (measuring from between the bottom of the concrete floor
and the demarcation of the former tunnel cavity). The walls of this
wider area bore shovel mark “scars”. These “scars” indicated that the
tunnel had been dug out with hand tools rather than mechanized
equipment.
The depth of the tunnel in the room-like area was a little more than
6′8″, which would have permitted most adult males to stand upright. In
contrast, the depth of the tunnel in the passageway leading up to the
room-like feature was more shallow, at an average of 5′11″, which
would have required most adult males to bend over when walking through
the passageway.
A major artifact was found buried within the room-like feature: an
intact rural, roadside style mailbox. This mailbox had the name and
address of the last occupants of the house that stood on the adjacent
lot until it was torn down in 1972.
The tunnel direction changed dramatically beyond the room-like area,
turning to a “dogleg” headed acutely eastward. A crucial dilemma was
imminent at this point. With only two days left to complete all
excavation, there was not time to both explore the full dimensions of
the possible room and to follow the ultimate extent of the tunnel.
Although important data may well have been missed by not fully
exploring the “room”, it was considered more important at that time to
redirect full effort to explore the tunnel. It was hoped that the more
the tunnel feature could be defined, the more possibilities there
would be for making correlations with the eyewitness reports of the
children.
In digging out the tunnel fill eastward under the concrete floor, it
became apparent that the line of the tunnel continued across Classroom
#4 and into the cut through the floor at Unit 1. The width of the
tunnel was still about 3 feet. The height of the tunnel feature was
unlike the “room” area, returning to the 5 foot, 11 inch average
height of the western passageway. Some boards and a few tin cans were
still found in the tunnel fill within Unit 2 but they petered out
until no more major artifact inclusions were encountered beyond about
three fourths of the way across the unit.
The tunnel feature ran completely across Classroom #4, up to the
foundation under the dividing wall. The overburden “roof” above the
tunnel gradually diminished as the tunnel came closer to the surface
until, at the point where the tunnel went under the concrete
foundation, there was no soil overburden or roof. Consequently the
bottom of the foundation intruded into the tunnel’s roof at that
point. At the precise width of the tunnel, at the point where it
crossed under the dividing wall between Classrooms #4 and #3, the
bottom of the concrete foundation was slightly arched. The depth of
the foundation at the centerpoint of the tunnel passage was some 25
inches below the concrete floor. The depth of this foundation, which
gave it enormous strength, is curious, given that it supported only a
structurally insignificant secondary dividing wall between the two
classrooms.
At that point it became obvious that the initial Ground Penetrating
Radar survey had actually detected the tunnel at the locus of its
crossing under the dividing wall. Indeed, the GPR was successful in
detecting the tunnel feature on both sides of the dividing wall
beneath the concrete pad floor. The two corresponding anomalies had
been the reason to cut through the concrete pad floor to create
Classroom #3, Unit 1 and Classroom #4, Unit 2 in the first place. And
it was the reason the two units were directly aligned with each other,
even though on opposite sides of a then-existing dividing wall.
An unexpected discovery was made in the tunnel directly under the
foundation between Classrooms #4 and #3. Four large containers were
found in situ standing upright and directly beside each other.
Curiously, they were not found on the floor of the tunnel but had been
placed on a de facto “platform” of fill halfway up to the arched
foundation.
The four containers were comprised of two blue enameled metal
cylindrical pots; one tall, cylindrical crockery pot; and one rusted
cast iron cauldron. The smaller of the two metal pots had a loose,
makeshift handle of twisted wire. The larger metal pot had one
original looped metal handle still fixed to one of its sides. The
crockery container, stamped “Red Wing Stoneware Co.”, was of a glazed
tan color and had a decoration of one cobalt blue leaf and three stems
painted on one side.
Further work revealed that the tunnel ran completely under the
dividing wall foundation arch and eastward under Classroom #3. Digging
backward and downward, it was then possible to observe a profile of
the tunnel feature. The bottom of the tunnel was slightly U-shaped and
clearly distinguishable from the lighter natural soil matrix below,
which unlike the tunnel fill, contained some lighter and darker-
colored small areas of rodent burrow disturbances.
Just 12 inches eastward of the dividing wall foundation another
profile was defined. The tunnel again had a “roof” of compacted
overburden soil. Therefore an inverted U-shaped soil boundary was very
clearly defined both in soil color and texture at the top of the
tunnel profile.
Unlike the tunnel passages in Classroom #4, there were virtually no
inclusions of artifacts in the tunnel fill within Classroom #3.
Following the tunnel fill, the team reencountered the area of the
metal waste pipe with the shiny pipe joiner clamps previously
described. Following the tunnel fill eastward down trench Unit 1, it
became apparent that the original tunnel virtually coincided with the
size and length of the concrete cutout for that unit. This coincidence
was the reason the tunnel was not discovered in the initial excavation
of Unit 1. Digging downward precisely within its margins, it had been
impossible to visualize the lateral signature of the tunnel.
Summarizing the excavation under Classrooms #3 and #4, there was a
clearly defined tunnel whose data conformed to virtually all of the
test expectations for the discovery and identification of such a
tunnel. Indeed, it had been possible to follow the orientation of the
tunnel for some 22 feet in Classroom #4 and for an additional 28 feet
where it went in an east/west direction across Classrooms #4 and #3.
Thus the explored portion of the tunnel extended for a total of more
than 50 feet.
With what little time there was left, attention was directed to Unit 3
of Classroom #3, which contained the intriguing remains of wooden
posts. These were found in situ, still in upright positions. Both
posts were the remains of 4 x 4″ timbers. The first one had been
burnt. The second post was more intact, and only slightly burnt. Due
to their relationship parallel to the east wall of the preschool and
relative to wood fragments to the north in Unit 2 found earlier by
Jerry Hobbs, these posts seemed to be spaced at regular intervals,
extending from north to south in classroom #3. They may have been part
of a shoring system for an underground passageway, but there was no
longer any time to explore for corroborative evidence.
In addition to discoveries underground, there were observations within
the building itself which remain unexplained. A stack of twenty or
more unused, light brown asphalt tile, appearing to be exactly the
same as the tile used throughout the entire interior floor of the
preschool, was discovered in the cupboard under the kitchenette sink
in the office (p.181). This discovery raised the question of whether
or not the floor had been patched, or perhaps replaced in its
entirety. Several sections of tile had been removed by the District
Attorney’s investigators in 1985 but the black mastic under the tile
remained on the concrete slab. In order to check the preschool floor
thoroughly for any patches or replaced areas of concrete, all of the
tile would have to be removed and then the mastic would have to be
sandblasted or chemically removed. Because of financial and time
constraints, these ideas were quickly abandoned in favor of trying to
locate and identify any tunnels or rooms under the school.
Several days into the project one of the workers noticed that
Classroom #3 did not have a door knob (p.182). Instead, there was a
single cylinder dead bolt with a flip latch on the inside, with only a
keyhole on the outside. Once latched from the inside, there could be
no entry to this classroom without a key. The face of this door was
obscured from outside view due to its placement within the inside
corner of the L shape of the building, recessed behind the north wall
of Classroom #2. The absence of any exterior knob was thus
undetectable whenever the door was open, since the face of the door
backed onto the deadend of the hallway.
Several parents remembered that when they were present at the school
during operating hours, the door had always stood open. A mother who
had occasion to visit with her two-year-old son stated that whenever
she was there the toddler would run into the vacant room and reach for
the children’s paint and brushes. The child did this several times and
each time the director would scold the mother and tell her it was not
safe to let her baby go into the room because there were too many
things he could get into. Yet the door was never closed.
Conclusions
The project determined the existence of two extensive tunnel complexes
beneath the concrete floor of the McMartin Preschool building. One,
toward the south, was consistent with the location and function
described by children; it appeared to connect the interior of the
preschool with the adjoining triplex structure and it had a distinct
signature where it exited under the foundation of the east wall. Since
it lacked dateable artifacts and a consistent demarcation of floor
profile, it was classified conservatively as a “possible” tunnel.
The feature that conforms scientifically to the predetermined
attributes as a tunnel was the complex on the north. This tunnel
feature was clearly distinguished from the other subsurface features
encountered during our excavations at the site. The northern tunnel
feature conformed to virtually all of the test expectations, as
follows:
1. An identified entrance;
2. The architecture was both linear and slightly curvilinear;
3. The architecture was large enough for adult human passage;
4. There were characteristic scars indicating that it had been dug by
hand;
5. The feature had a compacted dirt floor;
6. The tunnel was found not open;
7. The tunnel had been completely, artificially filled in with fill
which was distinguishable on the basis of color, texture and
compaction from the original soil depositat the site;
8. The fill contained inclusions in the form of a large number of
artifacts;
9. The probabilistic dating of the tunnel can be estimated by
recovered artifacts.
The following seven factors determine probable age. First, it is
unlikely that the bright, stainless steel straps had been placed on
the pipe in 1966, when the structure was built. Second, the placement
of the mailbox most probably dates to the time following the
destruction of the neighboring house in 1972. Third, the Disney bag
has a date of 1983, which indicates that the tunnel fill dates to that
time or thereafter. Fourth, the arching of the foundation precisely
over the tunnel was obviously a feature made to accommodate the tunnel
and there is no other conceivable scenario to account for it. Fifth,
the four large containers which were placed by hand into the tunnel
fill indicate the use of the tunnel after the preschool was built.
Given their position under the foundation, there is no possibility
that they would not have been knocked out of place and their intact
glass bottle and jar contents broken when the trench was excavated in
1966 for the pouring of the concrete foundation. Sixth, the ceiling of
the tunnel was simply too shallow to have withstood human foot traffic
on it in an unprotected state. If the tunnel feature had existed prior
to the construction of the preschool, its covering or roof would have
been so shallow that a person walking on the surface would have easily
caved it in, thus exposing the tunnel. Finally, the soil deposit at
this part of the property had been put into place and compacted at the
time of the building construction. Therefore any holes or openings
found in that area extending up to or near the surface would
necessarily date to a time after 1966.
Therefore, given the evidence of the seven factors above, the time of
the construction and use of the tunnel postdates 1966.
Summation
This report describes the efforts of a group of parents to explore the
meaning of several issues raised by their children after attending the
McMartin Preschool. Reports of the existence of underground
passageways had not been confirmed in the limited exploration
conducted by the office of the District Attorney. At the first
opportunity of private access to the preschool property, these parents
secured permission from the new owner to search more extensively for
pertinent information. By engaging a highly recommended professional
archaeological team, they hoped to bring scientific authority to
whatever might be found or a definitive resolution for whatever was
not to be found.
The present project started where the earlier investigation left off,
re-examining the previous digs outside the school structure, using new
technology to survey for possible anomalies beneath the floor of the
structure, and then actually cutting through the concrete floor and
scientifically evaluating the consistency and integrity of the
underlying soil.
The results of the survey by Ground Penetrating Radar proved
consistent with discoveries of the subsequent excavations, all of
which confirmed not only the basic descriptions of children but also
specific details of location, interior features and putative function.
The McMartin Tunnel Project confirms that a functional pattern of
tunnels once existed under the McMartin Preschool, that the tunnels
provided access outside the walls of the structure, that they must
have been constructed after the structure was built in 1966, and that
they were subsequently completely repacked with extraneous soil and
implanted artifacts at some time prior to May, 1990. While this
project had no way of determining who dug these tunnels, or for what
purpose, the discoveries stand in stark contrast to the skeptical
position that the children only imagined what they described as
activities underground.
If the stories of the children were bogus fantasies, there is no
excuse for the tunnels discovered under the school. If there really
were tunnels, there is no excuse for the glib dismissal of any and all
of the complaints of the children and their parents.
References
Langenwalter, Paul E., Kevin Peter, Jane King, and Robert Beer, 1985.
Report on a forensic archaelogical investigation conducted at the
Goldstein property at Manhattan Beach, California. Report prepared for
the Los Angeles County District Attorney. Unpublished report on file
at the contracted firm of Scientific Resource Surveys, Inc.,
Huntington Beach, California, and at the Office of the District
Attorney.
Stickel, E. Gary, 1979. More on Theory Building in Archaeology.
Current Anthropology, Vol. 10, pp. 621-622.
–
deMause, Lloyd, “Why Cults Terrorize and Kill Children” The Journal of
Psychohistory 21 (4) 1994 [4] http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/whycult.htm
“In addition, some of authors of false memory hooks also turned out to
be pedophile advocates. For example, one of the most widely cited
books claiming that cult abuse reports were mass hysteria is Paul and
Shirley Eberle’s The Abuse of Innocence: The McMartin Preschool trial.
(6) Taken quite seriously by reviewers and widely quoted In later
magazine articles as authoritative, the book makes such claims as that
the over 100 McMartin children who reported they had been abused by a
cult were all “brainwashed” and the mothers were all “hysterical” and
that it was meaningless that physicians found three-quarters of the
children bore physical evidence that corroborated their stories. What
reviewers didn’t mention was that the Eberles had been called “the
most prolific publishers of child pornography in the United States” by
Sgt. Toby Tyler, a San Bernadino deputy sheriff who is a nationally
recognized expert on child pornography.(7) Their kiddie porn material
that I have seen and the articles they have published such as “I Was a
Sexpot at Five” and “Little Lolitas” Included illustrations of
children involved in sodomy and oral copulation and featured
pornographic photos of the Eberles.”
6. Paul and Shirley Eberle, The Abuse of Innocence: The McMartin
Preschool Trial. New York: Prometheus Books, 1993.
7. The Tampa Tribune-Times, July 25, 1993, p.10.
–
childadvocate
Gould, C. (1995). Denying ritual abuse of children. Journal of
Psychohistory, 22(3), 329-339. http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/denyra.htm
“Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
demonstrate that no contamination of the children’s disclosures has
taken place. In the case studied by Jonker and Jonker-Bakker (1991),
children from different schools and different locales gave accounts of
perpetrators, abuse locations, and abusive acts that were mutually
corroborating. Accounts of tunnels under the McMartin preschool given
by children claiming to have been ritually abused at the school were
fully corroborated when the existence and location of the tunnels were
documented by a professional team of archaeologists (Summit, 1994).”
“How can it be that, with significant numbers of criminal convictions
of perpetrators of ritual abuse and laws against ritual abuse on the
books in a growing number of states, with the clinical data amassed by
thousands of therapists in the United States and internationally, with
physical evidence like the tunnels found under the McMartin preschool
corroborating children’s reports of abuse, that we cannot reach a
consensus that ritual abuse constitutes a serious problem for us as a
nation, and demands to be addressed? Why is it that media accounts of
ritual abuse are often filled with so much obfuscation that the public
is left wondering whether ritual abuse might not in fact be the “urban
myth” or “mass hysteria” that certain skeptics have made a virtual
career out of saying that it is?”
–
McMartin Preschool Story - from http://members.aol.com/smartnews/Sample-Issue-37.htm
Interview of Jackie MacGauley, mother of one of the McMartin Preschool
children
Do you have any proof and references that the children at McMartin
were abused?
We were in court for 7 years. Still the longest trial in U.S. history.
My daughter and hundreds of people I know deal with the aftermath on a
daily basis. Our children’s medical reports and the tunnels which
corroborated one of the most ‘fantastic stories’ the children
recounted. The tunnels are documented in a formal report now located
at a Law University. The most compelling proof was living with my
daughter and dealing with all of her revelations and fears.
Why were the defendants declared not guilty?
The jury very clearly stated that the prosecution did not prove their
case. The jurors were convinced that someone did commit the crime. One
juror said she would have liked to have heard more from the children.
All 7 defendants were held over for trial after the pretrial. Criminal
counts were added. Before the trial, when the case was not assigned to
a courtroom or judge, District Attorney Ira Reiner decided to drop 5
of the defendants. A memo cited that he did not want any of “These
kinds of cases anymore.” About 10 other preschools were closed, but
there could be no arrests without any possibility of prosecution. It
was becoming an embarrassment to his office. I was told by a witness
family that one defendant had enough counts and enough evidence to be
tried, but Mr. Reiner felt the case would not be successful if he
included her. A mother/son situation seemed like a more plausible
story. Some child witnesses refused to testify when parents saw how
the children were treated on the witness stand by the 7 defense
attorneys. Some families were still willing to testify but were never
even notified that they were no longer needed.
How do you feel about the media and their involvement in the case and
after the case?
At first I was amazed at the attention we got. This is a small town
and it involved only a few local families, I thought at the time. I
never really did understand why it mushroomed as it did. I ask experts
and they give different explanations. Dr. Underwager was speaking out
on behalf of the defendants in Jordan, Minnesota. Janet Reno was D.A.
in Miami during the Countrywalk case. She won the case when Illiana
Fuster testified against her convicted murderer husband, Frank Fuster.
The giant Bakersfield case and others started well before the McMartin
case.
The media likes to report things that they know will sell their
newspapers rather than reality. What happened in court was far from
representative of the reality of the crime. Moral of this story, do
NOT believe much of what you hear or read in the media.
Do you believe there were tunnels at McMartin? What proof can you
offer to verify this?
You are asking the person who actually did the project. We heavily
documented our findings in photographs, scientists’ reports and
analysis. There were also an abundance of witnesses, including the
media. The formal report is housed at a University Law Library at the
moment.
If you do believe the allegations at McMartin were true, how long do
you believe they were going on? What evidence do you have for this?
My daughter attended the school for 4 months in (Sept through January
when it closed) 1982-1983. The most recent allegations began in
August, 1982 when Judy Johnson took her 3 year old son to a doctor who
reported it to the authorities.
A lot of us parents still talk about what happened. A friend of mine
was Mayor during that time. We still console each other over what
happened. A lot of us still feel totally disgusted with the whole
thing. Compelling (and corroborating) evidence for me and her family
and Doctor was a friend who was 44 when she died last October. She was
in the second class ever given at the old location, about 1958. Her
psychiatrist introduced her to me in 1984.
Do you know about anyone writing articles trying to disprove the
allegations at McMartin, and why do you feel they would do this? Do
you have any evidence for this?
Some V.O.C.A.L., False Memory Syndrome type affiliates seem to make it
a regular task to discredit our children. Their opinions have seeped
into popular journalism and, I understand, are used as fact. If you
want some good background on how this all began, start with Jan
Hollingsworth’s book “Unspeakable Acts” for some fantastic
documentation of the perp’s games. Another highly recommended book is
“The Battle and the Backlash” by David Hechler.
“Since the Eberles’ first McMartin book appeared in 1989, they have
achieved national status as child abuse experts. In courts of law
their work is frequently cited, and they lecture widely to receptive
audiences. The Eberles once appeared as featured speakers at a
conference held by Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL), an
organization that feted “The Politics Of Child Abuse” as positively
revelatory….Blurbs in their own pornographic tabloid, L.A. Star,
failed to mention that in the 1970s the authors once ran an
underground tabloid for pedophiles in Los Angeles, Finger, which
delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex, sex with children and sex
acts involving human excrement. Finger contained sexual drawings by
children and pedophile erotica…”
—-
Summit, R.C. (1994). “The Dark Tunnels of McMartin” Journal of
Psychohistory 21 (4): 397-416. http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/mcmartin.htm
Roland Summit is a clinical associate professor of psychiatry at
Harbor-UCLA Medical Center (Building D-6, 1000 W. Carson St.,
Torrance, CA 90509). He has been the community psychiatrist to the
South Bay area of Los Angeles County since 1966, specializing
exclusively in child sexual abuse since 1975. He was assigned the role
of county Department of Mental Health Liaison to the community of
Manhattan Beach in the wake of the 1983-84 epidemic of preschool abuse
allegations.
FALSE ARGUMENTS
The subject of ritual cult abuse of children is so loathsome and
provocative that it is at risk of being regarded only in extremes.
Those drawn into believing that there is such a thing become
fascinated and terrified by its limitless implications while those who
remain skeptical seem determined to quash and disqualify any evidence
that it might exist. Most of those who believe have been personally
touched and emotionally moved by association with alleged victims,
while the skeptics enjoy the luxury of analyzing the phenomena in
retrospect from a distance that passes for objectivity. Both sides of
this divergent drift seem reluctant to acknowledge a possible
intermediate reality: that while some aspects of the accounts are
patently impossible, there remains an elusive core of sadistic
obscenity.
It should be obvious that any possibility of such inconceivable and
invisible cruelty must be confronted and understood before we as a
people can move ahead to define the real dimensions of human
experience and the remarkable complexities of personal and collective
psychohistory. Considering the potential benefits of that
confrontation-new insight into alienation, despair, rage, violence,
dissociation, and the vagaries of memory and of ultimate
accountability - it is all the more remarkable and lamentable that
scholars are willing to harp at the extremes (worldwide satanic
subversion versus therapist-induced hysteria) rather than to delve
into the common ground of human perversity and deliberate psychic
trauma.
The distractive, polarizing debate is renewed in David Lotto’s opening
challenge in this scholarly Journal of Psychohistory (1). Must we
start with witches and witch hunts? Should we cancel the message by
attacking the character of the messengers? Can we define history by
assigning cause and effect to untested post hoc connections?
Dr. Lotto traces the origin of ritual cult abuse survivor stories to
1980, with the patient/therapist collaboration of Michelle Remembers.
(2) Such attribution of cause and effect is no less magical than
assigning the power of spring time to the first crocus. And how is it
relevant that Dr. Pazder divorced his wife and married his former
patient, or that the psychologist who “interrogated” Ileana Fuster
before her testimony in the Country Walk prosecution had himself been
imprisoned for sexual assault of his clients? Such ad hominem examples
assign a moral defect to the entire class of professionals who elicit
lurid confessions from their clients. The credibility of every
informant is similarly trashed by the droning presumption that they
are all either infantile, mentally ill, or locked in a folie a deux
with misguided therapists.
If post hoc ergo propter hoc arguments are to be honored, and if an
author is to be equally empathic with all the players, one might
consider that McMartin whistle blower Judy Johnson’s psychotic break
and alcoholic toxicity were precipitated by, rather than precipitants
of, her desperate concern that she and her not-quite three-yr-old son
were victims of unfathomable treachery. Having met Ms. Johnson in
February, 1984, I am convinced of the first option. Judy Johnson was
quite sane and emotionally contained even as she described the
improbable complaints of her child “He doesn’t like to talk about
being buried alive or about large animals or that he was sodomized by
a lion”. (3) Such complaints were unheard of in 1984, but they made
more sense as older, less credulous children in the Netherlands
(1987), England (1988) and North Carolina (1989) made quite
independent observations that the wild animals had zippers on their
costumes.
It is painful even to contemplate the stresses this young mother tried
to endure during the succeeding years. She had always been an anomaly
among McMartin parents, an outsider without access to the supportive
social groups that had patronized the preschool. She was alienated
from her husband and increasingly reclusive in a small house with her
two children, one a putative victim of a formless conspiracy and the
other dying of a brain malignancy. She barricaded herself against the
menacing strangers who patrolled her yard. Who knows if they were
intimidating conspirators or toxic hallucinations? Her hyperprotective
stance toward her children warranted protective service and mental
health intervention and she was hospitalized briefly. I did not
recognize Judy Johnson the last time I saw her alive, in the summer of
l986 she was bloated and somewhat incoherent, visibly damaged.
The extensive criminal investigation and the evidence selected by
prosecutors for the McMartin trials had nothing to do with information
gained from Judy or her child. Nor did she galvanize parental group
hysteria. She lived and died an outsider in Manhattan Beach society.
She was fair game for the posthumous recreation as the cause of it
all. For the successful theory of defense and in the legacy of two
mistrials she became the icon of hysterical misconception, the Chicken
Little of a bird-brained gaggle of malicious parents. For those who
knew her through those harried years she was the perfect embodiment of
a sad truth: the individual who is suspicious enough to uncover a
perfectly hidden evil will have to shoulder the blame for the chaos
that is bound to follow. (4)
The Miami Country Walk convictions, featured in Dr. Lotto’s argument
as a miscarriage of justice, are ripe for attack because they stand in
the way of a backlash sweep. The case has remained as the most
demonstrably real and potentially understandable of all the ritual
prosecutions to date. Investigators found physical evidence, including
photographs of unmistakeable fecal fetishism showing Frank Fuster’s
wife and child soiled with feces. The crucifix described by the
children as the instrument of Fuster’s bloody demonstrations of the
rape of Ileana was found under the mattress of their bed. Frank
Fuster’s own child described the private, utterly sadistic torture he
and Ileana endured apart from the other children in their care. The
case was not burdened with allegations of hooded strangers, satanic
ceremonies, birth rituals or infant sacrifice; children described the
stuff of exorbitant human perversity.
The Country Walk case is unique for the information and testimony
gained from a co-defendant, but Ileana’s dramatic turnabout was not
the pivotal element for the jury. Ileana decided to testify, at the
urging of her attorney and with no plea bargain with prosecutors, only
after jurors were reduced to tears in response to viewing the entirety
of the videotaped interviews with the children. Earlier, Ileana had
shown a slave-like loyalty to her husband. Her deposition just prior
to testimony described a dismally recognizable pattern of teenage
sexual enslavement: deception, kidnap, rape-marriage, perverse
humiliation and torture imposed by her husband before he presented her
to his Country Walk neighbors as an adult specialist in child care.
When she finally renounced him in the courtroom, she was like a child
cringing in terror against all-powerful retaliation.
The skepticism encouraged by the woeful lack of physical evidence in
typical multivictim, sadistic sexual abuse cases can be artificially
hyped by the double standard applied to victim disclosures: claims of
the improbable are logically rejected while retractions are
uncritically embraced as definitive. Recollections of unspeakable
trauma are said to be distorted by dissociation or implanted by
suggestion while denials are literally endorsed. The most misleading
aspect of Dr. Lotto’s apparently sophisticated and psychologically
enlightened opening article is its adherence to that simple and
socially reassuring double standard. He dismisses Ileana’s elaborate
and self-jeopardizing description of her as coached and coerced while
her continuing selfjustification is advanced as the argument not only
for her own innocence but for the exculpation of her codefendant.
Ileana couched her confession within a contradictory assertion of
innocence. Such ambivalence and confusion invite psychological
considerations beyond a simple truth-or-lie dichotomy. Instead, Dr.
Lotto chooses one side of that uncertainty to nullify the judgment of
the jury, the parents, and the children. But dissociation cuts both
ways; if victims of unspeakable acts cannot accurately own the reality
of their experience, can we insist that the accused are perfectly in
touch with and accountable for their unspeakable actions?
When I had occasion to talk with Ileana Fuster after her testimony,
she was irate in her self-defense, but more telling in the
psychological complexity of her dilemma. I had asked her how it was
that she had so perfectly protested her innocence, and how she had
passed the polygraphs if she had done the things she described. “I
didn’t do those things,” she protested,”I couldn’t do things like
that. I’m not that kind of person! Frank made me do them.”
Who is to blame for the explosion of strange stories of sexual sadism?
How are are we to interpret the quixotic reversals of ambivalent
assertions? If we can’t consider some core of truth without physical
proof, can we allow contrived “reasonable explanations” to prove
everything is false? The reasonable explanations have proliferated in
the wake of unreasonable allegations. That response is clearly
opportunistic of the status quo, supported by no more relevant or
verifiable evidence than the precipitating alarms. A jury found Frank
Fuster guilty, beyond a reasonable doubt, of incredibly obscene
behavior. Investigative reporters, on a demonstrated mission to debunk
“satanic panic,” have proclaimed him innocent. (5)
In his conclusion Dr. Lotto discounts the traumatic consequences for
innumerable children as he defines Frank Fuster along with those
accused in the McMartin trials as “the very real victims, innocent of
any wrongdoing, who have suffered traumatic consequences from being
caught up in a net of hysterical accusations.”
Who are we to be so sure of anything in the unresolved confusion of
ritual allegations? How can we tolerate preemptive conclusions before
we have examined the most rudimentary questions? If criminal
conviction of defendants is not only irrelevant but prejudicial to the
credibility of the complaining witness, what will it take to re-
examine the potential reality of these unwelcome complaints?
Would additional material evidence vindicate the merely testimonial
proofs already rejected? If Judy Johnson’s concern for underground
terror, or the McMartin children’s claims of tunnels under the
preschool had solid verification, would that make a difference? The
tunnels, were, in fact, found in 1990, only to be met with massive
indifference.
THE TUNNELS
Parents and therapists began hearing children’s descriptions of
underground activities within months of their initial, more
conservative disclosures. Children described tunnels under the floor
of the preschool which led to an outside exit under the rabbit hutch,
and another underground passage to the neighboring building. They
explained they would be loaded into vehicles in the garage of that
building for transport to other locations of group ritual. They
described also a secret room accessed by the tunnels under the
preschool.
As in other cases, such claims proved an embarrassing red herring for
investigators. In common with descriptions of murder and pornography,
they promise discovery of the tantalizing smoking gun, the concrete
evidence that would confirm what might otherwise be dismissed as
infantile fantasies. When there are no bodies or blood, or when the
photos and videotapes can not be displayed, these “fish that got away”
tend to cast doubt on the veracity of the more modest claims, no
matter how plausible and recognizable the initial disclosures might
have been. Since the elusive fish are also descriptive of the most
threatening and grandiose scenarios-cult ritual with human sacrifice,
pornographic exhibitions, profiteering in organized crime-they also
precipitate an angry rift between believers and skeptics, especially
between parents and police. Parents become preoccupied by the
terrifying implications of these larger dimensions of victimization
while police, trained to avoid speculation in the absence of evidence,
view parents as alarmist and irrational in their naive credulity.
Priorities of prosecution further widen the rift. Child molestation is
a recognizable crime which can proceed to conviction on the
unsupported testimony of its victims. Religious ritual is
constitutionally exempt from prejudicial harassment. In the absence of
adult informants and incontrovertible evidence of criminal activities,
the implications of multiperpetrator conspiracies, occult networks of
religious fanatics-even the very existence of an undiscovered class of
grotesque criminality-become ridiculous impediments to any hope of
conviction. Parents see their children as spiritually mutilated while
prosecutors seek refuge in the familiar confines of sexual touching.
Lacking support from the institutions of justice, the more inventive
parents will pursue their own investigations and develop their own
conclusions, increasingly indifferent to the restrictions of
conventional logic and restraint. Any information gained through such
vigilant research is an embarrassment to the constraints of
prosecution.
Such was the course of the McMartin investigation. A small assemblage
of the most assertive parents pressured the district attorney to
search for the tunnels and to find the off-campus locations where
babies were slaughtered. When they met with stonewalling the parents
began their own forays in the neighborhood. Children led them to a
mortuary/crematory where they claimed to have pummeled dead bodies and
watched people burn. Parents were convinced that interior decorating
confirmed the identity with details anticipated by children’s
descriptions (6)
Prosecutors received such information with resentment and distrust. It
was both outside an acceptable chain of evidence and alien to what
they could reasonably charge.
In order to force the prosecutor’s hands on the tunnel question,
parents commissioned a backhoe one Saturday (March 16, 1985) and began
digging in the lot next to the preschool, where children described the
burial of sacrificial animals. The district attorney’s office them
commissioned a limited archaeological survey of the site. The net
effect of that effort was to disclaim any unusual underground
activity. Although all of the digging was outside of the building,
with no attempt to cut through the concrete slab floor of the
preschool itself, the officials declared there were no tunnels on the
site.
Although ritual elements were deliberately excluded from prosecution,
defense attorneys ridiculed the willingness of therapists and parents
to support the bizarre conspiracy theories implied by the children. A
boy who had testified for prosecutors only about sexual touching
responded to defense cross - examination with a typically grandiose,
tough-kid description of physically lifting a body from an open grave.
Other child witnesses described satanic weddings in neighborhood
churches.
Prosecutors had two choices: Containment or chaos. Either the children
experienced only sexual molestation at the hands of defendant
employees within the McMartin Preschool itself, and they only imagined
the tunnels, or someone had dug an escape route to an unrecognizable
underworld of sex and death orgies. Prosecutors took the simple choice
and thereby deferred to the skeptics, agreeing that children imagined
the strange things-but they really were molested. The jury found the
defense explanation more reasonable: a demonstratably crazy woman had
initiated a satanic witch hunt which was swept into absurd illusion
through leading questions from therapists and hysterical reinforcement
by parents eager to put themselves in the limelight of the case of the
century.
After more than five years of glaring public exposure and 33
consecutive months of the longest and most expensive trial in history,
the verdicts of January 8, 1990 left most parents angry and confused
but at least reconciled to a return to private life. The willingness
of a few to protest the failure of prosecution on television talk
shows exposed them to a peculiar kind of vilification. They were the
perfect scapegoats for a small band of investigative journalists out
to save the world from superstitious nonsense. The backlash gospel is
simple: Those who trumpet the hazards of ritual abuse are the ones
responsible for creating it. And they should be punished.
The decision (to retry Raymond Buckey on the undecided counts) came
after a period of grotesque agitation by the parents of the supposedly
abused McMartin children. They appeared on talk shows, and terrorized
Los Angeles Board of County Supervisors into voting 4 to 1 to urge the
district attorney to a new trial.
So now the McMartin parents can triumphantly torture poor Ray Buckey
again, abetted by the cowards and opportunists in the justice system.
But if people can be prosecuted on the words of children, then
children should take full responsibility for what they are saying. If
a child says he saw Ray Buckey kill a horsewith a baseball bat (which
one did claim) and if this charge is disproved (which it was), then
the child should be indicted for perjury, with present prohibition
against such infant indictment removed.
If a parent abetted the child in this false accusation, then this
parent should be indicted for perjury, too. If the court then
establishes that parent and child were lying, at least the parent
should suffer the consequences. A few well-publicized sentences of
imprisonment of parents (along with “therapists” and social workers,
it goes without saying) and we would see a speedy end to these
disgusting miscarriages of justice. (7)
THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL PROJECT
Despite such pervasive scapegoating and predictable attrition, a few
parents remained alert to some hope of vindicating their children. The
opportunity came in April, 1990 with permission from the new owner of
the preschool to search for the tunnels before he demolished the
building and redeveloped the property These soiled but solid citizens
managed to find what the district attorney had disclaimed: solid,
scientific evidence that someone had not only dug tunnels under the
preschool, but also had taken the trouble to try to undo them. The
results of this definitive excavation are described in meticulous
detail in the 185 page Report of the Archaeological Excavation of the
McMartin Preschool Site by E. Gary Stickel, Ph.D., the UCLA
archaeologist commissioned to do the study. (8)
My experience of the human background of this technical report adds
insight into the difficulty of establishing proof beyond reasonable
doubt of improbable claims, especially from a grass roots level of
interest. On first gaining permission, parents began digging in the
closet (in the northeast corner of classroom #3) described by children
as the entrance to a tunnel leading to the secret room (see Figure 1,
marked Unit 2). They found flecks of matching paint in the dirt they
removed, which could have proved that a shaft had once been open to
the closet above but their amateur efforts left open the possibility
that those vital markers had merely fallen into the hold during their
own excavation.
Such ambiguity led to some dissension among the parents and the
burdensome decision to commission a professional, scientific study.
From that point, established April 21, 1990, the project was impeded
both by a conspicuous absence of funds and a diminishing number of
participating parents. The financial and organizational responsibility
settled on only one parent, Jackie McGauley, who, not unlike her one-
time friend, Judy Johnson, is a single parent of two children,
struggling to make ends meet, without traditional ties to other
McMartin parental circles. Even the post-traumatic camaraderie that
had once defined a larger parental affiliation had long since
dissipated into somewhat alienated factions critical of one another
for their divergent responses to the experience (9)
This left just one person responsible for soliciting funding for the
project itself and the production of the report, with no apparent
institution or avenue available for ultimate publication and
distribution. Commercial publishers have a ready market for
outrageously opinionated books like Paul and Shirley Eberles’ The
Abuse of Innocence: The McMartin Preschool Trial. (10) Such
revisionist manifestos proclaim a conspiracy of misguided prosecutors,
therapists and parents as the sole abusers of the children. Who will
pay for a dry, scholarly treatise that only implies that something
monstrous really happened, especially if the report is promoted by the
last remaining parental zealot? There is no really legitimate
institution for rehabilitation of children’s’s stifled complaints of
mysterious exploitation.
AND THE CHILDREN SHALL LEAD THEM
At least one child had a voice in the archaeological project. Time was
running out before the bulldozers would obliterate the site and there
seemed to be no trace of the children’s secret room. Joanie (11) 12
years old, was visiting her old preschool with her mother. Dr. Stickel
asked her,”Can you tell us where it was that you entered the tunnels
and which way you turned?” Joanie gave a meticulous description of
every step along the way. Starting from the parents’ dig in the
northeast corner of classroom #3, she described being lifted down a
hole, turning right, going straight past the roots that brushed your
face, turning right again where you were hurried through the long
tunnel. “I liked to stop where the pipe was and swing on it. There was
a little boy who couldn’t reach the pipe, and sometimes I’d lift him
up so he could touch it. But right after that you had to duck down so
you wouldn’t hit your head on the cement, then you had to run again to
get to the secret room.”
Part of the course Joanie described corresponded to twin anomalies
which had been detected earlier by ground penetrating radar.
Corresponding openings had been cut in the concrete (Unit 1, classroom
3 and Unit 2, classroom 4, see Figure 1) but nothing unusual had been
found. Encouraged now by Joanie’s explicit directions, the
archaeologist extended the dimensions of the Unit 1 dig and discovered
an interface of contrasting soil. The concrete cutout had matched the
side walls of the tunnel so perfectly that the earlier dig had passed
right through the filled-in tunnel without ever distinguishing its
margins. Now that the profile of contrasting soil was defined the
tunnel could be reopened with precision. It proceeded westward beneath
a cast iron waste pipe, just as Joanie had described, and then passed
under the deep concrete foundation of the wall separating classrooms
#3 and #4. At the point where the tunnel passed under the foundation,
and only at that point, the concrete had been arched upward and worn
smooth, in contrast to the adjacent ragged contours and texture
assumed by concrete poured into an earthbottomed trench. Under the
classroom to the west the tunnel proceeded into a wide, room-like
potential space of contrasting earth fill bearing remnants of timber,
plywood and tar paper which appeared to have shored up the ceiling of
a “secret” room. All this had been implied for years by numerous
children and anticipated on the spot by Joanie.
There was no time to determine the entire parameters of the room-like
space, but there was enough excavation to show that it was 6 feet 8
inches high and at least 9 feet in diameter, and that it connected
through the predicted transit pattern to a previously discovered
tunnel artifact turning to the north and exiting under the foundation
of the west wall of the building, where the rabbit hutch used to be.
Although this landmark had been a target for the first parental back-
hoe expedition and the District Attorney’s archaeological search, and
although those previous excavations partially obscured the outer
feature, two of the project’s most definitive items were found just
inside of the western foundation. One was a tree root that had
originally grown across the path of the exit tunnel before being sawed
away. The proximal section of that root, still feeding the distant
avocado tree, had partially healed and sent out new sprouts where it
had been cut some years before. The distal section, isolated at the
other side of the exist, was withered and dead.
Beneath the floor of the exit, inside of the vertical plane of the
foundation in fill undisturbed by the earlier excavations, a plastic
lunch bag was found bearing the date of its distribution; “DISNEY
CLASS 82/83,” also printed “c1982 Walt Disney Productions.” Except for
some kind of clandestine intrusion, nothing in that location could
have been newer than September, 1966, when the foundation was poured.
Besides being different in color, texture and compaction from the
surrounding matrix, the dirt which filled the tunnel spaces varied in
composition along the length of the tunnel itself, always at odds with
the adjacent, indigenous soil. The western extremities of the fill,
including the room-like space, were peppered with a kind of trash pit
debris: old cans and bottles dating from the twenties through the
fifties, as if to establish a provenance antedating the 1966
construction of the preschool building itself.
The most conspicuous and naturally inexplicable items were found
placed exactly under the concrete arch between the two classrooms.
These were four large containers, two enameled iron pots, a crockery
jar, and a cast iron cauldron, arranged together in an upright
position, resting not where the floor would have been but halfway up
to the ceiling. There was no theoretical explanation for such location
except that they were placed deliberately within a pre-existing, half-
filled trench or tunnel. If all the artifacts represented random
scatter of trash on an earlier dump site, as some skeptics have
asserted, there is no justification for their exclusive delineation
within a discrete pattern of tunnels or trenches. And if such
conspicuous items as the four large containers had been littered on a
dump site, they would not have survived clustered, upright and
unbroken through the subsequent grading and levelling of the preschool
site.
The pattern of tunnels conformed to the architecture of the overlying
building but had absolutely no purpose or conformity to expected
trenching for foundations or utilities. In fact, the profile of the
shallow trench dug to accommodate the waste pipe leading across the
main tunnel (Joanie’s reach-up- and-touch pipe) was clearly
distinguishable as mechanically dug, showing the sharp angulation
characteristic of a backhoe, whereas the tunnels had a rounded floor
contour and shovel marks, showing that they had been dug by hand,
presumably under the pre-existing concrete. The stainless steel pipe
clamps joining an angle of the pipe where it crossed through the
tunnel space had a different quality from clamps elsewhere which had
remained buried since installation. The other clamps were corroded
from years of soil contact, while those crossing the tunnel looked
shiny and new.
Other features fell into uncanny, perversely predictable patterns, but
scientific documentation was less definitive for lack of time or
lacking permission to extend the excavations. There were roots
protruding into the fill where Joanie had predicted, along with a
linear succession of rotting posts that might have shored that portion
of the tunnel (Marked 2 and 3 in Unit 3, Classroom 3, Figure 1)
There was tentative identification of a shaft and horizontal passage
at the south-east end of the building, where children described going
from the closet to the building next door. A discrete tunnel could be
defined on the basis of differential fill and interruption of tree
roots, leading under the eastern wall and several feet beyond the
property line toward the adjacent triplex building (Figure 1). Owners
of the property refused permission for further excavation, so the
actual terminus of that tunnel feature remains open to speculation.
On May 29, 1990, I was invited to inspect the excavations. A district
attorneys representative looked in from the surface, never soiling his
suit to observe the demonstrated profiles of contrasting soil nor
crawling under walls to appreciate the extent and utility of those
potential tunnels. Prosecutors were at that time locked into the
retrial, trying unsuccessfully to prove the few deadlocked counts of
sexual molestation against a lone defendant. No one in authority could
possibly want to reopen old wounds of putative conspiracy.
The bulldozer moved in that afternoon and quickly smashed the stucco
building into splinters and dust. I have always wondered since that
day why such a flimsy structure needed a 29-inch deep foundation to
support a non-weight-bearing partition between two classrooms. The
four-inch slab itself would have been code-sufficient. Could it have
been designed as a strong-back girder over future sub-slab
excavations? There is no sensible explanation better than Joanie’s
naive observation than it was there to bump your head on. Dr.
Stickel’s report (p.95) concludes:
There is no other scenario that fits all of the facts except that the
feature was indeed a tunnel. The date of the construction and use of
the tunnel was not absolutely established, but an assessment of seven
factors of data all indicate that it was probably constructed, used
and completely filled back in after 1966 (the construction date of the
preschool). This age assessment has also been corroborated by the
consulting Geologist for the project, Dr. Don Michael…
THE AFTERMATH
People magazine sent a reporter to interview Dr. Stickel. She reported
to headquarters the remarkable misunderstanding that the project found
nothing. Hearing this I called Dr. Stickel, who was dumbfounded: “I
told her the children said there were tunnels and we found tunnels. It
was as simple as that.” With some inside pressure, the magazine
researched a more definitive appraisal of the project but it was
bumped by more urgent priorities of space, perhaps by an unexpected
celebrity marriage or divorce.
Dr. Stickel, Jackie McGauley, another patent and two now-adolescent
McMartin children were brought face-to-face with debunking authors
Paul and Shirley Eberele and defense attorney Danny Davis for the
Maury Povich Show, broadcast June 21, 1993. In response to all the
complicated and sometimes explosive arguments which erupted during
that hour, Mr. Povich met Dr. Stickel’s description of the tunnels
with the perfect dismissal: “What are we saying? Any *hard* evidence
that abuse took place in these tunnels?” (emphasis his) (12)
At this point in the vastly larger, festering issue of ritual abuse,
there is little hope of hard evidence for anything, especially for
specific, ultimately trivial issues of individual criminal
culpability. Frank Fuster’s conviction served best to excite more
ingenious efforts toward blaming the victims. In the absence of a
published tunnel report, the last word in print remains with award-
winning Debbie Nathan:
The McMartin School was painstakingly proved for tunnels (by the
District Attorney). None were found…(The McMartin) parents have
invested years believing in demonic conspiracies and underground
nursery tunnels. (Until recently the parents were still digging. They
came up with Indian artifacts). They have spoken unremittingly of such
things, to the world and to their sons and daughters. They have told
their children, over and over, that they were abused, then rewarded
them for being traumatized. They have put them in therapy with adult
fanatics who have done the same, and enrolled them as guinea pigs in
the “research” projects of zealots.
The McMartin kids, and hundreds of others in ritual abuse spinoffs
across the country, have spent years trapped in clans whose identity
derives from a tent-revival belief in their children’s imagined
victimization. (13)
The McMartin Tunnels are just one more example of the continuing
uncovering of evidence of a bizarre and industrious dedication to
deception. The tunnels should raise serious questions against the
reassuring premise that no one would go to such elaborate lengths to
entrap children into illicit control. If the therapists were to blame,
and they implanted only stories of tunnels, then who planted the pots
in Joanie’s runway? The continuing obscurity of this potentially
provocative archaeological discovery should give the lie to another
reassurance: if things like this went on it would be impossible to
hide the evidence. It is not so much that the evidence is difficult to
hide as that we as a just and fair society are incapable of seeing it.
Judy Johnson saw blood on her infant’s diaper and has paid a terrible
price for trying to find how it got there. Other McMartin parents, now
distilled down to the essence of one, tried to find evidence for their
children’s complaints, only to be reviled as a malicious threat to
world serenity. Jackie McGauley has a hard-won documentation of
physical evidence to share. Who will buy it?
Footnotes:
1. David Lotto, “On Witches and Witch Hunts,” this issue.
2. Michelle Smith and Lawrence Pazder , Michelle Remembers, New York:
Congdon & Lattes Inc. 1980
3. Notes of an office consultation with Judy Johnson, February 9, 1984
4. It is no accident that the person who blows the whistle on
previously unsuspected and unprecedented extremes of abuse proves to
be especially vulnerable to ad hominem attack. It takes an eccentric,
potentially alienated personality style to over-ride the shared
reassurances of more comfortably socialized peers. All forms of child
sexual abuse have been protected by what Jean Goodwin has called the
shared negative hallucination among clinicians and other opinion
makers in respected authority, who will not perceive abuse when they
confront it. (Credibility problems in multiple personality disorder
patients and abused children. In: Childhood Antecedents of Multiple
personality, ed. R.P. Kluft. Washington: American Psychiatric Press,
1985, pp. 2-19). As Suzzen Sgroi observed at the dawning of the
current wave of discovery, “Unfortunately willingness to consider the
diagnosis of suspected child sexual molestation frequently seems to
vary in inverse proportion to the individual’s level of training. That
is, the more advanced the training of some, the less willing they are
to suspect molestation” (p. 20, Sexual molestation of children: The
last frontier in child abuse. Children Today 4: May-June, 1975, pp.
18-21,44).
In the many multi-victim cases I have studied, there is a prodromal
pattern of parental group denial before an eccentric outsider triggers
a threshold of recognition. Concerned parents are reassured by
“reasonable explanations” for potential indicators of abuse. Nylon
underwear, bubble baths, constipation, masturbation, self-exploration
“explain” genito-rectal inflammation, even foreign objects in the
vagina. Conventional, well-socialized parents (and professionals)
receive these reassurances with relief, repeating and reinforcing them
among one another in extended circles. It remains for the odd one, the
unsocialized outsider to pursue the nagging suspicion that the
authorities could be wrong and to develop an arrogant, quasi-paranoid
reliance on personal, intuitive belief. Such a person is easily
stigmatized as eccentric and unreliable, if not crazy. The absence of
authoritative substantiation leaves each successive believer dependent
on a reversal of the old standard of evidence: seeing is believing; if
I hadn’t believed it I wouldn’t have seen it.
Judy Johnson was not only an eccentric but something of an irritant in
Manhattan Beach society; she was at war with the local school board to
acquire home care for her ailing older son. She was distrustful of
doctors and devoted to holistic notions of diet and health. It was
this very eccentricity which led her to go out of town for university
confirmation of her suspicions of sexual abuse after local doctors
dismissed them. It was that young child’s isolation from medical
contact that led the mother to the telling question and which
confirmed the truth of the child’s answer.
When I asked Ms. Johnson during the February 8, 1984 office visit how
she discovered “David’s” abuse, she explained, “It just grew with me.
He had such discomfort with school. He cried every noon. But (the
school director) warned me that if I gave in to him I’d always be a
slave to his whims. He kept trying to give me a shot. I’m a very
organic person and he had no contact with shots. I took him to the
doctor for the redness and he said it was either from constipation or
worms. Then I saw the blood and I knew he was sodomized. But my
friends assured me that kids are very anal. I asked David several
times if (his teacher) put his penis in his rectum. He always said
‘no’. Then later it occurred to me to ask, “David, did (your teacher)
give you a shot in your bottom?” and he said ‘yes’.”
5. Debbie Nathan “Reno Reconsidered,” Miami New Times, March 3-9,
1993, pp. 10, 12, 18, 20, 24, 27-29. Also “Revisiting Country Walk,”
Issues in Child Abuse Accusations 5(1), Summer 1993 pp. 1-11. See note
#7 for Nathan’s role in debunking the concept of ritual abuse. The
investigative reporter who lived in the Country Walk community and who
was a participant-observer throughout the development of the case
wrote quite a different account. See Jan Hollingsworth, Unspeakable
Acts, New York: Congden & Weed, 1986, for 592 pages of cogent
narrative and authentic documentation of the case.
6. By reviewing the parental investigations in the light of official
disapproval, I do not mean to trivialize nor to discredit their
findings. The absolute confidentiality of criminal investigation makes
communication a one-way process, with no opportunity to know how
seriously the leads were taken or to what extent they were confirmed.
In addition to the mortuary discovery parents followed a child-guided
route in search of “the doctor’s house” where blood rituals had been
described. They found a residence in an affluent community some 20
miles away matching the description offered independently by several
children. Authorities confirmed it was owned by a physician. No
further information was ever divulged.
I had occasion to feel personally how the alarm of clinicians can be
left unresolved by grudging investigation. I had been consulted in
1984 by a therapist who wanted help in reporting her suspicion of
criminal conspiracy. She was concerned for the safety of two preschool-
aged clients, brother and sister, and for their frightened mother, who
believed her estranged husband was involved in large scale drug
dealing and child prostitution. The children had led their mother to
the place they had described where their father had taken them for
encounters with naked adults and children (they denied ever being
molested, but their drawings were full of decapitation and bloodshed).
The children spoke of group encounters in other locations as well,
involving both a defendant in the McMartin case and a suspect from a
second preschool then under investigation.
The building shown to the mother, the Coco Palms Motel, had been the
site of a babysitting service sex abuse investigation apparently
unrelated to either preschool case. But two McMartin children, upon
seeing a newspaper picture of the Coco Palms suspect, had
independently identified him as the “Wolf Man” who delivered drugs to
the abusive rituals of their own alleged experience.
The law enforcement team especially assembled to investigate the
presumption of linkages among the seven suspected area preschools took
my report on behalf of the anxious therapist, promising to follow it
up immediately. I was told only months later than nothing had come of
their investigation.
The therapist who had been involved in the identification of the “Wolf
Man” was stigmatized by police for having deliberately left the
newspaper in view of her young clients, and for reporting her
observations to the local police rather than to the special preschool
task force. The alleged wolf man died of a drug overdose and the man
and woman named as his Coco Palms accomplices were spared prosecution
when the children recanted their complaints.
Such complexities abound in putative but unproven conspiracies. While
these apparent connections could have been coincidental and enhanced
with parent-and-therapist-induced red herrings, the preemptory
dismissal and the policy of with-holding the findings of official
investigations leave the therapists caught in the unresolved position
of amateur investigators, distrustful of the officials and unprotected
against escalating fear.
7. Alexander Cockburn, Viewpoint: “The McMartin Case: Indict the
Children, Jail the Parents.” The Wall Street Journal, February 8,
1990, p. A17. This virulent op-ed piece includes the standard backlash
attribution of the case: “The allegations… had been extorted from her
two year old by a mother-now-dead- with a history of mental illness…,”
without acknowledging that the “history” occurred only after the
allegations. Cockburn also cited Judy Johnson and her McMartin case as
the harbingers of the entire ensuing “hysteria” over satanic abuse in
an elaborate review of some 36 cases and 91 arrests. “In this
purgative frenzy many lives were destroyed” (”Out of the Mouths of
Babes: Child Abuse and the Abuse of Adults.” The nation, February 12,
1990, pp. 190-191) In his recurring column entitled “Beat the devil.”
He invoked the McMartin case in deploring the prosecution of the
Little Rascals Daycare case in North Carolina in his syndicated
‘Column Left.’ Citing “daycare panics in more than 100 cities,” he
sums up his dismissal with, “Satan mongering is an industry of sorts,
served by repugnant legal stratagems and nourished by bogus experts:
Day Care Satanism and ‘therapy’”. Los Angeles Times, September 5,
1991, p B13
An early journalistic reinvestigation of the McMartin case identified
the six people who successively created the incredible concept of
massive abuse: “Mother,” “Cop,” “Social Worker,”
“Politician” (District Attorney), “Reporter,” and “Prosecutor” (Mary A
Fischer. “A Case of Dominoes?: Did six crucial players simply invent
the longest, most expensive, most sensational-and most trumped up-case
in LA.’s history? Los Angeles, October 1989, pp 126, 135). This
scenario, which parallels the theory of defense in the already-
acquited Jordan, Minnesota case, is offered as “the solution to the
McMartin puzzle (which) eludes most of the public and the media” (p
135). The mother was, of course, Judy Johnson: “It was this call (to
the police) on August 12, 1983 that sparked the biggest mass
molestation case in history, but for Johnson, it was another in a
series of steps toward madness and an early death from an alcohol-
related liver disease” (p. 128). The article presupposes that the
increasingly bizarre allegations were a product and not the producer
of that decline. The article stresses the absence of evidence for the
pornography and tunnel claims, exaggerating the scope and negative
significance of the official excavation: “A Huntington Beach
archaeological research team was hired to make a painstaking search
for alleged underground rooms and tunnels where the children claimed
they’d been molested. The researchers tore up the preschool floor and
used an electronic scanning device to try to locate the secret
passages” (p. 135). In fact, they merely peeled back some of the
asphalt tiles looking for potential interruptions in the concrete slab
floor and relied on an inappropriate instrument to disclaim the
possibility of disturbance under the concrete. According to Dr.
Stickel, who excavated the tunnels, the terrain conductivity meter
used by the first archaeological team was powerless to penetrate
concrete.
Debbie Nathan, a free-lance investigative journalist based in El Paso,
is the most articulate and influential of the ritual abuse skeptics.
She won the H.L Mencken Award for Investigative Journalism for “The
Making of A modern Witch Trial” The Village Voice, September 29, 1987,
pp 19-23, 26-32. In this vanguard standard of backlash rhetoric she
deplores the criminal conviction of two El Paso women through a
detailed analysis of the overzealous, children-never-lie crusades she
attributes to the prosecutor, child protective service workers and
parents. Citing the history of bizarre charges against unlikely female
defendants initiated by the McMartin case, she traces the pattern
through Jordan, Minnesota; Niles, Michigan; Memphis; Country Walk in
Miami; Malden, Massachusetts; West Point; and Maplewood, New Jersey,
she highlights the ritualistic and presumably absurd allegations in
each and labels these cases “junior” McMartins. The sidebar feature
entitled “Sex, the Devil and Day Care (pp. 23 & 26) defines ritual
abuse as a contrived political tool to stigmatize working mothers and
to scapegoat women as potential child molesters. Beneath a photograph
of three female McMartin defendants in “the case that started it all,”
Ms. Nathan proposes that the attempt to “satanize” day care is a
strategic adjustment of the conflict between liberal feminist
objections to patriarchy and the conservative pressure to protect
intact families.
“But in the Reaganite 80’s, feminist consciousness-raising about
sexual violence hasn’t led to a critique of the family; rather it’s
encouraged moralism against evil people and narrowly legalistic
remedies. The times demand a scapegoat, and what better one than
daycare? If the private family is sacred then the public day care
center is profane. If stay-at-home mothers are holy, then the people
they pay to take care of their kids when they escape from the house
are witches. Day-care hysteria is another instance of how
conservatives have cornered the market these days, supplying
fundamentalist rhetoric for a public trying to sort out worry and
puzzlement over deep-seated social changes.”‘ (p. 26)
Debbie Nathan’s coupe de grace on ritual abuse was “What McMartin
Started; The Ritual Sex Abuse Hoax (The Village Voice, June 12, 1990),
beginning and ending with an attack on the parents and their children
who appeared on the Geraldo Rivera Show in the wake of the January
verdicts of acquittal. It decries these people’s diehard insistence on
victimization. She challenges the credulity of the young people, who
had such fantastic stories they could not be used as witnesses, citing
especially the “Round-faced, 10-year-old” who according to her father,
has “talked about being molested under the school in tunnels lined
with flashing lights and pictures of the devil” (p. 36)
The article blames the case on the purportedly psychotic allegations
of Judy Johnson. Nathan traces the subsequent spread of incredible
allegations through-out the country and into Europe, stressing the
stereotypic absurdity of children who said that “the abuse took place
in churches; adults wore masks and costumes; they urinated and
defecated on children; they burned, stabbed, cooked, or drowned
babies; they sacrificed animals; they molested children in funeral
homes and buried them in cemeteries; they mutilated Barbie dolls,
extensive investigations have failed to support any of these claims.”
In questioning how “large numbers of literate, secular people” could
be duped into a Christian fundamentalist “paranoia about satanism,”
Ms. Nathan iterates what Dr. Lotto reiterates: the publication of
Michelle Remembers. The article reveals “there is evidence that the
details in ritual abuse charges came more from grown-ups than from
children: co-author Pazder consulted with the police and met with
parent Jackie McGauley during the early days of the investigation.”
That is hardly news, nor “evidence” though it has been slow to be
touted by the conspiracy theorists of rebuttal. I met with Dr. Pazder
at that time too - when he had come to Los Angeles to appear with
several parents on a nationally syndicated television news magazine
and after he had addressed a public meeting in Manhattan Beach parents
wanted to meet Dr. Pazder not to acquire details of ritual abuse but
to make sense out of them, because their child were *telling them*
stories of blood ritual with satanic trappings.
His conclusions about satanic cult ubiquity, however outlandish they
may seem to others, offered a “reasonable explanation” for parents
confronted with children growling obscenities and death threats in
half-awake nightmares. As a participant observer in what the sages now
dismiss as “satanic panic,” I can attest that the stories of costumes,
ceremonies, chants, bloodshed and death came first from children to
naive, incredulous parents and therapists, who sought in vain for a
more reasonable explanation from local authorities before turning to
occult literature and out-of-town experts who could offer a horrific
kind of understanding of their inexplicable distress. Similarly, the
television producers brought Dr. Pazder to Los Angeles not to
introduce the concept of satanic ritual abuse but to *address* it,
since it was by then common knowledge among journalists that children
and parents were describing unearthly obscenities.
Debbie Nathan concludes her investigation of the Ritual Sex Abuse Hoax
with the paragraph excerpted at the conclusion of this article (note
13) proclaiming the nationwide network of “clans” united with the”…
tent revival belief in their children’s victimization. Right wing
devil-mongers may find this subculture to their liking. But the rest
of us ought to recognize the harm it wreaking, not only on civil
liberties and the falsely accused, but also on day care on women’s
rights, and especially on children. Because the kids involved in this
hysteria have indeed suffered, but not at the hands of their teachers.
Compared to the abuses of a child-protection movement gone mad, could
incest be any worse?”
The “investigative journalists” have no need of evidence for their
clan conspiracy theory. With no more foundation than the presumption
that the satanic implications are not worthy of rational credence,
they state without any apparent doubt that another international,
interdisciplinary, intergenerational conspiracy to abuse children does
in fact exist, with agents so powerful in their misguided beliefs that
they can infuse death terror into the minds of children through mere
suggestion. And the perpetrators of this abuse are just the sort of
folks one would least suspect of terrorist agendas; they are the child
abuse finders who follow the dictates of the clinical high priest of a
child-protection movement gone mad.
Compared to the grandiosity of a backlash movement gone ballistic,
could a shared belief in satanic conspiracy be any worse?
8. Pending publication, there is no general access to this report, and
no assurance of when or how it might become available. Inquiries may
be directed to me, including any interest in assisting in publication.
Correspondence will be forwarded to the custodian of the McMartin
Tunnel Project, Ms. Jackie McGauley.
9. This mutually antagonistic response to common disaster is described
as typical of parents in cases studied by child psychiatrist Lenore
Terr. Initial bonding and cooperative optimism gives way to
displacement of rage toward one another as they discover no one can
perfectly resolve the collective trauma. Some withdraw and become
protective of their private lives and untarnished future, resentful of
other parents who try to keep the memory alive, especially those who
seem to revel in publicity and notoriety. Too Scared to Cry: Psychic
Trauma in Childhood. New York: Harper & Row, 1990, pp. 66-72.
10. Paul and Shirley Eberle, The Abuse of Innocence: The McMartin
Preschool Trial. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1993. The Eberles also
wrote the Politics of Child Abuse (Secaucus, N.) Lyle Stuard Inc.,
1986) which centers on the McMartin case as the bellwether of the
nationwide “child abuse witch hunt” (p. 285) “resulting in the
devastation of innocent peoples lives and families (p, 283). Both
books lionized defendants and defense interests while defaming
everything and everyone associated with child protection. Such
polemics also illustrate the gospel of the dual attack on child
protection. Ritual abuse cases are first debunked as de factor frauds,
then all sexual abuse complaints are tarred with the same brush..” We
believe that every molestation case in which there has been a
conviction should be reopened and reviewed.” (The Politics of Child
Abuse, p. 284)
11. In order to allow privacy for the child and her parents, “Joanie”
is a pseudonym.
12. The Maury Povich Show, nationally syndicated. Broadcast June 21,
1993
13. Debbie Nathan, “What McMartin Started:The Ritual Sex Abuse
Hoax,”The Village Voice, June 12, 1990. Also syndicated and reprinted
in many independent newspapers, such as Metro: Santa Clara Valley’s
Weekly Newspaper (AA) under the title, “The McMartin Syndrome” August
23-29, 1990, pp. 10-15
Roland Summit is a clinical associate professor of psychiatry at
Harbor-UCLA Medical Center (Building D-6, 1000 W. Carson St.,
Torrance, CA 90509). He has been the community psychiatrist to the
South Bay area of Los Angeles County since 1966, specializing
exclusively in child sexual abuse since 1975. He was assigned the role
of county Department of Mental Health Liaison to the community of
Manhattan Beach in the wake of the 1983-84 epidemic of preschool abuse
allegations.
–
Tamarkin, C. (1994a). Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part
I. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (4): 14-23. Tamarkin, C. (1994b).
Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part II. Treating Abuse
Today, 4 (5): 5-9.
http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/2007/12/02/investigative-issues-in-ritual-abuse-cases-part-1-and-2-1994/
“In August 1982, a mother claimed she noticed blood in her son’s
diaper and an irritation around his rectum. A hospital exam confirmed
her worst fears her son has been sodomized. Asked who was responsible,
the toddler said, “Mr. Ray.” “Mr. Ray” was…a teacher at the McMartin
preschool, which the boy had –been attending. Later, when the boy was
questioned by local police, he named other children whom he claimed
also were present during the sexual abuse.”
“What surprised me as an investigative journalist was that nobody
looked beyond the seemingly fanciful nature of the disclosures. Nobody
tried to interpret what the disclosures might mean through a child’s
frame of reference and perception. Nobody searched for plausible
explanation…children talked about…improbable events like jumping out
of airplanes and seeing a horse killed. Yet, investigators did not
track reports that Raymond Buckey had a friend who ran a special
effects studio or that Virginia McMartin’s sister owned a horse
ranch.”
-
from http://www.nostatusquo.com/ACLU/NudistHallofShame/Eberle.html
Paul and Shirley Eberle: A Strange Pair of Experts
by Maria Laurina
didn’t get to see the stories & pics of family sex. Would like to see
pics of nude girls making it with their daddy, but realize its too
risky to print.”
Lyle Stuart plans to print the Eberles’ forthcoming book on the
McMartins preschool trial. Carole Stuart, the publisher, describes the
Eberles as “experts in the field,” and family friends “for years.”
Reprinted in the ICONoclast, WINTER 1988 / VOL. 1, NO. 2 with
permission from Ms. Magazine (December 1988)
–
Behind the Playground Walls - Sexual Abuse in Preschools by Jill
Waterman, Robert J. Kelly, Mary Kay Oliveri and Jane McCord - The
Guilford Press - New York, London 1993 “In the most well-known case,
involving the McMartin Preschool in Manhattan Beach, California, two
juries from successive trials became hopelessly deadlocked and failed
to agree on a verdict after 7 years of investigation and trial. At the
press conference following the trial, 9 of the 11 jurors who agreed to
be interviewed indicated that they believed the children had been
molested, but they felt that the evidence presented did not enable
them to state beyond a reasonable doubt who had perpetrated the
abuse.” (p. vii) (Source: Los Angeles Times, January 19, 1990, pp. A1
and A22) “Tapes of Children Decided the Case for Most Jurors” Tracy
Wilkinson and James Rainey - Los Angeles Times p.A1 and A2 - 1/19/1990
chapter in book : A Tale of Two Communities” by Jane McCord
Do Children Lie? Not About This - Los Angeles Times - Los Angeles,
Calif. Author: Tavris, Carol Date: Jan 19, 1990 Start Page: B7
Abstract (Document Summary) Carol Tavris says that children who are
sexually abused almost always tell the truth about what has happened
to them. Tavris comments on the McMartin Pre-School sexual molestation
trial and says that she believes that the children in that trial were
molested.
The Battle and the Backlash: The Child Sexual Abuse War by David
Hechler (1988) Lexington Books ISBN 0-669-14097-x “What happened at
the McMartin Preschool will be debated for a long time. Few aspects of
the case are clear, but it requires no strain of credulity to believe
that the children could have been abused at the facility without being
diagnosed by a pediatrician.”
Andrew Usher
> http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-wh...
Bugger off.
Andrew Usher
Steve
http://ritualabuse.us/
No more of this spam for you pet site
Lisa
http://ritualabuse.us/
The courts did not think so, the DA did not think so, give it a rest
Your flogging of a nutcases site is getting tiresome.
Today recovered memories are considered a fraud by every court
CPS Worker
Ignore the satanic cult conspiracy pinheads
Greegor
> Your flogging of a nutcases site is getting tiresome.
> Today recovered memories are considered a fraud by every court
How many nutcases like Diana Napolis are out
there working as CPS caseworkers?
Didn't they KNOW she was this kind of
mental case when they hired her?
How many years did she work as a caseworker?
Before the Hollywood criminal stuff...?
Ranting
>from http://www.nostatusquo.com/ACLU/NudistHallofShame/Eberle.html
>Paul and Shirley Eberle: A Strange Pair of Experts
>by Maria Laurina
>Paul and Shirley Eberle wrote The Politics of Child Abuse, a book that
>accuses mothers, mental health professionals, and prosecutors of
>feeding children stories about sexual abuse.
So fathers never accuse someone of sexual abuse.
OR is it that you don't care about that , ONLY if women are involved.
Ranting
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
Gould, C. (1995). Denying ritual abuse of children. Journal of
Psychohistory, 22(3), 329-339.
http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/denyra.htm
“Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
demonstrate that no contamination of the children’s disclosures has
taken place.
You do realize that it is the EXPERTS that are doing the contamination
RIGHT>
krp
from http://www.nostatusquo.com/ACLU/NudistHallofShame/Eberle.html
Paul and Shirley Eberle: A Strange Pair of Experts
by Maria Laurina
Paul and Shirley Eberle wrote The Politics of Child Abuse, a book that
accuses mothers, mental health professionals, and prosecutors of
feeding children stories about sexual abuse. Since the book was
published by Lyle Stuart in l986, the Eberles have been cited as
experts in sexual abuse trials. They were featured speakers at a
conference of the Victims of Child Abuse Laws, a group formed to
protect accused parents.
So YOU believe the allegations against the McMartins were CREDIBLE? You can
have the room right next to Ms. Napolis.
krp
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
Gould, C. (1995). Denying ritual abuse of children. Journal of
Psychohistory, 22(3), 329-339.
http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/denyra.htm
“Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
demonstrate that no contamination of the children’s disclosures has
taken place.
And YET a Jury and a JUDGE both found otherwise! Funny that. The McMartin
kids identified the Governor of California, the President of the United
States and the POPE as among those who molested them. All I can say, CA, is
PUHHHHHLEEEEZE! You are ready for Diana Napolis' old padded room.
krp
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
Behind the Playground Walls - Sexual Abuse in Preschools by Jill
Waterman, Robert J. Kelly, Mary Kay Oliveri and Jane McCord - The
Guilford Press - New York, London 1993 “In the most well-known case,
involving the McMartin Preschool in Manhattan Beach, California, two
juries from successive trials became hopelessly deadlocked and failed
to agree on a verdict after 7 years of investigation and trial.
At the press conference following the trial, 9 of the 11 jurors who
agreed to be interviewed indicated that they believed the children had
been molested, but they felt that the evidence presented did not
enable them to state beyond a reasonable doubt who had perpetrated the
abuse.”
Yeah they had HARD choices. Ray Buckey, Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan, the
Pope.... HARD to pick.
krp
"Lisa" <Li...@n0there.c0m> wrote in message
news:3Exdl.97366$H12....@newsfe12.iad...
Almost every court but you have a point.
krp
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
1) McMartin Preschool Revisited
2) Ray Buckey's Press Corps and the Tunnels of McMartin
3) Cult and Ritual Abuse - It's History, Anthropology, and Recent
Discovery in Contemporary America - Indictment movie
4) Chronology of the McMartin Preschool Abuse Trials
5) Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool Site
Is the CIA sending you messages from Aliens using microwaves? Do you see
little green men mounting the backs of cows in Montana with LUST in their
eyes? Coming all that way to have their way with CATTLE and really UGLY
women???
Greegor
>
> “Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
> be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
> demonstrate that no contamination of the children’s disclosures has
> taken place.
Ranting > You do realize that it is the EXPERTS
Ranting > that are doing the contamination RIGHT>
KRP > And YET a Jury and a JUDGE both found otherwise!
KRP > Funny that. The McMartin kids identified the Governor
KRP > of California, the President of the United States and
KRP > the POPE as among those who molested them. All I
KRP > can say, CA, is PUHHHHHLEEEEZE! You are
KRP > ready for Diana Napolis' old padded room.
I still say that childadvocate IS Niana Napolis.
While it's possible the person drinks exactly
the same Kool Aid, I think it's more likely
that they are one and the same, despite denials.
childadvocate
why was there a cover up?
"In October, 1988 the Los Angeles Times reported that medical
examiners of the original 13 children scheduled to testify found
"scars, tears, enlarged body openings or other evidence indicating
blunt force trauma consistent with the repeated sodomy and rape they
described." One of the children bled from the anus. Some contracted
venereal infections."
“In August 1982, a mother claimed she noticed blood in her son’s
diaper and an irritation around his rectum. A hospital exam confirmed
her worst fears her son has been sodomized. Asked who was responsible,
the toddler said, “Mr. Ray.” “Mr. Ray” was…a teacher at the McMartin
preschool, which the boy had –been attending. Later, when the boy was
questioned by local police, he named other children whom he claimed
also were present during the sexual abuse.”
"At the press conference following the trial, 9 of the 11 jurors who
agreed to be interviewed indicated that they believed the children had
been molested"
--
Let's look at the "critiques" above from my debate opponents of my
latest points proving that the children in the McMartin case were
abused and that there were tunnels:
"Bugger off."
"Shut up and go away"
"Your flogging of a nutcases site is getting tiresome."
"Ignore the satanic cult conspiracy pinheads"
"How many nutcases..."
"Is the CIA sending you messages from Aliens using microwaves?"
Not surprisingly, more name calling, swearing and personal attacks.
--
quotes from the articles listed below:
“In August 1982, a mother claimed she noticed blood in her son’s
diaper and an irritation around his rectum. A hospital exam confirmed
her worst fears her son has been sodomized. Asked who was responsible,
the toddler said, “Mr. Ray.” “Mr. Ray” was…a teacher at the McMartin
preschool, which the boy had –been attending. Later, when the boy was
questioned by local police, he named other children whom he claimed
also were present during the sexual abuse.”
August 12, 1983 Judy was shopping at a grocery store with her son in
the cart when he complained again of severe pain. Judy checked his
diaper and found blood.
She went to yet another respected local pediatrician and he diagnosed
the boy as having been sodomized. The doctor, mandated to report cases
of child sexual abuse, reports the case to authorities.
April 2, 1984 The L. A. Times reports that students at McMartin have
been fondled, raped, drugged, photographed nude, forced to witness
animals being slaughtered and threatened to keep silent.
April May, 1990 Tunnels are found under the foundation of the McMartin
preschool building by a team of Archaeologists headed by Dr. Gary
Stickel. Ground Penetrating Radar recently developed by the U.S. Army
is used to define the location of anomalies under ground. Three
segments of tunnel, one over 45 feet in length with a 9' x 9' room
area are found exactly where the children said they were. District
Attorney does not use the evidence because of time and money
constraints and the fact that they would have to start a new
investigation of their own at the site as they did in 1985. The
discoveries are widely reported in the news.
"January 18, 1990 The jury returns its verdict in the first McMartin
trial. Peggy and Ray Buckey are acquitted on 52 counts. The jury
deadlocks on 13 counts, all against Ray Buckey. The jurors are polled
and say they believe molestation took place at the preschool but that
the prosecution did not prove the case. The expressed disappointment
at not hearing more from the children."
"July 27, 1990 On their 15th day of deliberations, the jury tells the
judge they are hopelessly deadlocked on all 8 counts. The judge
declares a mistrial."
But the truth is that the tunnels are there. In fact they are more
than just there. The tunnels are extensive, include a large room just
as the children said, and lead to further sites off the property. The
tunnels were found in an archeological dig under the pre-school
conducted by Dr. E. Gary Stickel, archaeologist and director of
Environmental Research Archaeologists, a Scientific Consortium.
During the month of May 1990 an archaeological project was conducted
Behind the Playground Walls - Sexual Abuse in Preschools by Jill
Waterman, Robert J. Kelly, Mary Kay Oliveri and Jane McCord - The
Guilford Press - New York, London 1993 “In the most well-known case,
involving the McMartin Preschool in Manhattan Beach, California, two
juries from successive trials became hopelessly deadlocked and failed
to agree on a verdict after 7 years of investigation and trial. At the
press conference following the trial, 9 of the 11 jurors who agreed to
be interviewed indicated that they believed the children had been
molested, but they felt that the evidence presented did not enable
them to state beyond a reasonable doubt who had perpetrated the
abuse.” (p. vii) (Source: Los Angeles Times, January 19, 1990, pp. A1
and A22) “Tapes of Children Decided the Case for Most Jurors” Tracy
Wilkinson and James Rainey - Los Angeles Times p.A1 and A2 - 1/19/1990
--
a few of those defending child abusers and/or the McMartins
The Politics of Child Abuse, by Paul and Shirley Eberle, purports to
be something of a definitive investigation. A blurb for the book
exults: “This has got to be one of the most devastating political
detective stories of all time. The authors smashed open the child
abuse witch-hunt so everyone can see it for what it is - the way it
really happened, and why. Here is the amazing story, starting with the
first spectacular accusations, the marathon pre-trial hearing, the
endless series of false accusations.” Since the Eberles’ first
McMartin book appeared in 19896, the Eberles have achieved national
status as child abuse experts. In courts of law their work is
frequently cited, and they lecture widely to receptive audiences.
The Eberles once appeared as featured speakers at a conference held by
Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL), an organization that feted The
politics of child Abuse as positively revelatory. But Paul and Shirley
Eberle can hardly be considered credible reporters. Blurbs in their
own pornographic tabloid, L.A. Star, failed to mention that in the
1970s the authors once ran an underground tabloid for pedophiles in
Los Angeles, Finger, which delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex,
sex with children and sex acts involving human excrement. Finger
contained sexual drawings by children and pedophile erotica, including
“My First Rape,” “She was Only Thirteen,” “Sexpot at Five,” and “What
Happens when Niggers Adopt White Children.” One issue featured a cover
photo of two naked adults reclining amid a pile of inflated dolls. A
letter to Finger declaimed: “I’m a pedophile and I think it’s great a
man is having sex with his daughter…. Would like to see pics of nude
girls making it with their daddy, but realize its too risky to print.”
--
Q: Is choosing pedophilia for you a responsible choice for the
individual?
Ralph Underwager: Certainly it is responsible. What I have been struck
by as I have come to know more about and understand people who choose
pedophilia is that they let themselves be too much defined by other
people. That is usually an essential negative definition. Pedophiles
spend a lot of time and energy defending their choice. I don't think a
pedophile needs to do that.
For those interested in actual facts about the case, proving all of my
points, see:
Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool Site
http://web.archive.org/web/20010406130849/http://members.cruzio.com/~ratf/McMartIntro.html
http://web.archive.org/web/20010123212200/members.cruzio.com/~ratf/McMartin.html/
Chronology of the McMartin Preschool Abuse Trials and information on
the case http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/articles/mcmartin-preschool-case-what-really-happened-and-the-coverup/
Constantine, Alex “McMartin Preschool Revisited” p. 136-181 in Virtual
Government - CIA Mind Control Operations in America (1997) Feral House
Pub., ISBN 0-922915-45-8 http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/222
Constantine, Alex - Ray Buckey’s Press Corps and the Tunnels of
McMartin in Psychic Dictatorship in the USA (Feral House, 1995)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/226
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/227
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/228
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/psnews/message/235
MacGauley, Jackie Interview (McMartin) - http://ritualabuse.us/2008/10/issue-37-march-2001/
Summit, R.C. (1994). “The dark tunnels of McMartin” Journal of
Psychohistory 21 (4): 397-416. http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/mcmartin.htm
Tamarkin, C. (1994a). Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part
I. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (4): 14-23. Tamarkin, C. (1994b).
Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases, Part II. Treating Abuse
Today, 4 (5): 5-9. McMartin
http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/2007/12/02/investigative-issues-in-ritual-abuse-cases-part-1-and-2-1994/
krp
"Greegor" <Gree...@gmail.com> wrote in message
news:5ba4d068-5e8a-4bf9...@r10g2000prf.googlegroups.com...
> Gould, C. (1995). Denying ritual abuse of children. Journal of
> Psychohistory, 22(3),
> 329-339.http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/denyra.htm
>
> “Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
> be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
> demonstrate that no contamination of the children’s disclosures has
> taken place.
Ranting > You do realize that it is the EXPERTS
Ranting > that are doing the contamination RIGHT>
KRP > And YET a Jury and a JUDGE both found otherwise!
KRP > Funny that. The McMartin kids identified the Governor
KRP > of California, the President of the United States and
KRP > the POPE as among those who molested them. All I
KRP > can say, CA, is PUHHHHHLEEEEZE! You are
KRP > ready for Diana Napolis' old padded room.
GH> I still say that childadvocate IS Niana Napolis.
GH> While it's possible the person drinks exactly
GH> the same Kool Aid, I think it's more likely
GH> that they are one and the same, despite denials.
Her sources have been thoroughly discredited.
childadvocate
from http://ritualabuse.us
"The evidence is rapidly accumulating that the problem of ritual abuse
is considerable in scope and extremely grave in its consequences Among
2,709 members of the American Psychological Association who responded
to a poll, 2,292 cases of ritual abuse were reported (Bottoms, Shaver,
& Goodman, 1993)."
"In fact, 58% of the ritual abuse cases in the Finkelhor (1988) study
that went to trial resulted in convictions. In the Kelly (1992b)
study, convictions were obtained in 80% of the ritual and sexual abuse
cases combined; since there were no significant differences between
the rates of criminal conviction in these two groups, we can surmise
that convictions were obtained in approximately 80% of the ritual
abuse cases Kelly studied."
Denying Ritual Abuse of Children
Catherine Gould
The Journal of Psychohistory 22 (3) 1995
How are we to understand the phenomenon of ritual abuse in the 1990s?
Throughout the Western world, increasing numbers of therapists and
other helping professionals are hearing accounts from children as
young as two and adults ranging into the ninth decade of their lives
describe mind-numbing accounts of abuses consisting of sexual sadism
and pornography, physical torture, and highly sophisticated
psychological manipulation which, taken together, we have come to
refer to as ritual abuse.
The evidence is rapidly accumulating that the problem of ritual abuse
is considerable in scope and extremely grave in its consequences Among
2,709 members of the American Psychological Association who responded
to a poll, 2,292 cases of ritual abuse were reported (Bottoms, Shaver,
& Goodman, 1993). In 1992 alone, Childhelp USA logged 1,741 calls
pertaining to ritual abuse, Monarch Resources of Los Angeles logged
approximately 5,000, Real Active Survivors tallied near-ly 3,600,
Justus Unlimited of Colorado received almost 7,000, and Looking Up of
Maine handled around 6,000. Even allowing for some of these calls to
have been made by people who assist survivors but arc not themselves
survivors, and for some survivors to have called more that one
helpline or made multiple calls to the same helpline, these numbers
suggest that at a minimum there must be tens of thousands of survivors
of ritual abuse in the United States.
Evidence also continues to accumulate that the ritual abuse of chil-
dren constitutes a child abuse problem of significant scope. In 1988,
Finkeihor, Williams and Burns published the results of a nationwide
study of substantiated reports of sexual abuse in day care involving
1,639 young child victims. Thirteen percent of these cases were found
to involve ritual abuse. Other studies of ritually abused children
have been relatively small. Kelly (1988; 1989; 1992a; 1992b; 1993)
report-ed on 35 day care victims of ritual abuse, Waterman et al.
(1993) reported on 82 children complaining of ritual abuse in
preschool, Faller (1988; 1990) studied 18 children who had disclosed
ritual abuse in their preschool, and Bybee and Mowbray (1993) from the
Michigan State Department of Mental Health identified 62 children
alleging ritual abuse in their preschool and 53 children who reported
seeing others be ritually abused. Snow and Sorenson (1990) studied 39
children reporting ritual abuse in five neighborhoods in Utah, and
Jonker and Jonker-Bakker (1991) reported on a total group of 98
children, at least 48 of whom were believed to be victims of ritual
abuse. The latter case is the only one cited here which was conducted
outside of the United States.
Unfortunately, these statistics tell us little about the actual preva-
lence of child ritual abuse. Much more telling are the data these re-
searchers have collected regarding the effects of ritual abuse on
child victims. In Faller's (1994) review of the literature from which
these studies are drawn, most of the studies which were selected
included a control group of children with sexual abuse histories but
no reports of ritual abuse. It is very telling that in every case in
which the symptomatology of the ritually abused children was compared
to the symptomatology of the sexually abused children, the ritually
abused children showed considerably more symptoms of trauma.
In the Finkeihor et al. (1988) study, ritually abused children showed
significantly more symptoms of trauma than did sexually abused
children. Kelly (1988; 1989; 1992a; 1992b; 1993) showed that ritually
abused children had significantly higher scores on the Achenbach
(Child Behavior Checklist than did sexually abused children,
indicating more severe symptomatology on the part of the children who
had been ritually abused. Waterman et al. (1993) found that both
therapists and parents rated ritually abused children as showing more
behavioral symptoms on the Achenbach than sexually abused children.
Other assessment instruments used in this study found ritually abused
children to function less well at the time of termination from therapy
than did sexually abused children. Faller (1990) found that more
ritually abused children than sexually abused children suffered from
sleep, emotional, and behavioral problems, as well as phobias and
problems with sexual acting out.
A great deal of literature has been amassed on the often extreme and
debilitating effects of child sexual abuse on its victims, effects
which may last a lifetime. To have four comparative studies as
methodologi-cally sound as the ones presented above all illustrating
that ritual abuse causes even greater effects on child victims than
does sexual abuse should give us as a nation serious pause. The data
reflecting the grave consequences of ritual abuse on children has been
coming in for over five years now. Yet we, a nation with mandated
child abuse reporting and computerized accounts of numbers of children
reported to have been sexually, physically, and emotionally abused
each year, still have no systematic means of collecting data on
numbers of children re-ported to have been ritually abused! We could,
relatively easily and for minimal expense, obtain statistics on the
number of cases of ritual child abuse being reported in the United
States each year simply by adding one additional category on the child
abuse reporting forms which mandated reporters must complete when they
file a child abuse report.
Given the accumulation of data illustrating not only that children
reporting ritual abuse are profoundly negatively impacted by those ex-
periences, but that they are even more severely impacted than are
child victims of sexual abuse, how can we give any weight at all to
the skeptical position that ritual abuse memories are no more than
screen memories for Incest experiences that are actually worse,
suppressed from awareness and replaced by accounts of impossibly
bizarre rituals? If children claiming to be ritually abused were in
fact sexually abused only, then clearly their symptomatology should be
similar to and no more serious than that of sexually abused children.
The psychological condition of ritually abused children matches the
accounts they give of what has been done to them not only in the
severity of their symptomatology, but also in its particulars. That is
to say, not only do ritually abused children appear more disturbed
than sexually abused children on traditional instruments like the
Achenbach, they also demonstrate symptoms which relate In direct and
obvious ways to the abuse experiences they describe. For example,
because ritual abuse usually involves traumatic confinement, ritually
abused children often fear elevators, closets, and other small spaces.
Because these children have often had urine and feces smeared on their
bodies and put in their mouths, they may smear themselves or others
with urine or feces, or develop phobias of the bathroom. Because many
of these children have witnessed torture and killing, and have been
threatened with death of themselves and their loved ones, they often
fear that they or their family members will be killed. And so on. (See
Gould, 1992, for a more complete account of the symptomatology that
characterizes ritually abused children.) The nature as well as the
severity of ritually abused children's symptomatology gives eloquent
and tragic testimony to the fact that ritual abuse does indeed exist,
in all the horror described by its victims, both young and old.
Perhaps no skeptic has done more to obfuscate the issue of ritual
abuse than Kenneth Lanning of the FBI, who for years has maintained
that no substantive evidence exists for the reality of ritual abuse
(Lanning, 1991). (As investigative journalist Civia Tamarkin has
noted, for decades the FBI also told the American public that the
Mafia did not exist in the United States (1991)). "No bodies...No
adult witnesses," as Parenting magazine put it so succinctly, and so
erroneously in their March 1994 article "The Satanism Scare" (Ruben,
1994). And why do accounts like the ones given by the 37 ritually
abused adults in the Young et al. (1991) study, and the 14 ritually
abused families in the Kelly (1992a) study, of group sexual assaults,
human sacrifice, forced cannibalism and the like not constitute
eyewitness accounts to so-called experts like Lanning?
I am personally aware of scores of adult survivors with memories of
ritual crimes (contrary to the position of many skeptics, most of
these memories were retrieved without hypnosis or chemical assistance;
many were In fact retrieved outside of therapy) who have made con-
certed attempts to bring these crimes to the attention of law enforce-
ment. The vast majority of these survivor accounts have been met with
absolute indifference and inaction on the part of local law
enforcement agencies, as well as the FBI, who might reasonably be
expected to investigate the charges of interstate trafficking of
children and pornography which are commonly made by ritual abuse
survivors.
Not only do skeptics such as Lanning choose to ignore eyewit-ness/
victim accounts of ritual criminal activity, they apparently also
choose to overlook the significant number of cases of ritual abuse in
which perpetrators have confessed to their crimes. In the Bottoms et
al. (1991; 1993) study of 2,292 cases of ritual abuse, perpetrators in
30% of the child cases confessed to abusing one or more children, and
perpe-trators in 15% of adult cases confessed to perpetrating as well.
In the case studied by Snow and Sorenson (1990), two adolescent
perpetrators admitted to charges of abuse. Both of these sets of data
require further analysis to determine which acts of ritual abuse were
confessed to by what number of perpetrators.
Corroboration and eyewitness accounts offered by children should also
be given serious attention when therapists and investigators can
demonstrate that no contamination of the children's disclosures has
taken place. In the case studied by Jonker and Jonker-Bakker (1991),
children from different schools and different locales gave accounts of
perpetrators, abuse locations, and abusive acts that were mutually
corroborating. Accounts of tunnels under the McMartin preschool given
by children claiming to have been ritually abused at the school were
fully corroborated when the existence and location of the tunnels were
documented by a professional team of archaeologists (Summit, 1994).
If it were not enough to have a substantial amount of data from well-
controlled studies demonstrating the grave psychological impact which
ritual abuse has on children, to have eyewitness accounts of sig-
nificant numbers of adult and child survivors, to have perpetrator con-
fessions of ritual abuse crimes, and to have a whole variety of types
of corroboration of children's accounts of ritual abuse, the number of
ritual abuse cases in which criminal convictions have been obtained
should certainly put to rest any remaining questions about the
existence of ritual abuse. It has become fashionable in the last
several years for the media to minimize and even dissemble about the
data which so strongly support the existence of ritual abuse.
Amazingly, this has hap-pened even In relation to ritual abuse cases
In which criminal convic-tions have been obtained. Parenting magazine
(Ruben, 1994), for example, asserted that "far more cases (of ritual
abuse) end in acquittal" than in conviction.
In fact, 58% of the ritual abuse cases in the Finkeihor (1988) study
that went to trial resulted in convictions. In the Kelly (1992b)
study, convictions were obtained in 80% of the ritual and sexual abuse
cases combined; since there were no significant differences between
the rates of criminal conviction in these two groups, we can surmise
that convictions were obtained in approximately 80% of the ritual
abuse cases Kelly studied. Finally, and most significant given the
thousands of cases studied, convictions were obtained in 11% of all
ritual child abuse cases studied by Bottoms et al. (1991; 1993). All
three sets of data need to be further analyzed to determine in which
cases acts of ritual abuse other than child sexual abuse per se were
entered into the court record, and on which charges the perpetrators
were convicted.
It is because ritual abuse cases are being seen in greater numbers in
courtrooms across the United States, and convictions are being
obtained, that one by one states are passing laws against crimes that
occur virtually exclusively within the context of ritual abuse. In
September of this year, California became the sixth state in the
country to pass a law against specific acts of ritual abuse.
How can it be that, with significant numbers of criminal convictions
of perpetrators of ritual abuse and laws against ritual abuse on the
books in a growing number of states, with the clinical data amassed by
thousands of therapists in the United States and internationally, with
physical evidence like the tunnels found under the McMartin preschool
corroborating children's reports of abuse, that we cannot reach a
consensus that ritual abuse constitutes a serious problem for us as a
nation, and demands to be addressed? Why is it that media accounts of
ritual abuse are often filled with so much obfuscation that the public
is left wondering whether ritual abuse might not in fact be the "urban
myth" or "mass hysteria" that certain skeptics have made a virtual
career out of saying that it is?
I propose that there are two major factors at work in this elaborate
national dance of deception and denial. The first is economic, and the
second sociocultural. The economic reasons for the denial and
minimization of ritual abuse are in one sense obvious. Survivors of
ritual abuse, especially those far enough along in their recoveries to
have moved through the horrific memories of group sexual assaults and
bloody sacrifices, usually find that underneath those traumatic ritual
memories is a previously dissociated knowledge of having served the
cult/perpetrator group in ways that are unambiguously economic. For
example, women survivors often discover that they have served as pros-
titutes for the cult, sometimes since childhood, and frequently for
little or no financial compensation. Within the frame of the cult-
created Multiple Personality Disorder (Dissociative Identity Disorder,
or DID, in the new diagnostic nomenclature) from which most ritual
abuse victims suffer, the core personality in such a survivor usually
knows noth-ing of her cult involvement or of her cult "job". In other
words, her core personality does not wonder why her work as a
prostitute never earns her any money, because she has no idea that she
(or, more accurately, one of her alters) is prostituting. The alter
who works as a prostitute does so because she has been programmed to
function in this manner, usually from early childhood, with extreme
torture, and knows no other way of life. (See Neswald, 1991, and Gould
& Cozolino, 1992, for a more complete description of how ritual abuse
deliberately creates alters programmed to serve particular cult
functions).
Survivors of ritual abuse whom I have treated, or on whose cases I
have consulted, have also discovered that they have worked for the
cult/perpetrator group as bookkeepers and money launderers, as drug
dealers and couriers, as pornography subjects, as programmers/tortur-
ers of children, as computer programmers, as investment specialists,
as legal advisers, and even as government agents, always outside the
conscious awareness of their core personalities. Rarely has a case
come to my attention In which the survivor was well paid for her
contribu-tions to the financial advancement of the cult/perpetrator
group which she (unconsciously) served. Most often as the survivor
accesses the memories that are buried under countless layers of
torture trauma, she has to contend not only with the rude awakening
that since birth she has lived a life of unspeakable pain and horror
outside her conscious awareness, but also that she has been literally
enslaved to a perpetrator group, since her activities have been
dictated by others and enacted outside her own free will, with little
or no financial remuneration. In fact, survivors who have generated
sometimes millions of dollars for their perpetrator groups, often are
virtually penniless when they come to therapy, and are treated for
very low fees.
When we understand the fact that ritual abuse is usually perpetrat-ed
by groups which are deeply involved in organized crime, the underlying
incentives of these cult/perpetrator groups become clean While ritual
abuse is certainly an integral part of some kinds of Satanism, it is
most likely that the deeper reason for the prevalence of ritual abuse
is that, simply put, it reliably creates a group of people who
function as unpaid slaves to the perpetrator group. Because their core
personalities are amnesic to their cult activities, these ritual abuse
victims pose little threat to their controllers. Without extensive
thera-peutic help, cult victims are usually unaware that they work for
the cult/perpetrator group and are therefore incapable of
contemplating quitting their cult jobs. Neither can they turn higher-
ups in to the au-thorities for their criminal activities, since they
have little or no conscious access to information about what
activities they or their supe-riors are involved in.
Clearly, the groups who create these unpaid subjugates have con-
siderable economic incentive to do so. How much money do these groups
actually generate, and is it enough to impact the culture at the level
of, say, media-created public opinion? This, of course, is the cloudy
part of the economic argument for why ritual abuse is as wide-spread
as it is, in families and in preschools, and why we as a society have
been so slow to recognize and respond to the seriousness of this
problem. It Is by definition difficult to know who belongs to groups
whose membership is highly secretive, especially when many of the
membership themselves are amnestic to their involvement. Therefore, it
is difficult to assess the degree to which members of these groups
influence media accounts of ritual abuse, derail ritual abuse
Investigations by law enforcement, are Instrumental In getting
children complaining of interfamilial ritual abuse sent back to an
abusing parent, or hire officials to make public statements on behalf
of a national law enforcement bureau to the effect that no substantial
evidence of ritual abuse exists.
No doubt it will take serious, well-coordinated efforts on the part of
local and national law enforcement to gather the data that will be
needed to know how powerful and deeply entrenched these ritually
abusing, criminally Involved groups actually are. In the meantime, we
as a nation must examine how deep our commitment to child protection
really is. Mothers Against Sexual Abuse (MASA), headquartered in Los
Angeles, continues to find, despite vigorous efforts at change, that
judges across the country are more likely to award custody to fathers
than to mothers, even when the child has complained of abuse by the
father and those complaints have been substantiated by psychological
or medical findings. I am personally aware of dozens of cases across
the United States in which a child has disclosed severe maltreatment
in the form of ritual abuse in a preschool, and the case has never
been properly investigated, other parents with children in attendance
at the school have never been notified, the school has not been closed
down, and no charges have been filed. Organizations like Believe The
Children of Chicago are aware of cases like these num-bering well into
the hundreds.
in both interfamilial and extrafamilial child abuse cases like those
described above, the more extreme and ritualized the abuse, the less
likely the child is to be granted protection and the perpetrators are
to be apprehended. Clearly this has to do exclusively with cultural
bias, not what is in the best interests of the child, since, as the
research makes amply clear, the negative impact of ritual abuse on the
child is extremely grave.
In my opinion, we in the United States deny the reality and seri-
ousness of ritual abuse, especially as it impacts on children, in part
be-cause it threatens our images of ourselves as Americans. The
thinking of the skeptic often goes something like this: Hideous crimes
involving torture and mind control "don't happen here." They happen in
third world countries, which do not have the freedoms "guaranteed" by
our democratic form of government. There would be no purpose served by
having a fascist type of group torture United States citizens, as this
kind of terrorization Is designed to overthrow an existing government,
and ours by Its very design cannot be overthrown. And certainly there
would be no purpose served in torturing children. Since they don't
vote and don't form coalitions of any kind, extremist groups would
have no Interest In coercing them into socio-political compliance.
What this argument misses is the fact that when mind control is put
into place with very young children through the torturous programming
that is the essence of ritual abuse, then reinforced and further
developed as the child victims get older, by the time those children
reach adolescence and adulthood they have become valuable resources
for the perpetrator group to exploit. That exploitation may or may not
be political, but it is certainly economic. To fully grasp this at a
cultural level requires the general public to come to grips with a
level of understanding of human nature still barely comprehended
within the mental health community; that Is, that the normative
response to se-vere trauma, especially in early childhood, is
dissociation and amnesia for the traumatic events, and that this
response can be manipulated by sociopaths and programmed cult members
to create individuals amnestic to both their traumatic histories and
their behaviors in the world of abuse and criminality into which their
alter personalities have been indoctrinated.
Until law enforcement personnel, public policy makers, the judiciary,
the child protection system and others who are involved with the
protection of children and the betterment of society come to un-
derstand this new paradigm, ritual abuse is likely to continue to be
minimized in both its scope, its impact, and the insidious way it has
of multiplying when left unchecked. The paradigm shift which will need
to take place in order to provide truly effective treatment for ritual
abuse victims, and in order to successfully curb this extreme form of
brutality in our culture, is certain to be a difficult one to achieve.
(See Gould & Graham-Costain (1994a; 1994b) for an account of treatment
guidelines for ritually abused children.) It calls into question not
only the belief most Americans have that systematic brutality on a
large scale does not and cannot exist in this country, but also our
belief that we operate from our free will, and that freedom of thought
and action is inviolable.
To become fully aware of just how vulnerable to utter violation and
manipulation that free will really is when sociopaths and programmed
cult victim members are allowed access to children demands that we put
far greater efforts Into safeguarding our children's welfare than we
ever dreamed would be necessary. The price tag emotionally and fi-
nancially for putting that awareness into practice will be very high
In-deed. But the price of ignoring or minimizing the impact of ritual
abuse on our children and on our society will surely prove
intolerable.
Catherine Gould, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist specializing in the
diagnosis and treatment of adult and child victims of ritual abuse.
REFERENCES
below Digital Archive of
PSYCHOHISTORY
Articles & Texts
Bottoms, B., Shaver, P., & Goodman, G. (1991). Profile of ritualistic
and religion-related abuse allegations in the United States. Paper
presented at the ninety-ninth annual convention of the American
Psychological Association, San Francisco. August.
Bottoms, B., Shaver, P., & Goodman, C. (1993). Profile of ritualistic
and religion-related abuse allegations in the United States. Updated
findings provided via personal com-munication from B. Bottoms. Cited
in K.C. Faller (1994). Ritual Abuse: A Review of the Research. The
American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children Advisor. 7(1).
Bybee, D. & Mowbray, C. (1993). An analysis of allegations of sexual
abuse in a multi-victim day-care center case. Child Abuse and Neglect.
17(6): 767-783.
Faller, K.C. (1988). The spectrum of sexual abuse in day care. Journal
of Family Violence. 3(4): 283-298.
Faller, K.C. (1990). Sexual abuse of children in cults: A medical
health perspective. Roundtable. 2(2).
Faller, K.C. (1 994). Ritual Abuse: A Review of the Research. The
American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children Advisor. 7(1).
Finkeihor, D., Williams, L., & Bums, N. (1988). Nursery Crimes: Sexual
abuse in day care. Newbury Park, CA.: Sage Publications.
Gould, C., & Graham-Costain, V. (1994a). Play Therapy With Ritually
Abused Children, Part 1. Treating Abuse Today. 4(2): 440.
Gould, C., & Graham-Costain, V. (1 994b). Play Therapy With Ritually
Abused Children, Part 2. Treating Abuse Today 4(3): 14-19.
Gould, C. (1992). Diagnosis and Treatment of Ritually Abused Children.
In D.K. Sakheim & S.F. Devine (Eds.), Out of Darkness: Exploring
Satanism & Ritual Abuse. New York: Lexington Books. 207-248.
Gould, C., & Cozolino, L. ~992). Ritual Abuse, Multiplicity, and Mind-
control. Journal of Psychology and Theology. 20(3): 194-196
Jonker, I:., & Jonker-Bakker, P. (1991). Experiences with ritualistic
cult sexual abuse: A case study from the Netherlands. Child Abuse and
Neglect. 15:191-196.
Kelly, S. (1988). Ritualistic abuse of children: Dynamics and impact.
Cultic Studies Journal. 5(2): 228-236.
Kelly, S. (1989). Stress responses of children to sexual abuse and
ritualistic abuse in day care centers. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence. 4(4): 502-513.
Kelly1 S. (1992a). Ritualistic abuse: Recognition, impact, and current
controversy. Paper presented at the San Diego Conference on Responding
to Child Maltreatment San Diego, CA.
Kelly, S. (1992b). Stress responses of children and parents to sexual
abuse and ritualistic abuse in day care centers. In A.W. Burgess
(Ed.), Child trauma I: Issues and research-New York: Garland
Publishing Co., Inc.
Kelly, 5. (1993). Ritualistic abuse of children in day care centers.
In M. Langone (Ed.), Recovery from cults. New York: Norton. 340-351.
Lanning, K. (1991) Ritual Abuse: A law enforcement view or
perspective. Child Abuse and Neglect. 15:171-173.
Neswald, D., Could, C., & Graham-Costain, V. (1991). Common "Progiams"
Observed in Survivors of Satanic Ritual Abuse. The California
Therapist. September/October: 47-5O.
Snow, B. & Sorenson, T. (1990). Ritualistic child abuse in a
neighborhood setting. Journal of Interpersonal Violence. 5(4):
474-487.
Summit, R.C. (1994). The Dark Tunnels of McMartin. The Journal of
Psychohistory. 21(4):
397-416.
Tamarkin, C. (1991). Critical Issues in the Diagnosis and Treatment of
Ritual Abuse. Workshop presented at the Eighth International
Conference on Multiple Personality I Dissociative States. Chicago, IL.
Waterman, I., Kelly, R., Oliveri, M.K., & McCord, J. (1993). behind
the playground walls: Sexual abuse in preschools. New York: The
Guilford Press,
Young, W., Sachs, R., Braun, B., & Watkins, R. (1991). Patients
reporting ritual abuse in childhood: A clinical syndrome. Report of 37
cases. Child Abuse and Neglect. 15:181- 189.
Ruben, D. (1994). The Satanism Scare. Parenting. March: 87-91.
Andrew Usher
CPS Worker
> http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/denyra.htm
> from http://ritualabuse.us
>
> "The evidence is rapidly accumulating that the problem of ritual abuse
Is non existent and the claims fraudlent
krp
"CPS Worker" <C...@example.com> wrote in message
news:x2bel.28306$1k1....@newsfe14.iad...
The "EVIDENCE" CA is referring to is her "PEER REVIEWED" SHIT not
hard to come by in a closed INCESTUOUS clubhouse using the process that is
called "VENTRIFICATION." NONE of he bullshit stands close inspection. NONE
use the "scientific method" to document what, IN FACT, are little more than
highly strident political rants. What she has is a collection of ranting
using other ranting to support the ranting. One huge CIRCLE JERK. None of it
is material that can be tested much less "REPLICATED" by independent
researchers.
If Rush Limbaugh wrote an article quoting Newt Gingrich and Sean
Hannity, and then Ann Coulter writes a book quoting Limbaugh, Gingrich,
Hannity and others, would ANYONE try to hold THAT out as "SCIENCE?????"
childadvocate
proving my points - my "opponents" will find something wrong with it.
Even peer reviewed research, which goes through several scientific
review boards is denied as evidence.
Those open minded and neutral to the debate should see through this
and the name calling and personal insults by my "opponents" and come
to their own conclusions.
An Empirical Look at the Ritual Abuse Controversy
Randy Noblitt, PhD
Professor and Director Clinical Doctoral Program
The California School of Professional Psychology
Alliant International University in Los Angeles
Adapted in 2007 from a paper presented at the 40th Annual Meeting of
the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Fort Worth, Texas, March
18, 1998. This paper is an expansion on a chapter from Accessing
Dissociated Mental States (1998), a privately published monograph by
Randy Noblitt. .
© Randy Noblitt, Ph.D., 2007
Most empirical studies of ritual abuse can be divided into four
categories. They are studies of (1) the frequency of ritual abuse
disclosures to professionals and their beliefs about such reports; (2)
suggestibility, rumor and iatrogenesis as possible explanations for
ritual abuse allegations; (3) ritual abuse allegations made by
children; and (4) ritual abuse allegations made by adults.
Studies have evaluated the frequency with which ritual abuse
allegations are disclosed to mental health and other professionals. A
national survey of 2,709 clinical psychologists with memberships in
the American Psychological Association showed that 70% denied and 30%
acknowledged seeing at least one case of “ritualistic or religion-
related abuse since January 1, 1980” (Bottoms, Shaver, &Goodman, 1991,
p. 6). The authors also found that among the psychologists who had
worked with at least one individual with allegations of ritual abuse,
93% believed that the harm had actually occurred. This report was part
of a series of five studies later published by Goodman, Qin, Bottoms
and Shaver (1994). The first of the five studies involved a survey of
a stratified random sample of clinical members of the American
Psychological Association, American Psychiatric Association, and
National Association of Social Workers. The second study consisted of
a survey of district attorneys’ offices, social service agencies, and
law enforcement offices. The third study investigated the question of
“repressed” and later“ recovered” memory based on 490 cases from the
first study of which 43 were described as “repressed memory” cases and
447 were “no repressed memory” cases. The fourth study examined
children’s knowledge of Satanic [1] abuse. The fifth study
investigated three types of “religion-related child abuse:” abusive
acts intended to rid the child of demons, clergy abuse, and medical
neglect for religious reasons.
From the data of their first study, these investigators concluded that
31% of the combined sample of psychologists, psychiatrists and social
workers had seen at least one case of ritual or religion-related
abuse. There were 387 child ritual abuse cases, 674 adult ritual abuse
survivor cases, 171 child religion-related cases, and 234 adult
survivor of religion-related cases reported. The authors concluded
that the adult ritual abuse cases “were consistently the most
extreme” (p. 4). Of the adult ritual abuse cases 33% reported
cannibalism and 28% baby breeding for purposes of ritual sacrifice.
Among the adult ritual abuse cases, they found that the victims were
likely to be diagnosed with MPD. They also found that child cases were
“far more likely to be disclosed to authorities or professionals, to
family members or neighbors and to be linked to corroborative
evidence, but were less likely to be disclosed in therapy than adult
cases” (p. 4). The authors concluded that the psychologists,
psychiatrists, and social workers who responded to their survey
“overwhelmingly believed both the allegations of abuse and the
allegations of ritual or religious elements of the abuse” (p. 6).
Their second study of district attorneys, social services and law
enforcement agencies revealed that 23% had identified at least one
case of ritual or religion-related abuse. “In general, the ritual
cases with the most convincing evidence were unlike the satanic ritual
abuse stereotype” (p. 6). The authors expressed surprise that “the
conviction rate in ritual cases was almost as high as in religion-
related cases” (p. 7).
In their third study investigating the question of “repressed” and
later “recovered” memory they found that the “repressed memory” cases
were more likely to be “ritual cases” in comparison with the “no
repressed memory cases.” However, when they excluded what they called
“outlier” cases, the “repressed” versus no “repressed” memory effects
disappeared.
The fourth study of children’s knowledge of ritual abuse showed that
“children have relatively little knowledge of satanic child abuse” (p.
10). Their fifth study considered 271 cases of religion-related abuse.
They found that in 94% of the clergy abuse, 48% of the evil ridding
cases, and 23% of medical neglect included allegations of sexual
abuse. They found that MPD and other dissociative disorders were
diagnosed in over 20% of the evil ridding and medical neglect cases.
Another survey investigated reports of sexual and ritual abuse made to
British psychologists (Andrews, Morton, Bekerian, Brewin, Davies, &
Mollon, 1995). Of 810 British Psychological Society practitioners who
had seen sexually abused clients, the investigators found that 15% had
worked with clients reporting satanic ritual abuse. Eighty percent of
the psychologists who had seen one or more individuals with a stated
history of satanic ritual abuse believed the allegations. In their
national investigation of 270 cases of substantiated sexual abuse of
1,639 children in day care, Finkelhor, Williams, and Burns (1988)
found 13% of the cases involved allegations of ritual abuse. According
to Jonker and Jonker-Bakker, “The National Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Children in Britain reported in its 1989 Annual Report
that seven out of 66 Child Protection Teams in England and Wales were
currently working with children victimized by ritualistic
abuse” (1997, p. 542). In a survey of the membership of the
International Society for the Study of Multiple Personality and
Dissociation [2], Perry concluded that 88% of 1185 “respondents
reported belief in ritual abuse, involving mind control and
programming” (1992, p. 4).
These studies show that the overwhelming majority of surveyed
professionals believe ritual abuse allegations. What would account for
such a high degree of concurrence? If these ritual abuse allegations
are essentially false, then these therapists are at best misguided.
Some have argued that false ritual abuse “memories” are implanted or
created by inept or unethical therapists. If the patients’ allegations
are essentially true, then this high degree of concurrence may simply
reflect the professionals’ accurate assessment of their informants’
reports. I hypothesize that patients who make ritual abuse allegations
appear to be genuinely traumatized. In a study comparing 34 adult
psychiatric patients making ritual abuse allegations with 31 patients
making no such allegations, I found that the group making ritual abuse
allegations had significantly higher PTSD scores on the MMPI-2
(Noblitt, 1995). In their study of preschool ritualistic and non-
ritualistic sexual abuse, Waterman, Kelly, Olivieri, and McCord,
(1993) demonstrated that PTSD criteria were met for 80% of their
sample of ritualistically sexually abused children as compared with
35.7% of the non-ritualistically sexually abused children.
The hypothesis that ritual abuse allegations are essentially false and
the result of suggestibility and social influence has been propounded
by a number of individuals (Mulhern, 1991, 1994; Ofshe& Waters, 1994;
Spanos, 1996). However, this hypothes is appears to be based on
subjective opinion and speculation rather than any research findings.
It has never been shown that people who report ritual abuse are
particularly suggestible. It has also never been demonstrated that
therapists with such patients attempt to persuade their patients to
believe that they were ritually abused. Nevertheless, several studies
are worth reviewing in spite of their methodological problems. Jeffrey
Victor (1993) described what he calls Satanic rumor panics. Victor
argues that Satanism is a frightening and provocative subject to the
general public and has been the source of numerous rumors for which he
cites examples from the popular press. Even Philip Coons, a skeptic
regarding ritual abuse allegations, comments critically of Victor’s
research: “Unfortunately, it is impossible to tell from Victor’s
cursory review of the evidence what really did happen at these 61
locations” (1997, p. 108).
However, Philip Coons (1994) contributed a study of his own on this
question. He retrospectively reviewed the psychiatric records of 29
patients who had made allegations of Satanic ritual abuse. He
concluded that 76% of the patients had either DID or DDNOS but that he
was unable to find any external corroboration of the SRA allegations.
Three cases he labeled delusional and four were categorized as
factitious. He concluded that in all but 2 cases “questionable”
therapeutic methods were used. Weir and Wheatcroft (1995) reviewed
twenty cases where ritual sexual abuse had been alleged. Based on
their evaluative findings they concluded that false allegations of
ritual abuse occurred in 75% of the cases and true allegations in only
25%. The primary weakness of these three studies is that they rely
entirely on the subjective interpretations of the authors. Whereas the
validity of the last two studies would depend on the ability of their
authors to accurately diagnose ritual abuse and/or find corroborating
evidence; and the extent to which the data they needed to confirm any
true ritual abuse was available. With no measure of inter-rater
reliability, there is no way to know how reliably or accurately these
investigators interpret these data or of knowing whether sufficient
data were available to interpret.
Two other case studies merit attention although they suffer the same
methodological problems noted above. Coons and Grier (1990) described
a single case where an individual with ritual abuse allegations was
instead diagnosed with factitious disorder and Yeager and Lewis (1997)
briefly present a single case of a recanter. In the former example one
must ask whether the patient’s inaccurate reporting of particular
events means that they were not abused or ritually abused. In my
opinion the characteristic features of ritual abuse include abuse by
ruse and deception. In the latter example it should be obvious that
recantation is no more intrinsically credible than an original
allegation. It has been found that individuals with well documented
evidence of sexual abuse will sometimes later recant and that many
recanters, particularly with ritual abuse allegations, later
redisclose abuse (Waterman, Kelly, Olivieri, and McCord, 1993).
Some authors argue that there is no substantial legal evidence that
the ritual abuse of children actually occurs, and that most cases of
ritual abuse convictions are reversed on appeal. Michael Newton (cited
in Noblitt, 1998a) accumulated data on criminal convictions in the
U.S. where allegations of ritual abuse of children were made. He found
cases of 145 defendants who were sentenced. Seventeen (11.7%) were
reversed on appeal. Newton argues that these reversals do not
necessarily indicate that the defendants were innocent of the
accusations. In some instances the decisions were reversed based on
legal technicalities rather than factual matters as to whether the
abuse occurred or not.
Chronology of Ritual Abuse Convictions
Data Accumulated and Reported by Newton (1997)
Date Venue Convictions Guilty/Nolo Pleas
1983 Bakersfield, CA 4*
1983 Denver, CO 1
1984 Malden, MA 1
1984 Jordan, MN - 1
1984 Bakersfield, CA 5
1984 Richmond, VA - 1
1985 Pittsfield, MA 1
1985 El Paso, TX 1*
1985 Niles, MI 1* (1**)
1985 Bakersfield, CA 7
1985 Dade County, FL 1 1
1985 Richmond, VA 1
1985 Bakersfield, CA 1*
1986 El Paso, TX 1*
1986 Des Moines, IA 3 2
1987 Bakersfield, CA - 2
1987 Lehi, UT 1
1987 San Diego, CA 2
1987 Winston, OR 1
1987 Mt. Vernon, NY 2 (1*)
1987 Malden, MA 2*
1987 Memphis, TN 1
1988 Carson City, NV 2*
1988 Lincoln, NE - 1
1988 Maplewood, NJ 1*
1988 Santa Rosa, CA - 2
1988 Roseburg, OR 1*
1989 Nottingham, Engl. - 9
1989 Asheville, NC - 1
1989 Thurston County, WA - 1
1989 Stuart, FL 1 1
1989 Winston-Salem, NC - 1
1989 Edgewood, IA 1
1989 Roseburg, OR 1
1990 Prescott, Ont. 1 1
1990 Akron, CO - 1
1991 Prescott, Ont. 4
1992 Mansfield, OH 1 1
1992 Edenton, NC 1*
1992 Smithfield, NC 1
1992 Wenatchee, WA 1
1992 Austin, TX 2
1992-93 Prescott, Ont. 11 19
1993 Christchurch, NZ 1
1993 Wenatchee, WA 1
1993 Smithfield, NC - 1
1993 Edenton, NC 1*
1994 Martensville, Sask. 2
1994 Amsterdam, Neth. 2
1994 Edenton, NC - 2
1994 Canton, OH 1
1994 Hapeville, GA - 1
1994 Wenatchee, WA 3 13
1995 Meriden, CT 1
1995 Wenatchee, WA - 1
1996 Oxford, MS - 1
1996 Danbury, CT 1
1996 Virginia Beach, VA 1
Defendants convicted: 80 Guilty/Nolo Pleas: 64 (44% of total) Total
defendants sentenced: 144
*Reversed on appeal: 17 (11.8% of defendants sentenced);
**Guilty on new charge after reversal on appealShe also noted that
among the children’s allegations were their being molested by other
children (n=11) and being molested by strangers, daycare workers or a
parent (n=11). Hudson identified 16 forms of abuse: (1) locked in a
cage or “jail,” (2) told that their parents, pets or younger siblings
would be killed if they told anyone of the abuse, (3) buried in the
ground in coffins which they called “boxes,” (4) held underwater, (5)
threatened with guns and knives, (6) injected with needles, bled,
drugged, (7) photographed during the abuse, (8) tied upside down over
a “star,” hung from a pole or hook, burnt with candles, (9)
perpetrators wearing blackrobes, masks, (10) participated in a mock
marriage, (11) defecated and urinated upon, (12) observed animals
killed, (13) observed torture or molestation of other children, (14)
saw children and babies killed, (15) had blood poured on their heads,
(16) taken to churches, other daycare settings, people’s homes,and
graveyards for the ritual abuse. Of these 13 children responded to at
least one of the items, excluding number 14. Four children reported
number 14, seeing children and babies killed.
Hudson performed a second study. In order to control for the possible
contagion effects that may have occurred in her Ft. Bragg case, she
conducted a telephone interview of 10 other families, in different
locations in the U.S. where ritual abuse had been reported. All but
two were daycare cases. She collected data from these interviews which
she combined with her Fort Bragg data. Thus, she had a total of 11
cases. The following abuses and corroboration were reported:
Confinement in cage (n=10)
Threats (n=11)
Live burial in caskets, coffins, boxes (n=6),
Water torture (n=7),
Threats with guns or knives (n=10)
Drug injections (n=10)
Filming and still photography (n=11)
Bondage, locked in closets, hung by feet or wrists, spread-eagled over
pentagrams, tied onto upside-down crosses (n=7)
Abusers wearing masks and robes, carrying candles (n=11),
Mock marriages (n=6),
Defecation, urination, forcible ingestion of human wastes (n=10)
Witnessing animals tortured and killed (n=10)
Fake operations (n=6),
Children’s descriptions of the torture and sexual assault of
themselves or others (n=10)
Evidential medical examinations: findings commensurate with sexual
assault (n=11)
Babies, small children killed, carved up, and parts eaten (n=9)
Transportation elsewhere for abuse; various methods of transport
(n=10)
Sexual assault and terrorizing in churches, graveyards, other daycare
centers (n=10)
(Adapted from Hudson, 1991, pp. 11—21)Kelley (1993) compared three
groups of children in daycare: 35 allegedly ritualistically abused
children, 32 children reportedly sexually, not ritualistically abuse,
and 67 children without any claims of sexual abuse. She collected data
from the abused children’s parents and compared the results of the
children with non-ritualistic sexual abuse with ritualistic sexual
abuse. She found that ritualistically abused children were more likely
to report more incidents, types and severity of abuse relative to the
non-ritual sexual abuse victims. She also found that ritualistic abuse
was more often associated with multiple victim, multiple perpetrator
situations. Using the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL), parents
reported more behavior problems and tendency toward internalizing
symptoms among both groups of abused children in comparison with non-
abused children. But the children identified as ritualistically abused
scored worse.
Jill Waterman, Robert Kelley, Mary Kay Olivieri, and Jane McCord
(1993) did a six year longitudinal study of 82 children who had made
allegations of ritualistic sexual abuse (RSA) in the Manhattan Beach,
California area in comparison with 37 non-abused (NA) children and 15
non-ritualistically sexually abused (SA) children. A variety of
standardized and non-standardized questionnaires and interview
instruments were employed. They found that both the RSA and SA group
reported intrusive and highly intrusive sexual abuse. Additionally the
RSA group but not the SA group reported “terrorizing acts that
included killing of animals, death threats to the children or their
families, sadistic acts and physical abuse, and ritualistic acts that
included Satanic activities” (p. 64).
Recantations occurred in 25% of the RSA and 23% of the SA children.
This was the case even though the perpetrator in the SA group had
given a detailed confession. However, 88% of the RSA group that
recanted, later redisclosed abuse. The children alleging RSA had more
severe symptoms than SA children with significantly more PTSD,
depression, and aggressive behaviors. The RSA group showed less
improvement over time in comparison with the SA group.
A case involving 172 children who made disclosures in day care in
southwest Michigan was investigated (Bybee & Mobray, 1993; Faller,
1994). Kathleen Faller gathered data from her clinical interviews with
18 of the children and Bybee and Mobray reviewed the records of 106
children regarding interviews by state police, community mental health
professionals, and the department of social services. Bybee and Mobray
identified 62 (58%) children who disclosed that they had been
victimized and 53 (50%) children who reportedly observed others being
abused with 92% of the children who were observed being abused also
disclosing that they had been abused. They found that children
reported experiencing and observing acts of :fondling, penetration,
oral sex, sex with children, penetration of an adult, threats of harm,
being hit or hurt, being given medicine or bad food, bestiality, as
well as ritual acts. Among her sample of 18 children, Faller found
“sadistic acts (100%), threats of harm and death to children and their
family members (100%), use of drugs (56%), confinement (44.4%) and
animal killings or injury (22%)” (p. 22). Faller writes that when she
compared the 18 children she interviewed with children who were abused
by a single perpetrator in a day care center or day care home she
found that significantly “higher percentages of ritually abused
children were reported to have sexual acting out problems, sleep
problems, emotional problems, behavior problems and phobias” (p. 22).
Faller also cites an unpublished report by Valliere, Bybee, and Mobray
(1988) of scores on the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) comparing the
abused children with a comparable sample of non-abused children from
the community with clinical and non-clinical norms. “The sexually
abused children’s scores were generally comparable to those of
clinical norms, and significantly higher than non-clinical norms.
Sexually abused girls demonstrated improvement on the CBCL between
times one and two, but the boys did not” (p. 22).
Not all child ritual abuse research examines day care cases. Within
the professional and scholarly literature on child abuse there are two
reports of what Faller calls “community-based ritual abuse” (p. 23).
She defines community-based cults as “those whose membership is
contemporary and often made up of persons of various ages—children,
adolescents, and adults in a particular community” (p.24).
Snow and Sorenson (1990) saw 39 children who described abuse in five
neighbor-based cults in Utah. In four of the five cults there were
alleged incidents of intrafamilial incest, perpetration by
adolescents, and features of an adult sex ring. No adolescent
perpetration was found in the fifth group. Also reported was forced
sexual behavior, threats of violence, and multiple perpetrators and
victims. At least two-thirds of the children described multiple
locations of abuse, pornography, ingestion or other use of excrement,
the espousal of Satanic beliefs, magical spells and use of occult
paraphernalia, animal mutilation or killing, and the use of drugs. The
abusers were generally viewed as respected members of the community
and many were religious leaders. Two of the accused adult perpetrators
were convicted and two adolescents pled guilty.
Jonker and Jonker-Bakker (1991, 1997) reported a case of the ritual
abuse of children in the Netherlands. The authors describe the
allegations and their observations regarding this case in Oude Pekela,
a small town of 8,000 inhabitants in northeastern Netherlands near the
German border. Jonker and Jonker-Bakker initially surveyed the
families of 90 involved children six to eight weeks after the initial
disclosures. They gathered additional data from the families of 87 of
these children at 2½ and 7 year intervals after the first outcries had
been made. They compared their later findings with clinical
information that antedated the abuse and with initial survey results.
They found that 20% of the children made spontaneous disclosures. The
list of reported abuses included the following elements: sexual abuse,
warnings to be silent, taking photographs, making videotapes, tying up
children, keeping children in extreme darkness, being scratched,
kicked, beaten, being drugged, animals being present, animals being
tortured, killed, babies being involved, babies being killed, adults
being killed, chanting, forced eating of excrement or semen, and
supernatural powers being claimed. “Almost one-third of the parents
reported in 1989—1990 profound changes, as if they were dealing with a
different child” (p. 550). The symptomatic behaviors of the children
included: a poor sleep pattern, nightmares, night awakenings,
bedwetting, genital shame, masturbation, inappropriate sexual
behavior, swearing, aggressiveness, destructiveness, self-isolation,
anxiety, tongue kissing, torturing of animals, fear of being locked
up, interest in fire, fear of spiders, interest in devils, ghosts, the
experience of words turning around, and interest in death. The three
most common symptoms among the boys were: “poor sleep pattern (79%),
waking during the night (79%), and aggressiveness toward the
surroundings (83%)” (p. 550). Among the girls, “the most exhibited
behaviors were poor sleep pattern (67%), anxiety, nervousness (77%),
and aggressiveness towards the surroundings (87%)” (p. 550). The
authors also noted that “If the Oude Pekela case had been a result of
adult community hysteria rather than real children’s experiences, then
the behavioral changes would be expected to escalate as a function of
disclosures to adults. Instead, there was a decrease in the number of
changes in behavior following disclosure…” (p. 551). In this case two
arrests were made but there were no convictions. However, Jonker and
Jonker-Bakker noted that the chief of the police investigation team
believed that 50% of the 64 children investigated by the police “were
certainly involved.” (p. 545). A statement by the district attorney on
January 21, 1988 is cited:
A total number of 98 children, 3 to 11 years old were interviewed. The
statements of 62 children were used in the further investigation.
Finally 48 statements of children remained, speaking of clear sexual
abuse, where they had either submitted to or been forced to perform on
themselves or others. Many of the children told about strong lights,
lamps on poles, and seeing each other on TV. The justice ministry
concluded that it was nearly sure that photographs were taken of the
children. Against 18 children violence was used. The child abuse took
place over a period of several months. The justice Ministry thinks
that four people, two men and two women, were involved in the sexual
abuse. (quoted by Myers, 1994, and cited by Jonker & Jonker-Bakker,
1997, p. 541)
Faller (1994) cites a study of intergenerational ritual abuse of
children by Susan Kelley. This paper, entitled Ritualistic Abuse:
Recognition, Impact, and Current Controversy was presented by Kelley
at the San Diego Conference on Responding to Child Maltreatment in
January, 1992. Kelley investigated reports of 26 children from 14
families. The accused abusers were parents, grandparents, great-
grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins and siblings. Similar to other
reports a significant number of abusers were female (45%). “Sixty-one
percent of children were abused by two generations of older relatives,
and 57% of cases involved extrafamilial as well as intrafamilial
offenders” (Faller,1994, p. 25). Reported abuses included “terrorizing
threats and acts (89%),including having spiders or other insects
placed on them; death threats (77%), making pornography (81%), threat
swith supernatural powers (89%), satanic reference (92%),animal
killings (54%), being made to ingest drugs (92%), songs and chants
(69%), and being made to ingest or touch excrement (85%)” (p. 25).
Scores on the CBCL were in the clinical range for 73% of the children
on total problems, 81% on internalizing, and 50% on externalizing
scales.
Three studies have surveyed adults who allege to be survivors of
ritual abuse (Drisoll & Wright, 1991; Smith, 1993; Young, Sachs,
Braun, & Watkins,1991). These three studies appear to have
investigated primarily cases of what some call transgenerational
ritual abuse. Lynda Driscoll and Cheryl Wright (1991) investigated the
experiences of 37 adult mental health patients who were allegedly
survivors of ritual abuse. Eighty-one percent had no memory of ritual
abuse before beginning therapy and of the remaining 13%, their
memories were incomplete. Dissociation was a commonly reported problem
in this sample with 63% being diagnosed with MPD, 34% diagnosed
dissociative and 17% with “strong ego states” (p. 6.) Eighty-three
percent reported involvement in rituals by a relative with their
fathers (63%), uncles (41%), mothers (38%), grandfathers (35%), and
grandmothers (22%.) Other abusers included “doctors (54%), neighbors
(41%), friends of relatives (49%), church members (35%), police (27%),
teachers (22%), and morticians (19%)” (p. 6). Eighty percent stated
that the ritual abuse began before age six. The mean age was 6. The
reported physical and psychological abuse sincluded being “forced to
drink blood (84%), tied up (84%), drugged (78%), deprived of food
(61%), forced to eat flesh (57%), forced to eat or drink body waste
(57%), deprived of sleep (54%), and given electric shock” (p. 8).
Ninety percent reported being exposed to confusing and degrading
experiences. “Seventy-five percent reported being isolated, 61%
ejaculated on, 54% urinated on, 38% defecated on, 50% put in coffins
(46%with corpses), 44% buried alive, and 39% put in graves”(p.8.)They
were allegedly coerced into silence “by threats of harm (84%), of
abandonment (76%), death or mutilation of themselves(73%),death of
parent or relative (57%). Most victims reported they were threatened
with supernatural powers (62%), and they were told they had been
magically altered (51%) in a way that would end their lives if they
‘talked’ or disobeyed” (p. 8). Seventy-four percent said they were
forced to perpetrate.
Ninety-three percent were allegedly sexually victimized with reported
abuses including oral sex (89%), vaginal (84%), object penetration
(81%), anal sex (78%). They reported sex with adults (89%), group sex
84%), with animals (62%), other children (54%), and corpses (38%).
Eighty-four percent reported human sacrifice, 14% claimed they were
breeders for sacrifices. The alleged affects of ritual abuse included
problems with trust (100%) and emotional intimacy (97%). “Eighty
percent mistrust family members, peers, males, and authority figures
in general….Over ninety percent reported chronic depression, anxiety
attacks, obsessions and suicidal behavior” (p. 9). Over 80% described
feelings of “worthlessness, inferiority, lack of assertiveness, and
dirtiness” (p. 10). Roughly 70% state they feel “helplessness,
difficulties making decisions, embarrassment about themselves,
humiliation and hopelessness” (p. 10). Reported physical symptoms
include headaches (90%),insomnia and chronic back and abdominal pain
(75%), acute unexplained weakness(76%),catatonic spells(33%) episodic
paralysis (37%),and blackouts (50%). Eating disorders included:
anorexia (30%), bulimia (30%), and consistently over 20 pounds
overweight (70%).
Another study conducted by Margaret Smith (1993) presents data on 52
adults who reported being survivors of childhood ritual abuse. Ninety-
seven percent reported that “at some point in their lives, they were
amnestic of their ritual abuse experience” (p. 20). Smith found that
perpetrators were reportedly fathers (67%), mothers (42%),
grandfathers (31%), grandmothers (23%),aunts(21%),uncles(27%),non-
family member physicians (33%),non-family member clergy (17%), and non-
family member teachers (17%).In her study of the occupations of the
family and non-family alleged perpetrators there were physicians
(35%), teachers (25%), clergy (22%) and police (15%). Sixty-five
percent reported that the abuse began before age 4. The following
experiences of abuse were allegedly perpetrated against the
respondents: molestation or intercourse (100%), forced participation
in group sex with adults (96%), being tortured (94%), witnessing or
forced participation in animal sacrifice (90%), witnessing or forced
participation in human sacrifice (88%), sodomy (88%), being drugged
during the abuse (88%), witnessing or forced participation in
cannibalism (82%), being forced totorture others (75%), child
prostitution (52%), child pornography (52%), being forced to breed
children who were later sacrificed (36%). Smith also lists “other
forms of abuse mentioned by ritual abuse survivors:”mental programming
(21%), bestiality (17%), torture by electric shock (13%), witnessing
or forced participation in dismemberment or mutilation of bodies
(12%), being hung upside down (10%), being forced to kidnap children
from playgrounds (8%), hypnotism (8%), having pets killed(4%), having
psychic surgery (4%), and being lent to other cults(4%).
Young, Sachs, Braun, and Watkins (1991) studied the allegations of a
sample of 37 patients, reporting transgenerational childhood ritual
abuse. They found that all reported sexual abuse, witnessing and
receiving physical abuse or torture, witnessing animal mutilation or
killings and experiencing death threats. Ninety-seven percent
indicated forced drug usage. Other abuses included witnessing and
forced participation in human adult and infant sacrifice (83%),forced
cannibalism (81%), marriage to Satan (78%), being buried alive in
coffins or graves (72%), and forced impregnation and sacrifice of own
child (60%). All of the patients had severe PTSD and experienced
dissociative states with Satanic characteristics. Other psychiatric
sequelae included survivor guilt (97%), indoctrinated beliefs (94%),
unusual fears (94%), sexualization of sadistic impulses (86%), bizarre
self-abuse (83%) and substance abuse (62%). The authors also reported
some corroborating evidence.
The most recent effort to quantify and qualify the experience of
ritual and other extreme abuse has been recently completed via the
Internet. This undertaking was a cooperative effort between social
scientists in the United States and Germany, Becker, Overkamp, Rutz,
and Karriker, who developed an extensive questionnaire available over
the Internet for a period of three months to survivors of extreme
abuse. A second survey was developed and made available for a like
period of time to therapists treating survivors of extreme abuse and a
third for caregivers of survivors of extreme abuse. Preliminary data
is impressive for the numbers of survivors who participated, their
range of ages (only those over 18 were eligible for participation),
the countries they represented, the universality of their experiences,
and their search for answers. Their preliminary findings were recently
described at the SMART conference in August, 2007 and will be further
discussed in a chapter of the forthcoming book, Ritual Abuse in the
Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, edited by Noblitt and Noblitt.
A final area of research has been developed (Noblitt1998a, 1998b;
Noblitt & Perskin, 2000) with a method for research and clinical
application of “programming” phenomena. I have identified specific
cues and “triggering” stimuli which have been shown to access
dissociated mental states in certain patients consistent with the
reports of other patients who allege to be survivors of ritual abuse.
Research on allegations of ritual abuse is important and needed
because many questions are as yet unresolved among mental health,
legal, and law enforcement professionals. Until we can better clarify
this difficult and troubling subject, we can continue to expect this
area to be rife with problems and bitter contentiousness. We will
continue to hear that blameless individuals have been unfairly
convicted of charges stemming from ritual abuse allegations, or that
innocent children are being returned to abusive households because
their outcries are not taken seriously in courts of law.
References
Andrews, B., Morton, J., Bekerian, D.A., Brewin, C.R., Davies, G.M., &
Mollon, P. (1995, May). The recovery of memories in clinical practice:
Experiences and beliefs of British Psychological Society
practitioners. The Psychologist, pp. 209—214.
Coons, P.M. (1994).Reports of satanic ritual abuse: Further
implications about pseudomemories. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 78, 1376—
1378.
Coons, P.M. (1997).Satanic ritual abuse: First research and
therapeutic implications. In George A. Fraser, (Ed.), The dilemma of
ritual abuse: Cautions and guidelines for therapists (pp. 105—117).
Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Coons, P.M., & Grier, F. (1990).Factitious disorder (Munchausen type)
involving allegations of satanic ritual abuse: A case
report.Dissociation,3,177—178.
Driscoll, L.N., & Wright, C. (1991).Survivors of childhood ritual
abuse: Multigenerational Satanic cult involvement. Treating Abuse
Today, 1,5—13.
Faller, K.C.(1994,Spring). Ritual abuse: A review of research. APSAC
Advisor, pp. 1, 19—27.
Finkelhor, D., Williams, L., & Burns, N. (1988). Nursery crimes:
Sexual abuse in day care. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Goodman.G.S., Qin,J., Bottoms, B.L.,and Shaver, P.R.
(1994).Characteristics and sources of allegations of ritualistic child
abuse: Final report to the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.
[unpublished manuscript].
Hudson, P.(1991). Ritual child abuse: Discovery, diagnosis and
treatment. Sarasota, CA: R & E Publishers.
Jonker, F.,& Jonker-Bakker,I. (1991).Experiences with ritualistic
child sexual abuse:A case Study from the Netherlands. Journal of Child
Abuse & Neglect, 15,191—196.
Jonker, F.,& Jonker-Bakker,I. (1997). Effects of ritual abuse: The
results of three surveys in the Netherlands,Journal of Child Abuse &
Neglect,21,541—556.
Kelley, S.J. (1992, Jan.). Ritualistic abuse: Recognition, impact, and
current controversy. Paper presented at the San Diego Conference on
Responding to Child Maltreatment, San Diego, CA.
Kelley, S.J. (1993). Ritualistic abuse of children in day-care
centers. In M.D. Langone (Ed.) Recovery from cults: Help for victims
of psychological and spiritual abuse (pp. 343– 355). New York: W.W.
Norton.
Mulhern, S. (1991). Satanism and psychotherapy: A rumor in search of
an inquisition. In J.T. Richardson, J. Best, & D.G. Bromley (Eds.),
The Satanism scare (pp.145–172). New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Mulhern, S. (1994). Satanism, ritual abuse, and multiple personality
disorder: A sociohistorical perspective. The International Journal of
Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 42, 265—288.
Myers, J.E. (1994). The backlash: Child protection under fire. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage Publications. Noblitt, J.R. (1995). Psychometric
measures of trauma among psychiatric patients reporting ritual abuse,
Psychological Reports, 77, 743—747.
Noblitt, J.R.(1998a).Accessing dissociated mental states. [monograph
self-published by J.R. Noblitt].
Noblitt, J.R. (1998b, March). Techniques for induction of trance
phenomena without suggestion. Paper presented at the 40th Annual
Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Ft. Worth,
Texas.
Noblitt, J.R., & Perskin, P.(Rev. ed. 2000).Cult and ritual abuse: Its
history, anthropology and recent discovery in contemporary America.
Westport, CT: Praeger.
Ofshe, R.,& Waters, E.(1994). Making monsters: False memories,
psychotherapy and sexual hysteria. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Perry, N.E.(1992).Therapists’ experiences of the effects of working
with dissociative patients. Paper presented at the 9th Annual Meeting
of the International Society for the Study of Multiple Personality and
Dissociation, Chicago, IL.
Smith, M. (1993).Ritual abuse: What it is, why it happens, and how to
help. Harper San Francisco.
Spanos, N.P. (1996).Multiple identities and false memories: A
sociocognitive perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Valliere, P., Bybee,D.,& Mobray, C.(1988, Apr.). Using the Child
Behavior Checklist in Child sexual abuse research: Longitudinal and
comparative analysis. Paper presented at the National Symposium on
Child Victimization, Anaheim, CA.
Victor, J.S. (1993). Satanic panic: The creation of a contemporary
legend. Chicago, IL: Open Court.
Waterman, J., Kelly, R.J., Olivieri, M.K., McCord, J.(1993).Beyond the
playground walls: Sexual abuse in preschools .New York: Guilford
Press.
Yeager, C.C.,& Lewis, D.O.(1997). False memories of cult abuse [letter
to the editor]. American JournalofPsychiatry,154, 435.
Young, W., Sachs, R.G., Braun, B.G., & Watkins, R.T. (1991). Patients
reporting ritual abuse in childhood: A clinical syndrome. Journal of
Child Abuse and Neglect, 15, 181–189.
[1]The reader may notice that the word “Satanic” is sometimes
capitalized and sometimes not in this paper. This apparent
inconsistency results from the word “Satanic” and “satanic” having
different meanings. If one is referring to a religion or system of
worship in which Satan is the focal spiritual entity, the term should
be capitalized as with any other religion (e.g., Buddhism,
Christianity, Judaism, etc.). When the word is not capitalized, it
refers to a point of view, not particularly a religion, which is
dedicated to evil. In this regard, I prefer the capitalized spelling
because most of the se patients are alleging this to be a religion.
However, other authors frequently do not capitalize the word thus,
when I am quoting or citing them, I will usually use their
capitalization rules, regardless of whether their usage conforms to
the above definitions.
[2] Renamed the International Society for the Study of Dissociation
and later, in 2007, renamed again, the International Society for the
Study of Trauma and Dissociation.
Andrew Usher
Dan Sullivan
It appears that no matter how much evidence is sent conclusively
proving my points - my "opponents" will find something wrong with it.
Your evidence is old and has been proven to be inaccurate and untrue.
I can post evidence that at one time the world was believed to be flat.
Greegor
> proving my points - my "opponents" will find something wrong with it.
> Even peer reviewed research, which goes through several scientific
> review boards is denied as evidence.
>
> Those open minded and neutral to the debate should see through this
> and the name calling and personal insults by my "opponents" and come
> to their own conclusions.
BOTH sides here have rejected you, Diana!
Both the CPS "system sucks" and the Family Rights people.
Did you think the ""Child Protection"" INDUSTRY
would welcome you back with open arms?
Anybody neutral to the debate simply has
to Google Napolis Spielberg Love-Hewitt
to see why you don't want to acknowledge being Diana.
http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=Napolis+Spielberg+Love-Hewitt
Kent Wills
Should I be worried that you and I are in agreement here? :)
--
"I'm a ten gov a day guy. It's all I know, and it's all
you need to know, gov!"
- Shouting George
Ranting
It appears that no matter how much evidence is sent conclusively
proving my points - my "opponents" will find something wrong with it.
Even peer reviewed research, which goes through several scientific
review boards is denied as evidence.
You should do some research on PEER REVIEWS, in essence they are buddies who
review each other.
Do you think for example that Domestic Violence research is sent to experts
who are in the mens rights movement OR those that have published research
that show the opposite
krp
CA> It appears that no matter how much evidence is sent conclusively proving
my points - my "opponents" will find something wrong with it.
CA> Even peer reviewed research, which goes through several scientific
review boards is denied as evidence.
Listen very carefully (figuratively) CA. Your "evidence" you "peer
reviewed" bullshit doesn't pass the laugh test. First of all it consists of
a process known as "VENTRIFICATION" whereby EXTREMIST ACTIVISTS string quote
each other's OP ED pieces. Your bullshit is AS valid as the "peer reviewed"
materials in the THIRD REICH on racial issues, but no more valid. When you
assemble your "GLEE CLUB" to cheer each other's raving bullshit that is NOT
a REAL - "PEER REVIEW." It is circle citations.NONE of the things you cite
is REAL science. Nothing that can be taken in an independent LABORATORY and
REPLICATED. NONE of the articles you cite use the scientific methods for
supporting the claims made. Which is why your BULLSHIT is rejected by the
courts today. It just does NOT pass factual muster.
I'll tell you what you have proved, CA, that is that there are a bunch
of NUTS and quacks like yourself.
krp
"Andrew Usher" <k_over...@yahoo.com> wrote in message
news:99a2fd20-b6b7-4ed2...@p36g2000prp.googlegroups.com...
Andy she's a fruitcake. Her crap is NOT science and NOT really "peer
reviewed" except by their little GLEE CLUB.
krp
"Ranting" <ra...@rant.com> wrote in message
news:497b1435$0$4738$6c36...@news.usenetserver.com...
Well the point here is that if you examine CA's "PEER REVIEWED"
bullshit, the people doing the "PEER REVIEW" are other members of her GLEE
CLUB. The bullshit is NEVER sent to INDEPENDENT reviewers. How can you call
in a Jennifer Freyd article on child abuse and recovered memories, Lucy
Berliner an "INDEPENDENT" reviewer when Freyd liberally quotes Berliner in
her RAVING? What you have is a little rat pack of EXTREMIST WHACKO ACTIVISTS
and QUACKS vouching for each other. BULLSHIT!NONE of their shit holds up to
REAL scientific examination. How do they handle it when independent
University professors pick apart their crap? CA and her pals start attacking
them as "PEDOPHILES!"
CPS Worker
> It appears that no matter how much evidence is sent conclusively
> proving my points
are lies and frauds
childadvocate
http://endritualabuse.org/Brief%20Synopsis.htm
Brief Synopsis of the Literature on the Existence of Ritualistic Abuse
(by Ellen P. Lacter, Ph.D., updated on 2-11-2008)
Psychological and legal evidence of the existence of ritual abuse is
substantial and rapidly growing.
The psychological literature supports that ritualistic abuse is a real
phenomenon that must be correctly assessed and treated (Belitz, &
Schacht, 1992; Bernet & chang, 1997; Bloom, 1994; Boat, 1991; Boyd,
1991; Brown, 1994; Clark, 1994; Clay, 1996; Coleman, 1994; Comstock,
1991; Comstock & Vickery, 1992; Cook, 1991; Coons, 1997; Cozolino,
1989, 1990; Crabtree, 1993; deMause, 1994; Driscoll & Wright, 1991;
Edwards, 1990; Ehrensaft, 1992; Faller, 1994; Feldman, 1993; Fine,
1989; Finkelhor, Williams, & Burns, 1988; Fraser, 1990, 1991, 1993a,
1993b 1997a, 1997b; Friesen, 1991, 1992, 1993; Gallagher, 2001;
Gonzalez, Waterman, Kelly, McCord, & Oliveri, 1993; Golston, 1993;
Gonzalez, Waterman, Kelly, McCord, & Oliveri, 1993; Goodman, Quas,
Bottoms, Qin, Shaver, Orcutt, & Shapiro, 1997; Goodwin, 1993; Goodwin,
1994; Goodwin, Hill, & Attias, 1990; Gould, 1992, 1995; Gould &
Cozolino, 1992; Gould & Graham-Costain, 1994; Gould & Neswald, 1992;
Graves, 1989; Greaves, 1992; Groenendijk &van der Hart, 1995; Hammond,
1992; Harvey, 1993; Hendrickson, McCarty & Goodwin, 1990; Hill &
Goodwin, 1989; Hornstein, 1991; Hudson, 1990, 1991; Ireland & Ireland,
1994; Jones, 1991; Jonker & Jonker-Bakker, 1991; Jonker & Jonker-
Bakker, I., 1997; Kelley, 1989; King & Yorker, 1996; Kinscherff &
Barnum, 1992; Kluft, 1988, 1989a,1989b, 1994, 1995; La Fontaine, 1993;
Lawrence, Cozolino, & Foy, 1995; Leavitt, 1994; Leavitt & Labott,
1998; Lockwood, 1993; Lloyd, 1992; MacHovec, 1992; Mandell & Schiff,
1993; Mangen, 1992; Mayer, 1991; McCulley, 1994; McFarland &
Lockerbie, 1994; McFayden, Hanks, & James, 1993; Moriarty, 1991, 1992;
Neswald & Gould, 1993; Neswald, Gould, & Graham-Costain, 1991;
Noblitt, 1995; Noblitt & Perskin, 2000; Nurcombe & Unutzer, 1991;
Oksana, 1994, 2001; Paley, 1992; Rockwell, 1994, 1995; Rose, 1996;
Ross, 1995; Ryder, 1992; Sachs, 1990; Sakheim & Devine, 1992b;
Sakheim, 1996; Scott, 1993; Scott, 2001; Sinason, 1994; Sinason, 2005;
Smith, C. 1998; Smith, M. 1993; Smith & Pazder, 1981; Snow & Sorenson,
1990; Stafford, 1993; Steele, H., 2003; Steele, K., 1989; Stratford,
1993; Summit, 1994; Tamarkin, 1994a, 1994b; Tate, 1991; Uherek, 1991;
Valente, 1992; Van Benschoten, 1990; van der Hart, 1993;Vesper, 1991;
Waterman, Kelly, Olivieri, McCord, 1993; Weir & Wheatcroft, 1995;
Williams, 1991; Wong & McKeen, 1990; Woodsum, 1998; Young, 1992;
Young, 1993; Young, Sachs, Braun, & Watkins, 1991; Young & Young,
1997; Youngson, 1993). (These references are included below. Most are
publications in peer-reviewed journals).
A recent review of the empirical evidence of ritual abuse is included
in a book by Noblitt and Perskin (Cult and Ritual Abuse, 2000, Chapter
6).
One national survey of 2709 clinical psychologists showed that 30%
claimed to have seen at least one case of "ritualistic or religion-
based abuse" and 93% of these psychologists believed the harm actually
occurred (Goodman, Qin, Bottoms, & Shaver, 1994). Noblitt reports
that, "In a survey of the membership of the International Society for
the Study of Multiple Personality and Dissociation, [Nancy] Perry
concluded that 88% of 1185 respondents reported belief in ritual
abuse, involving mind control and programming" (Paper presented at the
40th Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Fort
Worth, Texas, March 18, 1998, adapted from Noblitt, 1998; Accessing
Dissociated Mental States, referring to Perrys findings published in
the International Society for the Study of Multiple Personality and
Dissociation Newsletter, 1992, p. 4).
Updates of the empirical evidence of ritual abuse will appear in the
soon-to-be-released book, “Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations” (2008),
edited by James Randall Noblitt, Ph.D. & Pamela Sue Perskin.
Numerous court decisions (criminal, family, juvenile, and civil) have
been based on findings of ritual abuse. One list entitled, “The
Satanism and Ritual Abuse Archive”, by Diana Napolis, is published on
the world-wide web at:
http://www.endritualabuse.org/ritualabusearchive.htm This archive
contains 92 cases as of February 12, 2008. In one notable civil case,
the Honorable Warren K. Urbom, Senior United States District Judge,
Omaha, Nebraska, awarded a million dollar judgement on February 27,
1999 to Paul Bonacci, based on sexual abuse (including pornography and
orgies) and false imprisonment of Bonacci as a child, in the infamous
Franklin ritual cult/sex/drug ring case. This case is discussed in
depth in John De Camps 1994 book, "The Franklin Cover-Up". Numerous
important cases are still to be added to the archive, including the
2006 criminal conviction of Father Gerald Robinson for the ritualistic
murder in 1980 of Sister Margaret Ann Pahl.
An other interesting case involving possible ritual abuse just
appeared in the news in January, 2008. Lawrence Douglas Harris, Sr.,
was charged with first-degree murder of his step-daughters in Sioux
City, Iowa.
Court documents state that Harris told police he "had been casting a
spell that had gone bad, and that the spell could have had severe
consequences." No other detail is available at present.
The post-trial geological survey under the McMartin preschool's
foundation yielded convincing corroboration of the children's reports
of being taken through underground tunnels beneath the school to get
to abusive rituals (see: "The Dark Tunnels of McMartin", Summit, R.C.,
http://www.geocities.com/kidhistory/mcmartin.htm ). The media widely
portrayed the allegations of ritual abuse at the McMartin preschool as
having resulted from therapists and investigators using poor interview
techniques with the children. The geological survey argues otherwise.
A good deal more information on ritual abuse would be available if it
were not for the secrecy preserved by the organized criminal groups
that commit this abuse, the profound fear of disclosure among victims
(Fraser; 1997b; Young & Young, 1997), and the abusers’ skilled use of
torture to cause their victims to become highly dissociative and
generally amnestic for their abuse.
Proponents of the position that memories of ritual abuse are false or
grossly exaggerated, e.g., the False Memory Syndrome Foundation, were
a strong international political force in suppressing the reality of
ritual abuse beginning in the mid-1990's. They launched an aggressive
media campaign and lobbied legislators, asserting their position that
individuals reporting ritual abuse were influenced to believe they
were ritually abused by negligent or malpracticing psychotherapists
and by a social climate of “moral panic” and “mass hysteria”. This led
to considerable influence on public opinion and considerable presence
in the courts, particularly in malpractice claims against therapists
and investigators.
This media campaign and hostile legal climate influenced many law
enforcement officials receiving reports of ritual abuse, and many
physicians and psychotherapists hearing disclosure of ritual abuse, to
be very skeptical of accounts of ritual abuse, and to tend to
stigmatize reporting individuals as delusional, schizophrenic, or
otherwise seriously mentally ill. Physicians and therapists who
believe that their patients have trauma based in ritual abuse are
often very guarded about divulging this clinical data, making reports
of such abuse to law enforcement and child protection, sharing their
findings with their colleagues, and writing about treating trauma from
ritual abuse. All of this results in tremendous suppression of this
information (Brown, Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Coons, 1997; Whitfield,
Silberg, & Fink, 2002; Young & Young, 1997). This is the basis for the
sharp reduction in publications about ritual abuse in the mid 1990s to
the present.
There are recent indications that the tide is beginning to turn. Two
professional psychology books that address ritual abuse in depth have
just been accepted for publication, and are expected to be released by
mid-2008. These are, “Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations” (2008),
edited by James Randall Noblitt, Ph.D. & Pamela Sue Perskin, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers, and, “Forensic Aspects of Dissociative
Identity Disorder” (2008), edited by Adah Sachs and Graeme Galton.
London: Karnac Books.
Bibliography
Belitz, J., and Schacht, A. (1992). Satanism as a response to abuse:
The dynamics and treatment of satanic involvement in male youths.
Adolescence, 27, 855-872.
Bernet W, Chang DK. (1997). The differential diagnosis of ritual abuse
allegations. Journal of Forensic Science, 42(1), 32-38.
Bloom, S.L. (1994) . Hearing the survivors voice: Sundering the wall
of denial. Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 461-477.
Boat, B.W. (1991). Caregivers as surrogate therapists in treatment of
a ritualistically abused child. In W.N. Friedrich (Ed.) , Casebook of
sexual abuse treatment., (pp. 1-26). New York: Norton.
Boyd, A. (1991). Blasphemous rumors: Is Satanic ritual abuse fact or
fantasy? An investigation. London: HarperCollins
Brown, D. (1994). Satanic ritual abuse: A therapist's handbook.
Denver,
CO: Blue Moon Press.
Brown, D., Scheflin, A.W., & Hammond, D.C. (1998). Memory, trauma
treatment, and the law: An essential reference on memory for
clinicians, researchers, attorneys, and judges. New York: Norton.
Carlson, E.B., Putnam, F.W., Ross, C.A., Torem, M., Coons, P., Dill,
D.L., Loewenstein, R.J., & Braun, B.G. (1993). Validity of the
Dissociative Experiences Scale in screening for multiple personality
disorder: A multicenter study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150(7),
1030-1036.
Chu, J.A., Frey, L.M., Ganzel, B.L., & Matthews, J.A. (1999). Memories
of childhood abuse: Dissociation, amnesia, and corroboration. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156(5), 749-755.
Clark, C.M. (1994), Clinical assessment of adolescents involved in
Satanism. Adolescence, Summer, XXIV (114), 461-468.
Clay, C. (1996). More Than A Survivor. University of Saskatchewan
Press.
Coleman, J. (1994). Presenting features in adult victims of Satanist
ritual abuse. Child Abuse Review, 3: 83-92.
Comstock, C. (1991). The inner self helper and concepts of inner
guidance: Historical antecedents, its role within dissociation, and
clinical utilization. Dissociation, 4(3), 165-177.
Comstock, C.M. & Vickery, D. (1992). The therapist as victim: a
preliminary discussion. Dissociation, 5(3), 155-158.
Cook, C. (1991). Understanding ritual Abuse: A study of thirty-three
ritual abuse survivors. Treating Abuse Today, 1(4), 14-19.
Coons, P.M. (1997). Satanic ritual abuse: First research and
therapeutic implications. In G.A. Fraser (Ed.), The dilemma of ritual
abuse:
Cautions and guides for therapists (pp. 105-117). Washington, DC:
American Psychiatric Press.
Cozolino, L. J. (1989). The ritual abuse of children: Implications for
clinical practice and research. The Journal of Sex Research, 26 (1),
131-138.
Cozolino, L. J. (1990) Ritualistic child abuse, psychopathology, and
evil. Journal of Psychology and Theology, 18 (3), 218-227.
Crabtree, A. (1993). Puzzling over possession: Comments on
Dissociation articles on possession, Dissociation, 6(4), 254-259.
De Mause (1994). Why cults terrorize and kill children. The Journal of
Psychohistory, 21(4), 505-518.
Draijer, N. & Langeland, W. (1999). Childhood trauma and perceived
parental dysfunction in the etiology of dissociative symptoms in
psychiatric in-patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(3),
379-385.
Driscoll, L. N. & Wright, C. (1991). Survivors of childhood ritual
abuse: Multi-generational Satanic cult involvement. Treating Abuse
Today, 1(4), 5--13.
Edwards, L. M. (1990). Differentiating between ritual assault and
sexual abuse. Journal of Child and Youth Care, 6(4), 67-89.
Ehrensaft, D. (1992). Preschool child sex abuse: The aftermath of the
Presidio case. The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 62(2),
234-244.
Emerson, S., & Syron, Y. (1995). Adolescent Satanism: Rebellion
masquerading as religion. Counseling & Values, 39, 145-159.
Evers-Szostak, M. & Sanders, S. (1992). The Children's Perceptual
Alteration Scale (CPAS): A measure of children's dissociation.
Dissociation, 2 (June), 91-98.
Fagan, J. & McMahon, P.P. (1984). Incipient multiple personality in
children: Four cases. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 172
(1), 26-36.
Faller, K.C. (1994, Spring). Ritual abuse: A review of research. APSAC
Advisor, 7(1), pp. 1, 19-27.
Feldman, G.C. (1993). Lessons in evil, lessons from the light: A true
story of Satanic abuse and spiritual healing. New York: Crown
Publishers.
Fewster, G. (1990). In the shadow of Satan: The ritual abuse of
children. Journal of Child and Youth Care Special Issue. Calgary:
University of Calgary Press: Calgary
Fine, C. (1989). Treatment errors and iatrogenesis across therapeutic
modalities in MPD and allied dissociative disorders. Dissociation, 2
(2), 77-82.
Finkelhor, D., Williams, L. M., & Burns, N. (1988). Nursery Crimes.
Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Fraser G. A. (1990). Satanic Ritual Abuse: A cause of multiple
personality disorder. Journal of Child and Youth Care, Special Issue,
55-65.
Fraser, G (1991). The dissociative table technique: a strategy for
working with ego states in dissociative disorders and ego-state
therapy, Dissociation, 4(4), 205-213.
Fraser, G. (1993). Special treatment techniques to access the inner
personality system of multiple personality disorder patients.
Dissociation, 6(2/3), 193-198.
Fraser, G. (1993). Exorcism rituals: effects on multiple personality
disorder patients. Dissociation, 6(4), 239-244.
Fraser, G.A. (1997a). The dilemma of ritual abuse: Cautions and guides
for therapists. Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Press.
Fraser, G.A. (1997b). Visions of memories: A patient's visual
representation of ritual abuse ceremonies. In G.A. Fraser (Ed.), The
dilemma of ritual abuse: Cautions and guides for therapists (pp.
183-196). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Friesen, J. G. (1991). Uncovering the Mystery of MPD. San Bernadino,
California: Here's Life Publishing.
Friesen, J. G. (1992). Ego-Dystonic or Ego-Alien: Alternate
Personality or Evil Spirit? Journal of Psychology and Theology. 20(3),
197-200.
Friesen, J. G. (1993). More than Survivors: Conversations with
Multiple Personality Clients. San Bernadino, California: Here's Life
Publishing.
Gallagher, B. (2001). Assessment and intervention in cases of
suspected ritual child sexual abuse. Child Abuse Review, 10, 227-242.
Golston, J. (1993). Ritual abuse: Raising hell in psychotherapy:
Creation of cruelty: The political military and multigenerational
training of torturers: Violent initiation and the role of traumatic
dissociation. Treating Abuse Today, 3(6), 12-19.
Gonzalez, L.S., Waterman, J., Kelly, R.J., McCord, J., & Oliveri,
M.K.
(1993). Children's patterns of disclosures and recantations of sexual
and ritualistic allegations in psychotherapy. Child Abuse and Neglect,
17, 281-289.
Goodman, G.S., Qin, J., Bottoms, B.L., & Shaver (1994).
Characteristics and sources of allegations of ritualistic child abuse:
Final report to the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.
[Unpublished manuscript].
Goodman, G. S., Quas, J. A., Bottoms, B. L., Qin, J., Shaver, P. R.,
Orcutt, H., & Shapiro, C. (1997). Children's religious knowledge:
Implications for understanding satanic ritual abuse allegations. Child
Abuse and Neglect, 21(11), 1111-1130.
Goodwin, J. (1993). Sadistic abuse: Definition, recognition, and
treatment. Dissociation, 6(2/3), 181-187.
Goodwin, J.M. (1994). Credibility problems in sadistic abuse. The
Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 479-496.
Goodwin, J, Hill, S. & Attias, R. (1990). Historical and folk
techniques of exorcism: applications to the treatment of dissociative
disorders.
Dissociation, 3(2), 94-101.
Gould, C. (1992). Diagnosis and treatment of ritually abused
children.
In D.K. Sakheim & S.E. Devine (Eds.), Out of darkness: Exploring
Satanism and ritual abuse (pp. 207-248). New York: Lexington Books.
Gould, C. (1995). Denying ritual abuse of children. Journal of
Psychohistory, 22(3), 329-339.
Gould, C., & Cozolino, L. (1992). Ritual abuse, multiplicity, and mind-
control. Journal of Psychology and Theology. 20(3): 194-196.
Gould, C. & Graham-Costain, V. (1994). Play therapy with ritually
abused children. Treating Abuse Today, 4(2), 4-1; 4(3), 14-19.
Gould, C. & Neswald, D. (1992). Basic treatment and program
neutralization strategies for adult MPD survivors of satanic ritual
abuse. Treating Abuse Today, 2(3), 5--10.
Graves, S.M. (1989). Dissociative disorders and dissociative symptoms
at a community mental health center. Dissociation, 2(3), 119-127.
Greaves, G. B. (1992). Alternative hypotheses regarding claims of
satanic cult activity. A critical analysis. In D. K. Sakheim, & S. F.
Devine, (Eds.), Out of Darkness: Exploring Satanism and Ritual Abuse.
(pp. 45-72). New York: Lexington Books.
Groenendijk, I. & van der Hart, O. (1995). Treatment of DID and DDNOS
patients in a regional institute for ambulatory mental health care in
the Netherlands: a survey. Dissociation, 8(2), 73-83.
Hammond, D. C. (1992). Hypnosis in MPD: Ritual abuse (also known as
The Greenbaum speech), Fourth Annual Eastern Regional Conference on
Abuse and Multiple Personality. Downloaded on 2-21-2003:
http://home.att.net/~mcra/green.htm
Harvey, S. (1993). Ann: Dynamic play therapy with ritual abuse. In T.
Kottman & C. Schaefer, C. (Eds.). Play therapy in action: A casebook
for practitioners (pp. 371-415). Northvale, New Jersey: Aronson..
Hassan, S. (1990). Combating cult mind control. Rochester, VT: Park
Street Press.
Hassan, S. (2000). Releasing the bonds: Empowering people to think for
themselves. Danbury, CT : Aitan Publishing.
Hendrickson, K. M., McCarty, T., & Goodwin, J. (1990). Animal alters:
case reports, Dissociation, 3(4), 218-221.
Hersha, L., Hersha, C., Griffis, D., & Schwarz, T. (2001). Secret
weapons: Two sisters terrifying true story of sex, spies, and
sabotage.
Far Hills, New Jersey: New Horizon Press.
Hill, S. & Goodwin, J. (1989) Satanism; Similarities between patient
accounts and pre-Inquisition historical sources. Dissociation, 2(1),
39-44.
Hornstein, N.L. (1993). Recognition and differential diagnosis of
dissociative disorders in children and adolescents. Dissociation,
6(2/3), 136-144.
Hudson, P.S. (1990). Ritual child abuse: A survey of symptoms and
allegations. Special issue: In the shadow of Satan: The ritual abuse
of
children. Journal of Child and Youth Care, 27-54.
Hudson, P.S. (1991). Ritual child abuse: discovery, diagnosis and
treatment. Saratoga, CA: R & E Publishers.
Ireland, S.J. & Ireland, M..J. (1994). A case history of family and
cult
abuse. The Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 417-428.
Johnson, M. (1994). Fear and power: From naivete to a believer in
cult
abuse. The Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 435-441.
Jones, D.P.H. (1991). Ritualism and child sexual abuse. Child Abuse
and
Neglect, 15, 163-170.
Jonker, F. & Jonker-Bakker, P. (1991). Experiences with ritualistic
child sexual abuse: A case study from the Netherlands. Child Abuse
and
Neglect, 15(3), 191-196.
Jonker, F; Jonker-Bakker, I. (1997). Effects of Ritual Abuse: The
results of three surveys in the Netherlands. Child Abuse & Neglect,
21(6) 541-556
Kelley, S.J. (1989). Stress responses of children to sexual abuse and
ritualistic abuse in day-care centers. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 4(4), 501-513.
King, G. F.; Yorker, B. (1996). Case studies of children presenting
with
a history of ritualistic abuse. Journal of Child and Adolescent
Psychiatric Nursing, 9(2), pp.18-26.
Kinscherff, R. & Barnum, R (1992). Child forensic evaluation and
claims
of ritual abuse or Satanic cult activity: A critical analysis. In D.K.
&
S.E. Devine (Eds.), Out of Darkness: Exploring Satanism and ritual
abuse. 73-107. New York, NY: Lexington Books.
Kluft, R.P. (1988). The phenomenology and treatment of extremely
complex
multiple personality disorder. Dissociation, 1(4), 47-58.
Kluft, R.P. (1989a). Iatrogenic creation of new alter personalities.
Dissociation, 2(2), 83-91.
Kluft, R. P. (1989b). Editorial : Reflections on allegation of ritual
abuse. Dissociation, 2(4), 191-193.
Kluft, R.P. (1994). Treatment trajectories in multiple personality
disorder. Dissociation, 7(1), 63-76.
Kluft, R. P. (1995). Six completed suicides in dissociative identity
disorder patients: Clinical observations, Dissociation, 8(2), 104-111.
La Fontaine, J.S. (1993). Defining organized sexual abuse. Child
Abuse
Review, 2, 223-231.
Lawrence, K.J., Cozolino, L., & Foy, D.W. (1995). Psychological
sequelae
in adult females reporting childhood ritualistic abuse. Child Abuse
and
Neglect, 19(8), 975-84.
Leavitt, F. (1994). Clinical correlates of alleged Satanic abuse and
less controversial sexual molestation. Child Abuse and Neglect, 18
(4),
387-392.
Leavitt F, & Labott, S. M.(1998). Revision of the Word Association
Test
for assessing associations of patients reporting Satanic ritual abuse
in
childhood. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 54(7), 933-943.
Lloyd, D. W. (1992). Ritual child abuse: Definitions and assumptions.
Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 1(3), 1-14.
Lockwood, C. (1993) Other altars: Roots and realities of cultic and
Satanic ritual abuse and multiple personality disorder. Minneapolis,
MN:
Compcare.
Lotto, D. (1994). On witches and witch hunts: Ritual and Satanic cult
abuse. The Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 373-396.
Luxenberg, T., Spinazzola, J., &. van der Kolk, B. (2001). Complex
trauma and Disorders of Extreme Stress (DESNOS): Diagnosis, part one:
Assessment. Directions in Psychiatry (21), Downloaded on 8-24-2003:
http://www.traumacenter.org/webarticles.html
Luxenberg, T., Spinazzola, J., Hidalgo, J., Hunt, C., &. van der
Kolk,
B. (2001), Complex trauma and Disorders of Extreme Stress (DESNOS)
Diagnosis, part two: Treatment. Directions in Psychiatry (21),
Downloaded on 8-24-2003: http://www.traumacenter.org/webarticles.html
Macfarland, R.B.,& Lockerbie, G. (1994). Difficulties in treating
ritually abused children. Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 429-434.
Mandell, H. E. & Schiff, M.(1993). Schizophrenia or terrifying
reality?
A supervisor's dilemma. The Clinical Supervisor, 11(20, 127-133.
Mangen, R. (1992). Psychological testing and ritual abuse. In D.K.
Sakheim & S.E. Devine (Eds.), Out of darkness: Exploring Satanism and
ritual abuse (pp. 147-173). New York: Lexington.
Mayer, R.S. (1991). Satan's Children: Case Studies in Multiple
Personality. New York: Putnam.
MacHovec, F. (1992) Cults: Forensics and therapeutic aspects.
Behavior
Sciences and the Law, 10, 31-37.
McCulley, D. (1994). Satanic ritual abuse: A question of memory.
Psychology and Theology, 22(3), 167-172.
McFadyen, A., Hanks, H., & James, C. (1993) Ritual abuse: A
definition.
Child Abuse Review, 2, 35-41.
Moriarty, A. R., (1991) Adolescent Satanic cult dabblers: A
differential
diagnosis. Journal of Mental Health Counseling, 13(3), pp. 393--404.
Moriarty, A. (1992) The psychology of adolescent Satanism: A guide
for
parents, counselors, clergy, and teachers. Westport, CT: Praeger
Publishers/Greenwood.
Neswald, D., & Gould, C. (1993). Basic treatment and program
neutralization strategies for adult MPD Survivors of Satanic ritual
abuse. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (3), 14-19.
Neswald, D., Gould, C., & Graham-Costain, V. (1991).Common programs
observed in survivors of Satanic ritual abuse. The California
Therapist,
3 (5), 47 50.
Noblitt, J.R. (1995). Psychometric measures of trauma among
psychiatric
patients reporting ritual abuse. Psychological Reports, 77(3),
743-747.
Noblitt,, J.R. & Perskin, P. (2000). Cult and ritual Abuse: Its
history,
anthropology, and recent discovery in contemporary America; Revised
edition. Westport, CT: Praeger Publishers.
Nurcombe, B & Unutzer, J (1991). The ritual abuse of children:
clinical
features and diagnostic reasoning. Journal of the American Academy of
Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 30(2), 272-276.
Ogawa, J.R., Sroufe, A., Weinfield, N.S., Carlson, E.A., & Egeland,
B.
(1997). Development and the fragmented self: Longitudinal study of
dissociative symptomatology in a nonclinical sample. Development and
Psychopathology, 9, 855-879.
Oksana, C. (1994, revised 2001) Safe passage to healing: A guide for
survivors of ritual abuse. NY: Harper Perennial.
Paley, K.S. (1992). Dream wars: a case study of a woman with multiple
personality disorder. Dissociation, 5(2), 111-116.
Pelcovitz D, van der Kolk BA, Roth S, Mandel, F., Kaplan, S., &
Resicket, P. (1997). Development of a criteria set and a structured
interview for disorder of extreme stress (SIDES). Journal of
Traumatic
Stress,10(1):316.
Perlman, S. D. (1995). One analyst's journey into darkness:
Countertransference resistance to recognizing sexual abuse, ritual
abuse, and multiple personality disorders. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis, 23(1), 137-51.
Peterson, G. (1991). Children coping with trauma: Diagnosis of
"dissociation identity disorder". Dissociation Progress in the
Dissociative Disorders, 4(3), 152-164.
Peterson, G. (1996). Treatment of early onset. In J.L. Spira & I.D.
Yalom (Eds.). Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder (pp. 135-181).
San
Francisco: Josey-Bass.
Putnam, F.W. (1997). Dissociation in children and adolescents: A
developmental perspective. New York: Guilford Press.
Putnam, F.W., Helmers, K., Horowitz, L.A., & Trickett, P.K. (1995).
Hypnotizability and dissociativity in sexually abused girls. Child
Abuse
and Neglect. 19(5), 645-655.
Pynoos, R.S., Steinberg, A.M., & Goenjian, A. (1996). Traumatic
stress
in childhood and adolescence: Recent developments and current
controversies. In B.A. van der Kolk, A.C. McFarlane, & L. Weisaeth
(Eds.). Traumatic stress: The effects of overwhelming experience on
mind, body, and society (pp 331-358). New York: Guilford Press.
Read, J., Perry, B., Moskowitz, A. & Connolly, J. (2001). The
contribution of early traumatic events to schizophrenia in some
patients: A traumagenic neurodevelopmental model. Psychiatry:
Interpersonal and Biological Processes, 64 (4). Downloaded on
6-7-2003:
http://www.childtrauma.org/CTAMATERIALS/Psychiatry_02.pdf
Rockwell, R.B. (1994). One psychiatrists view of Satanic ritual
abuse.
The Journal of Psychohistory, 21(4), 443-460.
Rockwell, R.B. (1995). Insidious deception. The Journal of
Psychohistory, 22(3), 312-328.
Rose, E. (1996). Reaching for the Light: A Guide for Ritual Abuse
Survivors and Their Therapists. Cleveland: Pilgrim Press.
Ross, C.A. (1989). Multiple personality disorder: Diagnosis, clinical
features, and treatment. New York: Wiley.
Ross, C.A. (1995). Satanic ritual abuse: Principles of treatment.
Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Rutz, C. (2001). A nation betrayed: The chilling and true story of
secret cold war experiments performed on our children and other
innocent
people. Grass Lake, MI: Fidelity Publishing.
Ryder, D. (1992). Breaking the circle of Satanic ritual abuse:
Recognizing and recovering from the hidden trauma. Minneapolis, MN:
CompCare Publishers.
Sachs, R.G. (1990). The role of sex and pregnancy in Satanic cults.
Journal of Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology and Health, 5 (2),
105-114
Sakheim, D.K. (1996). Clinical aspects of sadistic ritual abuse. In
L.K.
Michelson & W.J. Ray (Eds), Handbook of dissociation: Theoretical,
empirical, and clinical perspectives, (pp. 569-594). New York: Plenum
Press.
Sakheim, D.K., & Devine, S.E. (Eds.) (1992). Out of darkness:
Exploring
Satanism and ritual abuse. New York: Lexington.
Scott, S. (1993). Beyond belief: Beyond help? Child Abuse Review, 2,
243-250.
Scott, S. (2001). The Politics and Experience of Ritual Abuse: Beyond
Disbelief. Philadelphia: Open University Press.
Sinason, V. (1994). Treating survivors of satanic abuse. London, and
NY,
NY: Routledge.
Sinason, V. (2005). Just like others, Satanists abuse. Community
Care,
1571, 18-18.
Smith, C. (1998). The Magic Castle. New York: St. Martin's Press.
Smith, M. (1993). Ritual Abuse: What it is, why it happens, how to
help.
San Francisco: Harper.
Smith, M., & Pazder, L. (1981). Michelle Remembers. New York: Pocket
Books.
Smith, M.R. (1992). A reply to Ganaway: the problem of using screen
memories as an explanatory device in accounts of ritual abuse,
Dissociation, 5(2), 117-119.
Snow B. & Sorensen (1990). Ritualistic child abuse in a neighborhood
setting. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 5(4), 474-487.
Stafford, L. L. (1993). Dissociation and multiple personality
disorder:
A challenge for psychosocial nurses. Journal of Psychosocial Nursing
and
Mental Health Services, 31(1), 15-20.
Steele, K. H. (1989). A model for abreaction with MPD and other
dissociative disorders. Dissociation, 2(2/3), 151-159.
Steele, H. (2003). Unrelenting catastrophic trauma within the family:
When every secure base is abusive. Attachment & Human Development, 5
(4),
353-366.
Stratford, L. (1993). Satan's Underground. Gretna, LA: Pelican
Publishing.
Summit, R.C. (1994). The dark tunnels of McMartin. The Journal of
Psychohistory, 21(4), 397-416.
Tamarkin, C. (1994a). Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases,
Part
I. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (4): 14-23.
Tamarkin, C. (1994b). Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases,
Part
II. Treating Abuse Today, 4 (5): 5-9.
Tate, T. (1991). Children for the devil: Ritual abuse and Satanic
crime.
London: Methuen.
Uherek, A.M. (1991). Treatment of a ritually abused preschooler. In
W.N.
Friedrich (Ed.) Casebook of sexual abuse treatment. (pp. 70-92). New
York: Norton.
Valente SM. (1992) The challenge of ritualistic child abuse. Journal
of
Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, 5(2):37-46.
Van der Hart, O. (1993). Multiple personality disorder in Europe:
Impressions. Dissociation, 6(2/3), 102-118.
van der Kolk, B.A., McFarlane, A.C., & Weisaeth, L. (Eds.) (1996).
Traumatic stress: The effects of overwhelming experience on mind,
body,
and society. New York: Guilford.
van der Kolk B.A., Roth S., Pelcovitz D., Mandel F. (1993). Complex
PTSD: Results of the PTSD field trial for DSM-IV. Washington, DC:
American Psychiatric Association.
Van Benschoten, S.C. (1990). Multiple Personality Disorder and
Satanic
ritual abuse: The Issue of credibility, Dissociation, 3(1), 22-30.
Vesper, J.H. (1991). The use of healing ceremonies in the treatment
of
multiple personality disorder. Dissociation, 4(2), 109-114.
Waterman, J., Kelly, R.J., Olivieri, M.K., McCord, J. (1993). Beyond
the
playground walls: Sexual abuse in preschools. New York: Guilford.
Weir, I.K. & Wheatcroft, M.S. (1995). Allegations of children's
involvement in ritual sexual abuse: Clinical experience of 20 cases.
Child abuse and Neglect, 19(4), 491-505.
Whitfield, C.L., Silberg, J., & Fink, P.J. (Eds.) (2002).
Misinformation
concerning child sexual abuse and adult survivors. New York: Haworth
Press.
Williams, M.B (1991). Clinical work with families of MPD patients:
assessment and issues for
practice, Dissociation, 4(2), 92-98.
Wong, B., & McKeen, J. (1990). A case of multiple life-threatening
illnesses related to early ritual abuse. Special Issue: In the shadow
of
Satan: The ritual abuse of children. Journal of Child and Youth Care,
1-26.
Woodsum, G.M. (1998). The Ultimate Challenge: A Revolutionary, Sane
and
Sensible Response to Ritualistic and Cult-Related Abuse. WY: Action
Resources International
Young, W.C. (1992). Recognition and treatment of survivors reporting
ritual abuse. In D.K. Sakheim & S.E. Devine (Eds.), Out of darkness:
Exploring Satanism and ritual abuse (pp. 249-278). New York:
Lexington.
Young, W. C. (1993). Sadistic ritual abuse. An overview in detection
and
management. Primary Care, 20(2), 447-58.
Young, W.C., Sachs, R.G., Braun, B.G., & Watkins, R.T. (1991).
Patients
reporting ritual abuse in childhood: A clinical syndrome. Report of
37
cases. Child Abuse and Neglect, 15, 181-189.
Young, W.C. & Young, L.J. (1997). Recognition and special treatment
issues in patients reporting childhood sadistic ritual abuse. In G.A.
Fraser (Ed.), The dilemma of ritual abuse: Cautions and guides for
therapists (pp. 65-103). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Youngson, S.C. (1993). Ritual abuse: Consequences fro professionals.
Child Abuse Review, 2, 251-262.
Dan Sullivan
"childadvocate" <smar...@aol.com> wrote BS AFTER BS.
No one believes your outdated and disproven "evidence."
Try somewhere else.
It doesn't work on asCPS.
CPS Worker
No credible entries found
childadvocate
believe it. Those with a vested interest to pretend the data isn't
valid, question it and attack those that present it.
On Jan 25, 12:24 pm, "Dan Sullivan" <dsull...@optonline.net> wrote:
> "childadvocate" <smartn...@aol.com>
childadvocate
this page contains descriptions of graphic crimes of ritual abuse
“Anne’s parents confessed their atrocities—both in writing and verbally
—to clergymen, and to detectives from the Utah Attorney General’s
Office. Anne’s suppressed memories, which erupted when she was in her
mid-30s, were fully substantiated by her mother and stepfather.”
“After spending three years and $250,000 the Attorney General’s office
has finished its probe into ritual abuse. Now the 59-page report says
investigators found evidence of ritual abuse, but nothing that can be
prosecuted at this time.”
“Confessed, and even paid up. The parents settled out of court to pay
Jenny’s therapy bills.”
Anne’s Story of Deliverance From Satanic Ritual Abuse and her
Journey to Freedom “Hell Minus One” When Anne A Johnson Davis was just
three years old, her mother and stepfather began to physically,
sexually and mentally abuse her—in the name of Satan. Until she ran
away from home at 17, her parents and other cult members subjected her
to satanic ritual abuse, a criminally inhumane and bizarre form of
devil worship. In the middle of the night, Anne would be drugged and
forced to endure hours of ritualistic torture as a symbolic
sacrifice….The horrors Anne experienced, the astounding miracles that
helped her to survive, and the heal-or-die choices she made as an
adult to triumph over her tragic past, are revealed in her new book
Hell Minus One: My Story of Deliverance From Satanic Ritual Abuse and
My Journey to Freedom. Hell Minus One is different from other
previously published memoirs by victims of satanic ritual abuse.
Instead of distressing, heart-breaking accounts without collaborative
or corroborative evidence, Anne’s parents confessed their atrocities—
both in writing and verbally—to clergymen, and to detectives from the
Utah Attorney General’s Office. Anne’s suppressed memories, which
erupted when she was in her mid-30s, were fully substantiated by her
mother and stepfather….The book’s foreword was written by Lt.
Detective Matt Jacobson, who was the lead investigator with the Utah
Attorney General’s Office on Anne’s case in 1995. In April 1995, Anne
was interviewed by KTVX Channel 4 News and The Deseret News in Salt
Lake City for stories regarding a then newly released three-year study
by the Utah AG’s Office about ritual abuse. In those news accounts,
Anne’s identity was concealed as she explained some of the horrors of
her childhood. In Hell Minus One, Anne publicly blows the door open on
who she is and tells her story openly for the first time.
http://www.hellminusone.com/
“…I knew three years old was supposed to be the right age for sexual
activity… You were drugged with cough syrup and the light was shadowy
and flickering on the hooded and masked figures… He cut off your
nightclothes and panties. A dog was hung by the back feet, throat cut
and disemboweled and hind legs cut off. You were hung by your feet
after being bound. I let you be used as a symbolic sacrifice, my tiny
innocent child. I let you be painted with blood, have the dull side of
a knife across your throat and feet. You may have seen me go and
kneel… and take an oath that if anyone revealed anything done there or
your father did not make you children behave, I would kill you
children, him or myself.”
—An excerpt from one confession letter written by Anne’s mother
Foreword for Hell Minus One by Lieutenant Detective Matt Jacobson Utah
Attorney General’s Office (retired)
In the autumn of 1994, I was at the Utah State Attorney General’s
Office working under a legislative grant to investigate satanic
ritualistic abuse. …When Mike King, my AG detective partner, and I
traveled to a state in the Pacific Northwest to question Anne’s mother
and stepfather about allegations of satanic ritual abuse, we found the
contents of their confession letters to her to be true. They confessed
to us—in person. The allegations were confirmed. http://www.hellminusone.com/Links.html
http://www.johnsondaviscommunications.com/about.htm
Woman revisits the ‘Hell’ of ritual abuse By Ben Winslow Deseret
News 12/10/08 She isn’t Rachel Hopkins anymore. Anne A Johnson Davis
is shedding the moniker she used in a 1995 Deseret News story about
her childhood as a victim of ritualistic Satanic abuse and speaking
out in a memoir of her life. Davis, now a Lehi mother of three, is
stepping into the spotlight again with the publication of her book
“Hell Minus One.” “I have had enough healing and closure of my own, I
feel I’m in a place where I really feel the call to share what I have
to help others find courage,” Davis said in an interview Wednesday.
Davis’ story is so bizarre, it’s hard to believe it actually happened
— save for the fact that she has signed confessions from her mother
and stepfather, a financial settlement and investigators from the Utah
Attorney General’s Office who vouched for her. From age 3 until she
ran away at 17, she said she was sexually abused, tortured, bathed in
blood and forced to hurt her siblings in Satanic rituals. “They would
tell me, ‘Now you’re one of us. If you tell anybody, they won’t
believe you and they’ll put you in a mental hospital.’ And they
threatened to torture me until I was dead,” Rachel Hopkins said in
1995. It was a study by the Utah Attorney General’s Office that
downplayed ritual abuse that prompted Davis to come forward. At the
time, she insisted on a pseudonym and did interviews in silhouette.
“I’m glad that she’s come out of the shadows and she’s in the sunlight
to tell her story so other victims will speak out and know they don’t
have to be afraid anymore,” said Paul Murphy, a spokesman for the Utah
Attorney General’s Office who interviewed her as a TV reporter back in
1995. He also wrote a blurb on the book’s jacket. Davis still takes
issue with the attorney general’s report, which came out at a time
when ritual abuse was being attacked as indicative of false memory
syndrome — events and fantasies imagined by patients or planted by
unscrupulous therapists….The Utah Attorney General’s Office has no
plans to revisit the controversial study, but continues to investigate
any reports of ritual abuse. “We take all child abuse very seriously,”
Murphy said….When she ran away from home at 17, Davis said she cut
ties with her family and anyone associated with them. She heard her
stepfather died a few years ago but has no idea what happened to her
mother. She also isn’t scared about publishing the family secrets.
“Secrecy is their greatest weapon,” she said. “I don’t believe I have
anything to be afraid of.” http://www.deseretnews.com/article/1,5143,705269563,00.html
ABC News, KTVX Channel4, Salt Lake City, UT
coverage of Anne’s story http://www.hellminusone.com/Links.html
April 25, 1995 (Pseudonym “Jenny”)
“Good Afternoon and thanks for joining us. I’m Randall Carlisle.”
“And I’m Kimberly Perkins. The report is final. Ritual abuse exists in
Utah, but its hard to prosecute.”
Randall Carlisle: “After spending three years and $250,000 the
Attorney General’s office has finished its probe into ritual abuse.
Now the 59-page report says investigators found evidence of ritual
abuse, but nothing that can be prosecuted at this time.”
Kimberly Perkins: “The lack of prosecution of such reports does not
mean that the reports are factitious (Ritual Abuse Task Force).
Paul Murphy: “One woman who came forward to tell about ritual abuse
brought something no one else has - a confession from the
perpetrators. “Jenny” was only three years old when her parents
started sexually abusing her.
The bruises in this picture show she was physically abused as well.”
Jenny: “They would go through these very formal satanic rituals and I
would be abused and tortured and threatened with my life and used as a
sacrifice.”
Paul Murphy: “And most people would be skeptical of Jenny’s story of
satanic ritual abuse, except for one thing - her parents confessed.
In these letters the parents ask for forgiveness and describe the
abuse in detail. Her mother wrote: ‘He cut off your nightclothes and
panties. A dog was hung by the back feet, throat cut and disemboweled
and hind legs cut off. You were hung by your feet after being bound.’
Others have told similar stories, but had no physical proof.”
Paul Murphy:….Her father wrote: ’I performed the same sexual acts on
you at home. The sexual acts on you at home. The sexual abuse in our
home was a repeat of the ritual.’
Paul Murphy: “Confessed, and even paid up. The parents settled out of
court to pay Jenny’s therapy bills.”
Deseret News, Salt Lake City, UT - Page One Metro Section, April 25,
1995
Ritual abuse does exist, victim says by Jerry Spangler - Deseret News
Staff Writer
From the time she was 3 years old until she became a young adult,
Rachel Hopkins (not her real name) was ritualistically tortured,
raped, bathed in blood and threatened she would be killed if she ever
told anyone….
Like most victims of satanic ritual abuse, Hopkins remembered the
abuse many years later. But her case is significantly different from
others. She has the signed confessions of her parents - both of whom
admitted abusing her during satanic rituals - that corroborate every
memory she has of the abuse. The confessions offer much greater
detail of events Rachel could not have ever known. Hopkins’ parents
also confessed in detail to two investigators from the Utah Attorney
General’s Office and to the leaders of the church they attended.
Hopkins was also able to recover a photograph of herself as a child
that shows bruises inflicted during the ritual abuse. Her siblings
have also corroborated the events surrounding the ritual abuse….The
truth is they (occultists) do wear black robes, they do abuse
children, they do kill animals,” she said. “It exists, and to say
otherwise is to deny the facts in front of them. Our society used to
deny the existence of incest, too, because we didn’t want to believe
it.”….Two years and eight months ago, the memories started coming
back. At first, she couldn’t believe it either. She has heard of
satanic ritual abuse before but had never associated memories with
that behavior. “The first time I called my parents up and told them I
had been sexually abused and I knew they did it, they told me I was
hallucinating,” she said. “Since that time, they have written letters
to each of the children confirming everything in explicit detail.”
Dan Sullivan
> Wrong. The data was updated in 2008.
The data from which years?
1998 and earlier?
childadvocate
Many ritual child abuse cases never are prosecuted due to the
disbelief of authorities or the unlikelihood that young, severely
traumatized children will be able to withstand cross-examination.
A 1993 survey by the American Bar Association's Center on Children and
Family Law determined that 26 percent of prosecutors nationwide have
handled cases involving "ritualistic or sexual abuse." (Ross, 1994).
The ritualistic aspects of the crimes often are not presented in court
but are clearly indicated in the victims' accounts.*
Arkansas
West Memphis
Three teenagers were convicted in the cult killings of three 8-year-
old boys. Michael Wayne 'Damien" Echols, 19, and Charles Jason
Baldwin, 16, were convicted March 18, 1994, on three counts each of
capitol murder. (Chicago Tribune, 1994). A jury recommended the death
penalty for Echols and life in prison without pareole for Baldwin.
(Sullivan, 1994). A third teenager, Jessie Lloyd Misskelley, Jr., 18,
was convicted in February 1994, of one count of first-degree murder
and two counts of second-degree murder. He is serving a prison
sentence of life plus 40 years. (Beifuss, 1994)
Misskelley confessed to his role in the killings, telling police the
murders were linked to a cult ritual that included the rape and
mutilation of victims. (Chicago Tribune, 1993). West Memphis police
detective Bryn Ridge testified that elements in the case pointed to
the work of a satanic cult. (Sullivan, 1994).
Steve Branch, Christopher Byers and Michael Moore disappeared while
riding their bicycles in May 1993. Their nude bodies were found the
next day in a drainage ditch. The boys had been bound, raped and
beaten. (Chicago Tribune, 1993). One child had been sexually
mutilated. One witness testified that one of the defendants drank the
victim's blood. (Sullivan, 1994).
During the trial prosecutors presented evidence suggesting that Echols
was a satanist. Acquaintances said Echols carried a cat's skull to
school, wrote satanic poems, and claimed to worship the devil.
(Chicago Tribune, 1993). During his first police interview Echols told
Detective Ridge that his favorite author was Anton LaVey, author of
The Satanic Bible. (Sullivan, 1994). Mental health records indicate
that Echols' parents expressed concern about his possible involvement
in "satanism or devil worship" when he was hospitalized in 1992. Just
four months prior to the murders a clinician noted: "Damien explained
that he obtains his powers by drinking blood of others." (Sullivan,
1994).
One item brought to the attention of police was an underground
newsletter published by a cousin of Echols' 16-year-old girlfriend.
The 1991 edition of the Secret Order of the Undead or "SOUND" featured
a drawing of a winged demon molesting a woman, a list of 13 songs
"suitable to accompany any ritualistic murder" and a column
instructing children on how to build a homemade land mine.
(Perrusquia, 1993).
California
Bakersfield
Alvin and Deborah McCuan, Scott and Brenda Kniffen, and Rodney and
Linda Phelps (parents of Deborah McCuan) were indicted in 1982 on
charges of sexually molesting children. The alleged victims included
their own children, traded between families and used for group sex, as
well as children from the Bluebird troop run by Deborah McCuan and the
unlicensed day care facility in her home. The McCuans and Kniffens
were convicted on all counts in 1983, drawing aggregate prison terms
in excess of 1,000 years. The Phelps fled town and disapeared after
being charged with 33 counts.
Ritual elements in the case were ignored by authorities at the time.
(Newton, 1996).
In August 1996, a judge overturned the child molestation convictions
of Alvin and Deborah McCuan and Scott and Brenda Kniffen.** (Northwest
Herald, August 14, 1996).
A second intrafamilial child-sex ring was exposed and prosecuted in
Bakersfield, with trials continuing into 1985. Five adult defendants
were convicted, including: Richard Cox, 47 (14 counts); Ruth Ann
Taylor, 31 (14 counts); Anthony Cox, 25 (7 counts); George Cox, 24 (7
counts); and Theresa Cox, 21 (3 counts). Prison terms ranged from 10
to 41 years. (Newton, 1996).
Seven defendants in another Bakersfield child-sex ring were convicted
in August 1985, with multiple charges including child molestation and
endangerment, assault with a deadly weapon, and production of child
pornography. Wayne Forsythe, 28, was convicted on 41 separate counts.
Other defendants, each convicted on a minimum of 50 counts, included
Forsythe's wife, Colleen Dill Forsythe, 26; Ricky Pitts, 31, and his
wife Marcella Pitts, 29; Wayne Dill, 26 (Colleen Forsythe's brother);
Grace Dill, 50 (mother of Colleen Forsythe and Wayne Dill); and Gina
Miller. Cumulative prison sentences in the case came to 2,100 years.
(Newton, 1996).
Leroy George Stowe III was convicted on 16 counts of child molestation
and sentenced to 30 years in March 1985. Shortly after his conviction,
victims in the case expanded their disclosures to include graphic
descriptions of satanic ritual abuse and murders, involving nine more
defendants.
In January 1987, Gerardo Gonzales (facing 117 charges) pleaded no
contest to one count of molesting a 5-year-old girl, and Rev. Willard
Lee Thomas (facing 43 charges) pleaded no contest on two counts,
including child endangerment and unlawful sexual intercourse with a 17-
year-old girl. Both defendants were released from jail on the basis of
time served, and charges against the remaining defendants were
dismissed as part of their plea bargain.
In February 1987, a California appeals court reversed Leroy Stowe's
conviction on 12 of 16 felony counts, with the grounds cited as a
technical insufficiency in the pleadings.** (Newton, 1996).
San Diego County
Robert S. Wilkins, 38, and Lori Elizabeth Bartz, 22, were convicted in
July 1987 on 8 counts of sexual abuse involving children from Bartz's
unlicensed day-care center. The original list of charges, dating back
to 1984, included 92 counts of sex acts forced upon girls aged 10 to
15. The victims described displays of weapons, threats, and occult
rituals in which Bartz pretended to channel the voice of Satan,
telling the children "This is the devil; do as I say." Both defendants
received long prison terms. (Newton, 1996).
Santa Rosa
Darryl Ball and Charlotte Thrailkill plea bargained on molestation
charges and were sentenced to substantial prison terms. The
prosecutor's opening statement referred to the ritual aspect of the
crimes, and child victims described satanic ceremonies which included
ritual murders.
Colorado
Akron
Philip and Michael Schmidt pleaded guilty to molesting children
attending the day care center operated by their grandmother, Hazel
Riggs, who was sentenced on a lesser charge. A Denver Post report on
the case included ritual allegations by a child victim.
Denver
William L. Acree, former heroin addict and operator of a halfway house
for juvenile delinquents, was convicted in February 1983, on two
counts of prostituting children and one count of sexually assaulting a
child. Acree was sentenced to 90 days in jail, with 5 years suspended
on the condition that he undergo psychiatric counseling for at least 4
years.
The victims were male, ages 10 - 17 years old, who displayed satanic
tattoos and described themselves as members of Acree's
"coven." (Newton, 1996).
Connecticut
Bridgeport
Kerri Lynn Patavino, 28, a school bus driver, was convicted in August
1996 of statutory rape for seducing a 14-year-old boy who said she
engaged him in strange rituals during sex. (Northwest Herald, 1996).
The boy testified that Patavino once cut her arm with a razor blade
and forced him to lick her blood. According to police, Patavino sent
the boy love letters decorated with occult symbols and signed in her
blood. During the trial, Patavino wore a pentagram medallion around
her neck. (The News-Times, 1996).
Patavino was sentenced to six years in prison. (Northwest Herald,
1996).
Florida
Dade County
Francisco Fuster, 36, was convicted in 1985 on 14 counts of child
abuse and sentenced to a minimum of 165 years in prison. Fuster had
previously been convicted of lewd and lascivious assault on a 9-year-
old girl and had served four years in prison for homicide. More than
50 children accused Fuster and his wife, Iliana, of abuse that
included feces-eating, drugging, pornography, animal killings and anal
rape with a crucifix. Fuster's 7-year-old son was treated for
gonorrhea of the throat.
Iliana Fuster, a 17-year-old native of Honduras, also claimed to have
been battered and sexually abused by Fuster. She confessed to her role
in the crimes against the children and testified against her husband.
Iliana Fuster received a 10-year sentence. (Hollingsworth, 1986).
Stuart
James Toward, 58, owner of Glendale Montessori School, pleaded guilty
to child sexual abuse charges and received a 15-year sentence. His
office manager, Brenda Williams, 30, was convicted in 1989 and
sentenced to 6 years in prison.
Children described being threatened with guns and knives, photographed
for pornographic purposes, and forced to participate in sadistic
rituals. (The Orlando Sentinel, 1989).
Georgia
Hapeville
Walter P. West, Jr., a former juvenile officer, pleaded guilty on June
20, 1994, to 33 counts of sexual abuse. West was sentenced to 20 years
in prison, 20 years probation, and ordered never to be alone with
children.
Prosecutors said that West engaged in oral and anal sex with as many
as 13 children, fondled them, forced them to engage in sex acts with
other children, and filmed the assaults. Most of his victims were pre-
adolescent children who had problems at school and with the law. The
youngest victim named in the indictment was six years old. (The
Atlanta Journal/The Atlanta Constitution, 1994).
According to a case overview prepared by a special education teacher
who reported the abuse, some of the children said West forced them to
engage in bestiality and exposed them to animal killings. Other adults
in the community were implicated but no additional arrests were made.
(McCullers, 1994).
Illinois
Danville
Robbie Moore, a self-avowed "warlock," was convicted on January 30,
1997, of three counts of aggravated criminal sexual assault and one
count of aggravated criminal sexual abuse. Moore, 28, of Danville,
Illinois, was arrested in June 1996 when several children, some as
young as 4 years old, complained of being sexually abused after
joining an informal witchcraft club led by Moore and Kimberly Harris.
Harris, 26, pleaded guilty in October 1996 to fondling a 13-year-old
girl and is serving a 7-year prison term.
Sgt. John Howard, a juvenile officer with the Vermilion County
Sheriff's Department, said that "there appeared to be a connection"
between the sexual abuse and what he called "occult activity."
Prosecutors said Moore talked about black magic to both lure and
terrorize his victims.
Moore was sentenced to 67 years in prison. (Kelley, 1997 and S.O.A.R.,
1997).
Iowa
Edgewood
Michael Joseph Schildmeyer, 22, was convicted on second-degree sexual
abuse of a 4-year-old boy and sentenced to 25 years in prison. The
child testified that Schildmeyer abused him at the Sunshine Preschool
and Day Care Center operated by Schildmeyer's wife. The unlicensed
center was shut down by the state after children began disclosing
ritualistic acts involving stuffed animal decapitations, animal
killings, and bondage with ropes and chains. (Hubert, 1989).
Massachusetts
Malden
Gerald Amirault, 32, was convicted in 1986 of 15 counts of child
abuse, including rape and indecent assault, and sentenced to 30 to 40
years in prison. Nine children who attended the Fells Acre Day Care
Center testified that Amirault sexually assaulted them in a "magic
room" while dressed as a clown. One child testified that small animals
were killed. (Ross, 1986).
His mother, Violet Amirault, 62, owner of the school, and her
daughter, Cheryl Amirault LeFave, were given 8- to 20-year sentences.
In August 1995, a judge ordered new trials for Violet Amirault and
Cheryl Amirault LeFave.** (Rabinowitz, 1995).
On March 24, 1997, the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts ruled
against granting new trials for Violet Amirault, Gerald Amirault and
Cheryl LeFave. The court determined that any flaws at trial were
outweighed by the evidence presented by the prosecution. (The Survivor
Activist, 1997).
Pittsfield
Bernard Baran, Jr., a 19-year-old teacher's aide at a day care center,
was convicted of child molestation in January 1985. He was sentenced
to life, with parole possible in 15 years. Children testified that he
threatened to kill their parents if they disclosed the abuse. (Newton,
1996).
Michigan
Niles
Allan Barkman, co-owner of Small World Preschool, was convicted in
April, 1985, of molesting a 5-year-old boy and sentenced to 50 to 75
years in prison. Children told authorities they were driven to barns
where Barkman photographed them and tore off the head of a chicken.
Children said Barkman's wife, who was not charged, dressed up as a
witch. (Ross, 1986). Barkman's conviction was later reversed on
appeal.** (Newton, 1996).
Sanilac County
On October 20, 1994, Stephen Rogers, 30, and his live-in girlfriend,
Trudy O'Connor, 32, were found guilty of first-degree child abuse of a
9-year-old girl. The girl, Roger's daughter, was found in a dark walk-
in closet by Sanilac County sheriff's deputies. The child was shackled
by her ankle to a urine-soaked bed. Her arms had been tied behind her
back with a harness made of socks and safety pins. The only other
thing in the closet was a large, frightening Halloween mask, which
hung directly over the bed.
Family members said that Rogers and O'Connor believed the child was
"possessed." The girl's maternal grandmother reported suspected sexual
abuse in 1989 and 1990, after the little girl returned from visiting
Rogers. A medical examination confirmed scar tissue. Teachers from the
girl's school testified that she appeared malnourished, had bruises,
cuts and burns on her body, and often smelled of urine. (Flint
Journal, 1994).
Minnesota
Jordan
James John Rud, a 27-year-old garbage collector with two previous sex
abuse convictions, agreed to plead guilty and testify against other
defendants accused of abusing children in sex orgies, in exchange for
a lighter sentence. Rud gave police a 113-page statement in which he
graphically described sadistic assaults on children. (Emmerman, 1984).
Children ranging in age from 2 to 17 years old described being
molested by their parents, relatives and family friends during
ritualistic orgies. The children talked about playing games with
adults that culminated in sexual assaults and said they had been
drugged with alcohol and pills. Many referred to being photographed
nude and of seeing child pornography in Rud's trailer. (Crewdson,
1984).
In addition to Rud, 24 adults were charged with molesting 37 children.
(Emmerman, 1984). Two defendants were tried and acquitted when one
child witness recanted his accusation of abuse. (Chicago Tribune,
1984). The prosecutor dropped the charges against all other defendants
to avoid releasing 126 pages of police notes containing allegations
that implicated some of the former defendants in ritualistic child
murders. (Ogintz, 1984).
In January 1985, Rud was sentenced to 40 years in prison, the maximum
sentence allowable by law. (Chicago Tribune, 1985).
Mississippi
Oxford
Danny Walter Schertz, 48, a self-avowed former satanist, was sentenced
to 9 years in prison without parole for selling a 16-year-old girl
into prostitution. Schertz pleaded guilty to charges of kidnapping by
trickery and transporting a minor across state lines for prosecution.
F.B.I. agent Leonardo Floyd of Columbus, Mississippi, said Schertz
controlled the girl with stories of his satanic powers and threats of
harm to the girl and her family. Schertz forced the girl to have
satanic symbols tattooed onto her leg and buttocks and to have body
piercings in her private parts without anesthesia. (Kraft, 1996).
Nevada
Carson City
Martha Helen Felix and her nephew, Felix "Paco" Ontiveros, were
convicted of crimes against children who were placed in their
babysitting service. At a preliminary hearing in 1985, children
referred to drinking blood, killing animals, and other rituals.
Defendants' photographs of "mummified children" were produced at the
hearing. (Ross, 1986).
These convictions were later reversed on appeal.**
New Jersey
Maplewood
Margaret Kelly Michaels, a teacher at the Wee Care Nursery operated by
an Episcopal Church was convicted in April 1988 on 115 counts of child
sexual abuse and sentenced to 47 years in prison. Nineteen preschool-
aged children testified that Michaels sexually abused them and
subjected them to rituals involving urine, feces, peanut butter and
jelly, bloody tampons and penetration with silverware.
Her conviction was overturned in March 1993 by an appeals court on the
grounds that Michaels was denied a fair trial because expert testimony
was introduced that should not have been allowed and because child
witnesses were allowed to testify via closed-circuit TV.** (Chicago
Tribune, 1993).
In December 1994, prosecutors dropped the charges against Michaels in
order to spare the children the ordeal of testifying in a second
trial. (Chicago Tribune, 1994).
Michaels is suing the prosecutors, seeking $800,000 in attorneys fees.
(Chicago Tribune, 1996).
New York
Mount Vernon
Jeannette Martin, 51, was accused of holding children down while they
were raped and sodomized at an unlicensed day care center. Martin was
convicted on a misdemeanor child endangerment charge in February 1987,
and sentenced to one year in jail.
Co-defendant James Watt, 31, was convicted on 11 rape counts, 5 sodomy
counts and one count of child endangerment, and sentenced to 55 - 165
years in prison. In January 1992, an appellate court split 3 to 2 in
favor of overturning Watts' conviction on the grounds that the dates
of the offenses alleged in the indictment were "too vague." ** Two
dissenting judges voted to uphold the conviction on 6 counts related
to a single victim, but were overruled.
Three female victims were diagnosed with sexually transmitted
diseases. (New York Times and New York Law Journal).
North Carolina
Edenton
Robert F. Kelly, Jr., co-owner of the Little Rascals Day Care Center,
was convicted in 1992 on 99 of 100 counts of sexually abusing
children. Kelly was sentenced to 12 consecutive life terms, one for
each child who testified against him. (Chicago Tribune, April 23-24,
1992).
Twelve children testified that Kelly sexually molested them, forced
them to have sex with other children while being photographed, and
engaged in sexual acts in the presence of children. The children
described being forced to eat feces, threatened with snakes,
penetrated with toys, sticks and other objects, hung from trees and
tied in bags, and being present while infants were killed. (Allegood,
1991-1992).
Kelly's conviction was overturned on appeal in 1995.** The court ruled
that parents' testimony about children's behavioral symptoms was
outside the boundaries of permissible opinion from lay witnesses and
that testimony from a victim's father, who had previously been
retained as Kelly's defense attorney, should not have been allowed.
(Richissin, 1995).
On May 23, 1997, prosecutors dropped all remaining charges against
Robert F. Kelly, Jr. and Kathryn Dawn Wilson. Assistant District
Attorney Nancy Lamb said the children's parents were reluctant to put
them through the ordeal of another trial. (Thompson, 1997). Kelly is
awaiting trial on eight new counts of sexual abuse unrelated to the
day care case. The eight new indictments charge Kelly with raping,
abusing and taking indecent liberties with a 9-year-old girl during
the summer of 1987. Kelly is free on bond while awaiting trial. (News
& Observer, 1996).
Kathryn Dawn Wilson, 27, former cook at Little Rascals, was sentenced
in 1993 to life in prison after being convicted of one charge of first-
degree sex offense and four charges of taking indecent liberties with
a minor. Four children testified that Wilson touched their genitals,
forced them to participate in sexual acts, and had sex with Kelly in
front of children. (Allegood, 1993).
Wilson's appeal for a new trial was granted because information about
an "irrelevant" theft and Wilson's history of drug abuse was
prejudicial and should have been excluded.** (Richissin, 1995).
Kelly's wife, Elizabeth T. "Betsy" Kelly, 38, pleaded no contest on
January 21, 1994, to 30 charges of abusing 16 children. She was
sentenced to seven years in prison. (Allegood, 1994).
Willard Scott Privott, 45, a former video store owner, pleaded no
contest June 16, 1994, to over 30 charges of sexually abusing children
at the Little Rascals Day Care Center. Sixteen children said that
Privott sexually fondled them, forced them to commit sexual acts with
other children, with him and with day care employees, and photographed
and videotaped the assaults. (Quillin, 1994). Some children allege
Privott dressed as a pirate and took them on a boat where they said he
molested them, and that he killed babies and fed them to sharks in a
tank.
Smithfield
Patrick Figuered, a former electronics firm executive, was sentenced
to three consecutive life terms in 1992, after being convicted of
sexually abusing three children in 1988. The children, who were
between the ages of 2 and 5 years old when the abuse occurred,
testified that Figured and his girlfriend, Sonja Hill, molested them
at the unlicensed child care center Hill's mother operated from her
home.
The children testified that they were drugged and videotaped during
sexual assaults, sodomized with a screwdriver, and forced to
participate in satanic rituals in which adults wore capes and masks,
lit candles, burned Bibles, and forced children to drink urine and
blood. (Soloway, 1992).
Sonja Hill pleaded no contest to aiding and abetting the taking of
indecent liberties with children and was sentenced in July 1993, to 10
years in prison. (Eisley, 1993).
Winston-Salem
Ricky Martin Vernon, a former Boy Scout volunteer, pleaded guilty in
1989 to taking indecent liberties with 13 teenaged boys from 1981 -
1988, and was sentenced to 20 years in prison.
Vernon offered to initiate the boys into "The Order of the Circle." In
order to learn the ways of "The Circle," they had to participate in
religious rituals that included sex acts and a service that mimicked
Christian communion. (News & Observer, 1989).
Canton
Estella M. Sexton, 47, mother of 12 children, was convicted April 15,
1994, of sexually, physically and psychologically abusing her
daughter. The charges relate to abuse that occurred five years ago
when the daughter was eight years old. The girl testified that her
mother beat her, stripped her and sexually fondled her. An older
brother corroborated her story of abuse and described satanic rituals
that took place in the home.
Sexton's older daughter, Estella M. "Pixie" Good, 24, pleaded guilty
earlier in 1994 to manslaughter in the death of her baby. She told
authorities she smothered the baby after her father complained about
the baby's crying. (Knox, 1994).
Mansfield
Two teenage babysitters at the First Presbyterian Church were
convicted of sexually abusing children while the victims' parents
attended church services. Lawrence Rohde, 19, was convicted in 1992 on
7 counts of gross sexual imposition and sentenced to 14 years in
prison. (Boyd, 1992). Scott Butner, 17, pleaded guilty to 5 counts of
rape and received a 5 to 10-year prison sentence. (Trexler, 1992).
As many as 50 children described being sexually abused and taken from
the church to wooded areas where they said they were forced to
participate in child pornography, infanticide, and mutilation of
corpses. Victims' parents demanded that charges be filed against adult
church members who allegedly were involved, but only Rohde and Butner
were indicted. (Hobbs, 1992).
Oregon
Roseburg
Ed Gallup, Sr., Mary Lou Gallup and their son, Ed "Chip" Gallup, Jr.,
who together ran three Gallup Christian Day Care Centers, were accused
by over a hundred children of sexual molestation and ritual child
abuse. Children described animal killings, pornography, and sexual
abuse performed by adults wearing robes.
Ed "Chip" Gallup, Jr. was convicted on three charges of child sexual
abuse involving two children. Ed Gallup, Sr., a Nazarene minister, was
convicted on the testimony of a 5-year-old girl.
In November, 1989, Mary Lou Gallup's conviction was reversed because
of a discovery violation.**
Ed Gallup, Sr. and Ed "Chip" Gallup, Jr. are serving life terms.
Tennessee
Memphis
Frances Lucindy Ballard, a teacher's aide at Georgia Hills Early
Childhood Center, was convicted in 1987 on one count of aggravated
sexual battery and sentenced to five years in prison.
Nineteen children had initially accused her of sexual assault in June
1984, with allegations including satanic rituals, death threats, and
animal sacrifice.
In February 1991, Ballard's conviction was overturned on grounds that
one of several videotapes depicting police interviews with children
had been taped over, and thus erased, before it could be viewed by the
defense. Her other complaints, including allegations that the children
had been brainwashed, were described by the court as "meritless."**
(Newton, 1996).
Texas
Austin
Frances and Daniel Keller, operators of Fran's Day Care Center, were
convicted in 1992 of aggravated sexual assault of a 3-year-old girl.
The Kellers were sentenced to 48 years in prison.
Three children made allegations of abuse that included references to
being buried alive with animals, painting pictures with bones dipped
in blood, being shot and resurrected, digging up a body in a cemetary
and nailing it together, having giant germs implanted in their bodies,
and making pornographic movies at gunpoint. (Gamino, 1992).
El Paso
Two teachers at the YMCA day-care center were convicted of sexually
abusing children in El Paso, Texas. Michelle Noble, 34, was convicted
in March 1986 on 18 counts of molestation and sentenced to life plus
311 years in prison. Gayle Stickler Dove, 40, was convicted in October
1986, on 6 counts of child abuse and sentenced to three life terms
plus 60 years.
Two boys and five girls described abuse that included sexual assault,
child pornography, spankings with a plastic tennis racket, and occult-
type ritual activities by adults dressed in robes and monster
costumes.
Noble's conviction was overturned in 1987 when an appeals court
decided that allowing children to testify on videotape violated the
defendant's right to confront her accusers.** Several witnesses
withdrew from the case, and without their testimony, Noble was
acquitted at her second trial in April 1988.
Gayle Dove was granted a new trial in March 1987, after her conviction
had been set aside on appeal due to an allegation of jury
misconduct.** At her second trial, she was convicted on a single count
of aggravated battery and sentenced to 20 years. In 1989, her second
conviction was overturned on the grounds that three children should
have testified in person, rather than on videotape.** In April 1990,
prosecutors declined to try her a third time, citing the reluctance of
the victims' parents to put their children through the ordeal of
another trial. (Newton, 1996).
Utah
Lehi
Alan B. Hadfield was convicted on seven counts of "sodomizing and
sexually molesting" two of his children (Salt Lake Tribune, 1988) in a
case in which as many as 40 adults in the community were implicated as
perpetrators of satanic ritual abuse (Salt Lake Tribune, 1987). No
other charges were filed.
Virginia
Richmond
In 1984 two children, ages 7 and 5, were removed from their home due
to allegations that they had been sexually abused by their mother and
her boyfriend. The children said they were forced to witness the
murder of a 12-year-old girl during a cult ritual. The mutilated body
of 12-year-old Jessica Hatch was discovered in a remote area of
Hanover County. She had disapeared on February 5, 1984, while walking
to her grandmother's house.
Police found candles and occult paraphernalia, but said the children
"would freeze up... we couldn't tell whether they were telling the
truth or fantasizing." (Ross, 1986). The children were ruled
incompetent to testify and the sexual abuse charges were dismissed.
Gary Jay Beattie, 28, a convicted "peeping Tom" and friend of the
other two suspects, was arrested for making indecent proposals to a 9-
year-old girl and two 13-year-old girls. All three girls knew Jessica
Hatch and said that Beattie had also propositioned her. Beattie was
acquitted of accosting the 9-year-old, but entered a plea bargain on
outstanding sex charges involving the 13-year-old victims. His 5-year
prison sentence was suspended.
In 1988 Beattie was arrested again on multiple charges of voyeurism.
At his first trial in July 1988, he was sentenced to 60 days and a
$500 fine. He received a 3-year prison term in the second trial. A
third trial in October 1988 resulted in a mistrial because one of the
jurors was related to a police officer who investigated the case. A
retrial was held in December 1988, and Beattie was convicted on a
misdemeanor charge, with a 12-month jail term suspended.
In September 1991, while still on probation, Beattie was arrested on
new voyeurism charges.
No one has ever been charged with murdering Jessica Hatch, but local
newspapers referred to Beattie as the "closest thing to a suspect."
County authorities cited a "strong possibility" that Jessica Hatch was
killed in a satanic ritual. (Times-Dispatch and News Leader,
1988-1991).
Washington
Thurston County
Paul R. Ingram, a sheriff's deputy, confessed in 1988 to sexually
abusing two of his daughters in the context of satanic rituals. Ingram
pleaded guilty to six counts of third-degree rape and was sentenced to
220 years in prison.
Later, he attempted to withdraw his guilty plea, claiming he had been
coerced and had confessed while in a "trance-like state" to crimes he
never committed. In September 1992, the Washington State Supreme Court
rejected Ingram's motion to withdraw his guilty plea. (Wright, 1993).
Wenatchee
Five adults were convicted and 11 pleaded no contest in a child sex-
ring investigation involving 48 child victims.
Selid Holt, 34, was convicted and sentenced to 14 years in prison;
Michael Rose, 26, was convicted on 5 counts of child rape and
molestation and sentenced to 23 years; Doris Green, 34, who confessed
and then recanted her statement, was convicted at trial and sentenced
to 23 years; Randall Reed, 43, pleaded guilty on two counts of child
molestation and was sentenced to 80 months; Meredith Town, 37, an ex-
convict who pleaded no contest on 62 counts of child rape and 4 counts
of indecent liberties, was sentenced to 18 years and 4 months; Cherie
Town (Meredith Town's wife), also pleaded nolo contendere and was
sentenced to 10 years; Harold and Idella Everett both pleaded guilty
to molesting their own children, with Harold sentenced to 23 years and
Idella to 4 1/2 years. (Newton, 1996).
Child victims referred to the offenders as "The Circle" and described
being sexually assaulted and "swapped" in orgies that allegedly took
place at a Pentecostal Church. (Sunde, 1995).
Despite defendants' criticism of the investigation, a review by the
U.S. Justice Department found no evidence that defendants' civil
rights were violated. (Sex Crimes Digest, 1996).
Canada
Prescott, Ontario
Approximately 50 adults were convicted or pleaded guilty in a child
sex ring involving over 100 children.
Children described being abused in a basement by adults wearing masks
and sheets. They said they were raped, cut with knives, forced to
drink blood, and locked in a "dungeon" with a trap door. (Miller,
1995).
A multi-disciplinary team of social workers, prosecutors and police
investigating the case took the code name "Project Jericho" to honor
Joshua, a baby witnesses say was killed. (Steed, 1994).
Martensville, Saskatchewan
Travis Sterling, 25, was convicted in February, 1994, on eight charges
of sexual and physical abuse of children at his parents' unlicensed
day care home. Sterling was sentenced to five years in prison.
Travis Sterling and his parents, Ron and Linda Sterling, were among
nine people, including five police officers, arrested on more than 150
child abuse charges. Seven child witnesses testified to abuse that
included sexual assault, unlawful confinement and anal intercourse.
Weapons, a vibrator and pornographic magazines were found in the
Sterling home.
In addition to Travis Sterling, a 22-year-old woman who can not be
identified because she was a minor at the time of her offenses, was
convicted in 1993 on seven child abuse counts. (Wattie, 1994).
England
Nottingham
Twenty-five children were removed from an extended family and taken
into foster care following disclosures of incest and ritual child
abuse. In February, 1989, nine adults were sentenced for up to 10
years in prison after pleading guilty to 53 charges of incest, cruelty
and indecent assault. The children described being abused by adults
wearing costumes, being forced to eat excrement and drink blood, and
witnessing the killing of animals and babies. (Tate, 1991).
The Netherlands
Amsterdam
Rene Osterwalder, 38, and his girlfriend, Agostina Schonenberger, 21,
were convicted in February 1994 of illegal weapons charges and
attempted child abduction. Schonenberger testified that Osterwalder
had planned to abduct children, torture them to death in his
apartment, and dump their bodies into an aquarium filled with
piranhas.
Because the abductions apparently had not been carried out,
Osterwalder was sentenced to only 2 years in prison; Schonenberger was
sentenced to 6 months. However, they were ordered to serve their
sentences in Switzerland, where they face more serious charges of
child torture and sexual abuse.
Police found the following evidence in a search of the couple's
residences:
: * Six videotapes showing Osterwalder abusing three children ranging
in age from 6 months to 12 years old. The children were given electric
shocks, held under water and resuscitated, and abused with feces and
needles;
* Two tanks of hydrochloric acid in Switzerland and an aquarium with
piranhas in Amsterdam. (Osterwalder owned two homes in Amsterdam; one
was a former satanic church);
* A fully equipped torture chamber in Switzerland;
* Gynecological equipment, including a culposcope, speculum and
extractor;
* Professional video equipment;
* An Uzi rifle with laser visor, hundreds of bullets, two wristweapons
and a shooting pen; and
* Luggage with air openings, hand cuffs, and gags.
Osterwalder admitted he was a pedophile but insisted he had no plan to
kidnap children. (Jonker, 1993 and Newton, 1996)
New Zealand
Christchurch
Peter Hugh McGregor Ellis, 35, a former day care employee, was
convicted June 5, 1993, on 16 counts of sexual abuse relating to seven
children. Ellis was sentenced to 10 years in prison.
Children who attended Christchurch Civic Creche described bizarre
sexual abuse with references to frightening rituals. The children
allege they were removed from the day care facility and transported to
other locations, including a cemetary and a Masonic lodge, where they
were abused by adults dressed in black and white and wearing masks. In
addition to their reports of being used for pornographic purposes, the
children described being abused within a circle; chanting and
participating in mock marriages; being tied up and confined in cages
and boxes buried beneath the ground; being penetrated with needles and
sticks; witnessing the torture and killing of animals; being drugged;
being forced to hurt other children; having blood poured over their
heads; and consuming what they believed was human flesh.
Other Evidence
In addition to convictions other evidence has surfaced verifying the
existence of ritual abuse of children. Several case examples are given
below:
New Hampshire
On March 1, 1991, FBI agents arrested three men suspected of running a
major child pornography ring. The three men charged were Wayne H.
Bailey, 56, of Fairhaven, RI, an audio technician for a Providence, RI
television station; Brian K. Schultz, 44, a Barrington, NH man who
allegedly reproduced child pornography under the name "New England
Video Exchange"; and Mark Colen, 44, from Brooklyn, CT, who headed a
company that reproduced and distributed alleged pornographic films.
Law enforcement officials said videotapes recovered in searches of the
men's homes and businesses depicted pregnant women being tortured,
children being molested by adults, young women engaged in sexual
activities with animals, children urinating on each other and
ingesting human feces, and various bizarre sex acts with "satanic"
overtones. Some of the children were as young as six years old. (Ford,
1991 and Gaines, 1991).
District of Columbia
A police raid of a home and warehouse connected to the commune known
as "The Finders" resulted in the seizure of "several bags of evidence
reportedly containing photographs, computer records and other
documents." (Cawley, 1987). A customs agent investigating the case
noted that the documents "revealed detailed instructions for obtaining
children for unspecified purposes." (Tamarkin, 1994).
The customs agent's report listed the following evidence:
"One telex specifically ordered the purchase of two children in Hong
Kong. Other files referred to The Finders activities and members in
foreign countries. And there was a large amount of data collected on
various childcare organizations."
"In one area of the warehouse, according to the investigator's report,
there appeared to be an altar. Jars of urine and feces were located
nearby. The search warrants also turned up nude photos of children
with their genital areas accented and 'on display.' An album cotained
a series of photos of adults and children dressed in white sheets and
participating in the execution, disembowelment, skinning and
dismemberment of goats. One photo showed the testes of a male goat
being removed. Another showed a crying child looking at a decapitated
goat. In fact, the goat's head and goat skins were removed by Virginia
state police during a search of a farm belonging to The Finders
group." (Tamarkin, 1994).
Despite the urgings of the customs agent and several U.S.
Representatives, The Finders case was dropped "like a hot
rock." (Wilkin, 1993).
Belgium
Authorities are investigating a possible link between Belgium's child
sex and murder scandal and a self-styled Satanic Order of Abrasax.
Police seized 500 video cassettes believed to show hard-core child
pornography, computer discs, two human skulls and jars of animal
blood. (Sunday Express, 1997 and Sunday Times, 1996)
Finland
Police in Finland discovered a "massive computer library of child
pornography that included pictures of torture, mutilation, and
cannibalism." The owner of the child pornography was not arrested
because distributing hard-core child pornography is a minor offense in
Finland. (World, 1996.)
References
Allegood, J. (1991). "Abuse trial opens." The News & Observer, August
20.
"Child, 5, alleges more abuse at trial." The News & Observer, August
27.
"Mother says son told her of satanic chants at center." The News &
Observer, Sept. 11.
Allegood, J. (1993). "Jurors convict Rascals cook." The News &
Observer, Jan. 27.
Allegood, J. (1994). "No contest plea in Little Rascals child-sex
case." The News & Observer, January 22.
"Arkansas teen faces death sentence in murder of 3 boys." Chicago
Tribune, March 20, 1994.
Beifuss, J. (1994). "Misskelley guilty in boys' slayings." The
Commercial Appeal, February 5.
Boyd, B. (1992). "Rohde guilty on 7 counts." News Journal, March 18.
Cawley, Janet. (1987) "2 cult children show signs of sex abuse,"
Chicago Tribune, February 9.
"Child abuser gets 12 life sentences." (1992). Chicago Tribune, April
24.
"Child Exploitation," World (USA Today), September 7, 1996, p. 10.
"Child molester gets 40 years in Minnesota case." (1985), Chicago
Tribune, January 19.
Crewdson, J., Emmerman, L. and Ogintz, E. (1984) "Sexual abuse case
continues to haunt town in Minnesota." Chicago Tribune, December 16.
"Dad says girl was chained to restrict her self-abuse." Flint Journal,
March 21, 1994.
"Day-care owner guilty on 99 child abuse counts." (1992). Chicago
Tribune. April 23.
"Discovery of bound girl confirms many suspicions." Flint Journal,
February 19, 1994.
Eisley, M. (1993). "Woman loses gamble in sex abuse plea bargain." The
News & Observer, July 6.
Emmerman, L. (1984). "Charges of child sex-abuse ring rock town."
Chicago Tribune, August 27.
Emmerman, L. (1984). "Witness recants sex-ring story." Chicago
Tribune.
"Fells Acre Day-Care: Amiraults May Return to Prison." The Survivor
Activist (14), Vol. 5, No. 1, Spring, 1997.
Ford, Beverly. (1991). "Parents eye porn-ring link." The Boston
Herald, March 11.
Ford, Beverly. (1991). "Cape parents want porn case reopened." The
Boston Herald, March 18.
"Former Critic Reverses, Says 'The System Worked,'" Sex Crimes Digest,
1996.
Gaines, Judith. (1991). "Three Men Charged With Running N.E. Child
Pornography Ring." The Boston Globe, March 2.
Gamino, D. and P. Ward. (1992). "Garden of horror." Fort Worth Star-
Telegram, Dec. 20.
Hobbs, M.A. (1992). "Tales of satanism divide Mansfield." The Plain
Dealer, November 29.
Hollingsworth, J. (1986). Unspeakable Acts. Chicago: Congden and Weed.
Hubert, C. (1989). "Day-care abuse stuns Iowa town." Daily Herald,
December 4.
Jonker, F. and Jonker-Bakker, P. (1993). "Actuality in the
Netherlands," European Network for Backlash Research Newsletter Number
2, December.
"Judge orders couple to trial on charges of child abuse." Flint
Journal, 1994.
Kelley, M. "Ritual child-abuse allegations draw attention to Danville
case." The Associated Press, January 27, 1997.
Knox, D. (1994). "Sexton mother guilty of abuse." Akron Beacon
Journal, April 15.
Kraft, B. P.. (1996). "Ex-Satanist to Serve 9 Years on Sex Charges."
Clarion-Ledger.
"Little Rascals case reopened." (1996). The News & Observer, April 30.
"Man convicted of luring boys to sex rituals." (1989). The News &
Observer, August 27.
McCullers, L.C. (1994). "Case overview." July 14.
Miller, J. (1995). "Walls came a' tumbling." Winnipeg Free Press,
April 3.
"Molestation case," Northwest Herald, August 14, 1996.
"Murder suspect linked to Satanism." Chicago Tribune, June 6, 1993.
"Murders of 8-year-olds reportedly a cult ritual." Chicago Tribune,
June 8, 1993.
New York Law Journal. (1992). January 16.
New York Times. ( 1985 - 1987).
News Leader, May, 1988 - September 1991.
Newton, M. (1996) Guilty As Charged. Presentation at the International
Council on Cultism and Ritual Trauma Conference, April 12-14, Dallas,
Texas.
"No contest plea in Little Rascals child-sex case." (1994). The News &
Observer, Jan. 22.
Ogintz, E. (1984). "Dropping of sex cases investigated," Chicago
Tribune, October 17.
"Pair guilty of abuse in chaining girl to bed." Flint Journal, October
21, 1994.
"Parole denied for Little Rascals co-owner." (1994). The News &
Observer, April 16.
Perrusquia, M. and B. Sullivan. (1993). "Occult publications draw
scrutiny in triple slayings." The Commercial Appeal, September 29.
"Prosecutors sued." (1996), Chicago Tribune, June 16.
Quillin, M. (1994). "Little Rascals defendant pleads no contest, will
go free." The News & Observer, June 17.
Richissin, Todd. (1995). "Rascals convictions overturned." The News &
Observer, May 3.
Ross, A.S. (1994). "Blame it on the Devil." Redbook, June, 86-89, 110,
114, 116.
Ross, A.S. (1986). "Sensational cases across the country." San
Francisco Examiner, September 29.
Salt Lake Tribune, January 13, 1988.
Salt Lake Tribune, December 16, 1987.
"Satanic Link Feared in the search for young victims." Sunday Express,
January 12, 1997.
"Satanic Links to Belgian Murder Trail." Sunday Times, December 29,
1996.
"Sentencing ends child abuse ordeal." (1994). The Atlanta Journal/The
Atlanta Constitution, June 21.
S.O.A.R. Newsletter, Vol. 6, No. 6, May/June, 1997.
Soloway, C. (1992). "Raleigh man sentenced to 3 life terms for abuse."
The News & Observer, October.
"Son comes to parents' defense in child-sex trial." (1984), Chicago
Tribune.
Steed, J. (1994). Our Little Secret: Comfronting Child Sexual Abuse in
Canada. Toronto: Random House.
Sullivan, B. (1994). "Prosecutors seek to link occult in 3 boys'
deaths." The Commercial Appeal, March 8.
Sullivan, B. (1994). "Witness: Baldwin said he tasted boy's blood."
The Commercial Appeal, February 5.
Sullivan, B. (1994). "Echols gets death; Baldwin spared." The
Commercial Appeal, March 20.
Tamarkin, Civia (1994). "Investigative Issues in Ritual Abuse Cases,
Part II." Treating Abuse Today, 4(5), 5-9.
Tate, T. (1991). Children for the Devil: Ritual Abuse and Satanic
Crime. London: Methuen.
"Teacher's molestation conviction overturned." (1993), Chicago
Tribune, March 27.
Thompson, E. "Charges dropped in massive sex case." The Associated
Press, May 24, 1997.
Times-Dispatch, May 1988 - September 1991.
Trexler, P. (1992). "Butner pleads guilty." News Journal, February 21.
"2 teens convicted in slayings of 3 Arkansas boys." Chicago Tribune,
March 19, 1994.
"21 to tell of abuse at school." (1989). The Orlando Sentinel, April
5.
Wattie, C. (1994). "Child-abuser gets bail in Martensville case." The
Gazette (Montreal), February 10.
"Witch charged with sexually assaulting boy." The News-Times, August
2, 1996.
"Witch trial." Northwest Herald, August 22, 1996 and October 13, 1996.
Witkin, Gordon and Peter Cary. (1993). "Through a glass, very darkly."
U.S. News & World Report, December 27.
Wright, L. (1993). "Remembering Satan." The New Yorker.
* Because ritual abuse allegations often are not disclosed in
courtroom proceedings, this list represents only a portion of
convictions where ritual child abuse is a factor.
** A conviction is overturned on appeal when the appellate court finds
that the defendant was denied a fair trial due to a legal error.
Granting an appeal for a new trial does not constitute a ruling that
the crime for which the defendant was originally tried could not have
been committed.
childadvocate
childadvocate
childadvocate
Satanic Ritual Abuse and My Journey to Freedom” Transcript Bulletin
Publishing - ISBN 978-0-9788348-0-7 - 2008 “Anne’s parents confessed
their atrocities—both in writing and verbally—to clergymen, and to
detectives from the Utah Attorney General’s Office. Anne’s suppressed
memories, which erupted when she was in her mid-30s, were fully
substantiated by her mother and stepfather….The book’s foreword was
written by Lt. Detective Matt Jacobson, who was the lead investigator
http://www.hellminusone.com/
Karriker, Wanda (November, 2007). “Helpful healing methods: As rated
by approximately 900 respondents to the “International Survey for
Adult Survivors of Extreme Abuse (EAS).”
http://www.endritualabuse.org/Karriker%20ISSTD%20Paper%20November%2012,%202007.pdf
Karriker, W. (2008, September). Torture-based mind control as a global
phenomenon: Preliminary data from the 2007 series of Extreme Abuse
Surveys. In Torture-based mind control: Empirical research, programmer
methods, effects and treatment. Workshop conducted at the 13th
International Conference on
Violence, Abuse and Trauma, San Diego, CA.
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/eas-studies/torture-based-mind-control-as-a-global-phenomenon/
Karriker, Wanda. (2008, November). Understanding ritual trauma: A
comparison of findings from three online surveys - Paper presented at
the meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and
Dissociation, Chicago, IL.
http://ritualabuse.us/mindcontrol/eas-studies/understanding-ritual-trauma-a-comparison-of-findings-from-three-online-surveys
Lacter, E.; Lehman, K. (2008). “Guidelines to Diagnosis of Ritual
Abuse/Mind Control Traumatic Stress”. http://karnacbooks.metapress.com/content/h117u5253684526x/
Lacter, E. “Treating Dissociative, Abused and Ritually Abused,
Children, Part I” (2004) http://truthbeknown2000.tripod.com/Truthbeknown2000/id7.html
Lacter, E. & Lehman, K (2008). Guidelines to Diagnosis of Ritual
Abuse/Mind Control Traumatic Stress. Attachment - New Directions in
Psychotherapy and Relational Psychoanalysis. Volume 2, July 2008.
Lacter, E. & Lehman, K. (2008). Guidelines to Differential Diagnosis
between Schizophrenia and Ritual Abuse/Mind Control Traumatic Stress.
In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic,
Social and Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin
(Eds), pp. 85- 154. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
excerpt from the chapter http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/studies/ritual-abuse-diagnosis-research-2/
Lacter, E. (2008). Mind control: simple to complex. In A. Sachs & G.
Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp.
184-194. London: Karnac.
Lacter, E (2008-02-11). “Brief Synopsis of the Literature on the
Existence of Ritualistic Abuse”. http://endritualabuse.org/Brief%20Synopsis.htm
Pepinsky, H (2006) PEACEMAKING - Reflections of a Radical
Criminologist by Hal Pepinsky - The University of Ottawa Press
ISBN10: 0776606409 http://critcrim.org/files/Pepinsky_proofs_0.pdf
Salter, M. (2008) Organized abuse and the politics of disbelief (p.
243 - 283) in Proceedings of the 2nd Australian & New Zealand Critical
Criminology Conference 19 - 20 June 2008 Sydney, Australia - Presented
by the Crime & Justice Research Network and the Australian and New
Zealand Critical Criminology Network - Published by The Crime and
Justice research Newtork University of New South Wales December, 2008
http://www.cjrn.unsw.edu.au/critcrimproceedings2008.pdf ISBN:
9780646507378 (pdf)
Sarson, J. & MacDonald, L. (2008). Ritual Abuse-Torture within
Families/Groups. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16(4),
pp. 419-438. https://www.haworthpress.com:443/store/ArticleAbstract.asp?sid=GKL6RNSLURXB9PFCP3HCAPM5XE9N2W9D&ID=110371
http://www.informaworld.com/index/903766904.pdf
html article : http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/ftinterface~content=a903766904~fulltext=713240928
Sarson, J. and L. McDonald “Ritual Abuse-Torture in Families”, in
Jackson, N. (ed) Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence, Routledge, 2007
Scott, S. (2001). The politics and experience of ritual abuse: beyond
disbelief. Open University Press. ISBN 0335204198.
http://www.amazon.com/Politics-Experience-Ritual-Abuse/dp/0335204198
childadvocate
Publications on Ritual Abuse and Mind Control in 2008
Adams, J. (2008). Case Studies of Ritual Abuse Survivors: From Abuse
to Activism. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 541- . Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Anderson, A. (2008). Letter from a general practitioner. In A. Sachs &
G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder,
pp. 140–144. London: Karnac.
Ball, T.M. (2008). The Use of Prayer for Inner Healing of Memories and
Deliverance with Ritual Abuse Survivors. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-
first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp.
413-442. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Becker, T. (2008). "Organisierte und rituelle Gewalt" ("Organized and
Ritual Violence"). In Fliß CM & Igney C: Handbuch Trauma &
Dissoziation. Lengerich: Pabst Science Publishers.
Becker, T. (2008). Re-Searching for New Perspectives: Ritual Abuse/
Ritual Violence as Ideologically Motivated Crime. In Ritual Abuse in
the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and
Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds),
pp. 237-260. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Becker, Thorsten (2008). Rituelle Gewalt in Deutschland. (Ritual
Violence in Germany). In: Froehling Ulla: Vater unser in der Hoelle.
Bergisch-Gladbach: Lübbe
Becker T. & Overkamp B. (2008). Spezifische Anforderungen an die
Unterstützung von Opfern organisierter und ritueller Gewalt. In: Fliß
CM & Igney C: Handbuch Trauma & Dissoziation. Lengerich: Pabst Science
Publishers. (Specific Requirements for the Support of Victims of
Organized and Ritual Abuse).
Becker T. & Woywodt, U. (2007). Ritueller Mißbrauch: Auswirkungen der
Arbeit auf die Beraterinnen und die Beratung. In: Wildwasser
e.V.:Sexuelle Gewalt - Aktuelle Beitraege aus Theorie und Praxis.
Berlin: Selbstverlag. (Ritual Abuse: Consequences of working [in this
field] on cousellors and counselling)
Becker, T., Karriker, W., Overkamp, B. Rutz, C. (2008). The Extreme
Abuse Survey: preliminary findings regarding dissociative identity
disorder. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of
Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 32-49. London: Karnac.
Brown, J.B. (2008). A Therapeutic Relationship: Shifting Boundaries in
the Service of Healing. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 381-412. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Buck, S. (2008). The RAINS Network in the UK (Ritual Abuse Information
Network and Support). In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 307- 326. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Coleman, J. (2008). Satanist ritual abuse and the problem of
credibility. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of
Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 9-22. London: Karnac.
Cook, S. (2008). Opening Pandora’s box. P In A. Sachs & G. Galton
(Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp.
155-166. London: Karnac.
Cross, S. with “Louise” (and her alters) (2008). Am I safe yet? In A.
Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity
Disorder, pp. 62-78. London: Karnac.
Fliß CM & Igney C (2008). Handbuch Trauma & Dissoziation. Lengerich:
Pabst Science Publishers.Becker, T. (Chapters on Ritual Violence and
Organized Abuse)
Fotheringham, T. (2008). Patterns in Mind-Control: A First Person
Account. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological,
Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S.
Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 491-540. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed
Publishers.
Frohling, U. (in pre-publication, 2008). Our Father Who Art in Hell:
A Factual Account. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, pp.
355-362. J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds). Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Galton, G. (2008). Some clinical implications of believing or not
believing the patient. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic
Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 116-126. London:
Karnac.
Healey, C. (2008). Unsolved: investigating allegations of ritual
abuse. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of
Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 23-31. London: Karnac.
Kail, T.M. (2008). Magico-Religious Groups and Ritualistic
Activities: A Guide for First Responders. CRC.
Katchen, M. (2008). Interrelated Moral Panics and Counter-panics: The
Cult Brainwashing Panic and The False Memory/ Ritual Abuse Moral
Panic. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological,
Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S.
Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 193- 236. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed
Publishers.
Lacter, E. (2008). Mind control: simple to complex. In A. Sachs & G.
Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp.
184-194. London: Karnac.
Lacter, E. & Lehman, K. (2008). Guidelines to Differential Diagnosis
between Schizophrenia and Ritual Abuse/Mind Control Traumatic Stress.
In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic,
Social and Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin
Noblitt (Eds), pp. 85- 154. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Lacter, E. & Lehman, K (2008). Guidelines to Diagnosis of Ritual Abuse/
Mind Control Traumatic Stress. Attachment - New Directions in
Psychotherapy and Relational Psychoanalysis. Volume 2, July 2008.
Mallard, C. (2008). Ritual Abuse—A Personal Account And the
Unpublished Police Guidelines. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first
Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp.
327-336. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Miller, A. (2008). Recognizing and Treating Survivors of Abuse by
Organized Criminal Groups. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first
Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations,
J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 443-478. Bandon,
Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Mollan, P. (2008). When the imaginary becomes the real: reflections of
a bemused psychoanalyst. In A. Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic
Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp. 108-115. London:
Karnac.
Nelson, S. (2008). The Orkney “Satanic Abuse Case:” Who Cared About
the Children? In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 337-354. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Noblitt, J. R. & Perskin Noblitt, P. S. (Eds) (2008). Ritual Abuse in
the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and
Political Considerations. Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Noblitt, R. (2008). Rituals: The Good, the Bad and the Ugly. In Ritual
Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and
Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds),
pp. 17-20. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Noblitt, R. & Perskin Noblitt, P. (2008). Redefining the Language of
Ritual Abuse and the Politics that Dictate It. In Ritual Abuse in the
Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 21-30.
Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Raschke, C. (2008). The Politics of the “False Memory” Controversy:
The Making of an Academic Urban Legend. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-
first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 177-
192. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Riseman, J. (2008). Ritual Abuse Survivors: Diverse, Yet Similar. In
Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic,
Social and Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin
Noblitt (Eds), pp. 479-490. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Rutz, C. Becker, T., Overkamp, B. & Karriker, W. (2008). Exploring
Commonalities Reported by Adult Survivors of Extreme Abuse:
Preliminary Empirical Findings. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first
Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political
Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 31- 84. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Sachs, A. (2008). Infanticidal attachment: the link between
dissociative identity disorder and crime. In A. Sachs & G. Galton
(Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp.
127-139. London: Karnac.
Sachs, A. & Galton, G. (Eds) (2008). Forensic Aspects of Dissociative
Identity Disorder. London: Karnac.
Sarson, J. & MacDonald, L. (2008). Ritual Abuse-Torture within
Families/Groups. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16(4),
pp. 419-438.
Salter, M. (2008). Out of the Shadows: Re-envisioning the Debate on
Ritual Abuse. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 155- 176. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Silverstone, J. (2008). Corroboration in the body tissues. In A.
Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity
Disorder, pp. 145-154. London: Karnac.
Sinason, V. (2008). From social conditioning to mind control. In A.
Sachs & G. Galton (Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity
Disorder, pp. 167-183. London: Karnac.
Sinason, V. (2008). When murder moves inside. In A. Sachs & G. Galton
(Eds.), Forensic Aspects of Dissociative Identity Disorder, pp.
100-107. London: Karnac.
Sinason, V., Galton, G., & Leevers, D. (2008). Where are We Now?
Ritual Abuse, Dissociation, Police and the Media. In Ritual Abuse in
the Twenty-first Century: Psychological, Forensic, Social and
Political Considerations, J.R. Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds),
pp. 363-380. Bandon, Oregon: Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Yoeli, F.R. & Prattos, T. (2008). Terrorism is the Ritual Abuse of
the Twenty-first Century. In Ritual Abuse in the Twenty-first Century:
Psychological, Forensic, Social and Political Considerations, J.R.
Noblitt & P. S. Perskin Noblitt (Eds), pp. 261-306. Bandon, Oregon:
Robert D. Reed Publishers.
Kent Wills
<smar...@aol.com> wrote:
>Wrong. The data was updated in 2008.
Please offer a cite so that those of us with an interest may
verify your claim.
>People with an open mind will
>believe it. Those with a vested interest to pretend the data isn't
>valid, question it and attack those that present it.
>
How quaint. If someone asks for cites they can check, you
instantly label them as having a vested interest to pretend it's not
valid.
Well, here's one for you:
Those who are being honest will offer cites that can be verified.
Those who are flat out lying will either offer various excuses to
avoid offering the cites or run away from the request.
Into which category will you place yourself?
--
Vegetarian: Indian word for lousy hunter.
CPS Worker
> http://www.ra-info.org/resources/ra_cases.shtml
>
> Many ritual child abuse cases never are prosecuted due to the
fact that is a fraud
CPS Worker
> http://www.ra-info.org/resources/ra_cases.shtml
>
> Many ritual child abuse cases never are prosecuted due to the
fact that much of it is a lie
krp
CA> Wrong. The data was updated in 2008. People with an open mind will
CA> believe it. Those with a vested interest to pretend the data isn't
CA> valid, question it and attack those that present it.
People with an "empty mind" will believe it. COURTS all over American
reject it as "bullshit." CA - want to talk about "vested interests?" Are you
so completely NUMB between the ears not to be able to see that it is in my
"vested interests" that your BULLSHIT actually sells? It is AGAINST my
"vested interests" to call it the bullshit that it is. The more of your
insane shit that is believed, the better it is for my business. Yet I
continue to call it the bullshit that it is thus hurting my business. In the
heyday for your shit, the late 80's when your HYSTERIA ruled America, I
couldn't possibly handle all the cases that came my way. I had to turn down
as many as 100 cases a week. In a way I wish you people GREAT SUCCESS.
Maybe I can double my rates. Meanwhile, I'll just keep on commenting on what
crap you are selling from your wagon.
krp
> http://www.ra-info.org/resources/ra_cases.shtml
>
> Many ritual child abuse cases never are prosecuted due to the
> disbelief of authorities or the unlikelihood that young, severely
> traumatized children will be able to withstand cross-examination.
Don't you EVER wonder why the "authorities" (judges) don't believe your
INSANE SHIT? Did you ever wonder WHY the children's stories don't hold up
under cross-examination without the confirmatory bias of a moron social
worker???
krp
http://ritualabuse.us/ritualabuse/survivor-stories/hell-minus-one-signed-verified-confessions-of-satanic-ritual-abuse/
this page contains descriptions of graphic crimes of ritual abuse
“Anne’s parents confessed their atrocities—both in writing and verbally
—to clergymen, and to detectives from the Utah Attorney General’s
Office. Anne’s suppressed memories, which erupted when she was in her
mid-30s, were fully substantiated by her mother and stepfather.”
CA - - - let me remind you that MANY "confessions" come from totally
innocent people. Shall we examine the WENATCHEE case? Let's discuss the
"CONFESSIONS" of a young couple to SATANIC RITUAL ABUSE!!! One of YOUR great
victories...
NOW FOR THE REST OF THE STORY that YOU and your cronies do NOT TELL!
1. The couple were both borderline retarded with IQ's in the mid 70's.
2. The Police (DEFECTIVE BOBBY PEREZ) did not allow them to eat, sleep, or
go to the bathroom for 4 DAYS. They were made to sit in their own waste.
They were DENIED the right so speak to an attorney.
3. The convictions and "CONFESSIONS" you boast about were thrown out on
appeals because they were CLEARLY not voluntary
Is that the ONLY EXAMPLE? How much of Wenatchee do you want to BRAG
about CA? Do you want to engage me on the VICTIM there CA?
The one held PRISONER in his house for almost 3 YEARS by BOBBY PEREZ? After
she got free and recanted the allegations she made WHILE A PRISONER, when
the Police got their hands on her again, she was sent to a California
hospital and put on mind altering DRUGS.... Seen her lately CA? Let's just
say the MASSIVE drug regimen didn't do her brain loads of good. PROUD OF
THAT CA?
Greegor
> "childadvocate" <smartn...@aol.com> wrote in message
From a Family Rights standpoint I also think it's
fabulous that she irks off so many people with
her pushy spammy ways and her garbage
science tracts. She must embarass the
hell out of the very Child Protection INDUSTRY
that spawned her.
childadvocate
“Every female victim had physical evidence of sexual abuse and the
majority of the males did,” Smith said. “Clearly it’s pretty good
evidence to show that this is occurring.”
http://abusearticles.wordpress.com/category/articles-on-wenatchee/
easier to read:
http://abusearticles.files.wordpress.com/2007/12/consultant-finds-no-fault.jpg
http://abusearticles.files.wordpress.com/2007/12/doctor-confirms-abuse.jpg
information from articles :
At the trial, one girl showed “definite medical signs of sexual abuse”
while “it could not be ruled out for two others.
In 1996, a consultant, retired Bellevue Police Chief D.P. Van
Blaricom, hired by a city insurer who looked into how the Wenatchee
police ran the child abuse investigations stated that the cases were
handled properly. A U.S. Department of Justice investigation also
found that there was no evidence of civil rights violations.
Cops Win Wash. State Sex Ring Case - June 29, 1998 - Aviva L. Brandt
AP Online - Seattle “A jury on Monday rejected claims of police
misconduct brought by four people who say they were falsely accused of
child rape and molestation. After deliberating for more than five
days, the King County Superior Court panel decided that the central
Washington town of Wenatchee, the town’s police officials and three
members of the Douglas County sheriff’s department did not violate the
civil rights of the four, who said they were falsely accused in
1994-95. Douglas County Sheriff Dan LaRoche said the verdict allows
police to keep investigating sex abuse and molestation cases without
fear of lawsuits.
Debate Rages Over Wenatchee Sex-Ring Allegations - November 6, 1995-
Aviva L. Brandt, Associated Press Writer - Wenatchee, Wash.
Excerpts:
A line divides this town. On one side are those who believe dozens of
children were raped and molested over seven years by adults in two
loosely organized sex rings. On the other are those who assert a rogue
cop and obsessed social workers created a whirlpool of sexual
hysteria- coaxing children into accusations and bullying bewildered,
poorly educated adults into confessions. Gov. Mike Lowry, petitioned
by critics who believe the case is a witch hunt, has asked for a
Justice Department review and is awaiting a decision from U.S.
Attorney General Janet Reno. Authorities say as many as 50 children
were forced to have sex with adults since 1988 - sometimes alone,
sometimes in groups. In the last year, 28 adults have been charged
with child rape and sexual abuse. Five have been convicted, 10 have
pleaded guilty.
“Every female victim had physical evidence of sexual abuse and the
majority of the males did,” Smith said. “Clearly it’s pretty good
evidence to show that this is occurring.”
Douglas County Prosecutor Steve Clem sounded frustrated when asked
about allegations that his office hasn’t bothered to look for the
truth. “The defense attorneys are using what I’m sure … some day in
the future will be called the O.J. defense, where they sling mud, make
wild accusations and see conspiracies all around them,” he said.”
There’s physical evidence consistent with the stories they (the
children) tell. There’s more than one person talking about the very
same things going on,” said Tim Abbey, a regional supervisor with the
state Child Protective Services. “And there are a lot of confessions,
and many times they’re confessing to more than the kids said
happened.”
childadvocate
Ritual Abuse Statistics & Research
NUMBERS OF SURVIVORS A single survivor advocate reports direct contact
with more than 3,000 survivors. [ StarDancer as quoted by David
McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
CORRECTION: During Personal conversation with StarDancer for update
and verification, she stated, "I would feel comfortable saying I’ve
met or spoken with more than 1,000 people who identify themselves as
survivors…Our estimate of the people who have read and used
Survivorship is 3,000."
I talked to one of the leaders in the Los Angeles County Task Force on
Ritual Abuse, who estimate that there have been more than a hundred
California preschools implicated in ritual abuse. [James Friesen,
Uncovering the Mystery of MPD, 1991]
Among 2,709 members of the American Psychological Association who
responded to a poll, 2,292 cases of ritual abuse were reported.
[Bottoms, Shaver, & Goodman, 1993]
At a 1991 Utah workshop, thirty-two mental health therapists reported
treating 360 separate survivors of ritual abuse. By early 1992 the
following statement had been signed by sixty-six Utah therapists: "We,
the undersigned mental health professional, have each heard memories
of ritual abuse recounted by some patients, as have therapists across
the nation. We believe these patients’ allegations to have basis in
fact. We are dismayed by accusations that therapists brainwash their
patients or collude to create a mental health problem where none
existed. We urge our public officials to take appropriate actions to
counter ritual crimes." The names on the signed petition, affirming
the above statement, are given in the 1992 report of the Utah
Governor’s Task Force on Ritual Abuse. [A. Horton, B. Harrison & B.
Johnson, editors, Confronting Abuse, 1993]
Of the sixty victims with whom I have met, fifty-three are female and
seven are male. Eight are children. The abuse occurred in the
following places: Utah (37), Idaho (3), California (4), Mexico (2),
and other places (14). Fifty-three victims are currently living in the
state of Utah . All sixty individuals are members of the Church. Forty-
five victims allege witnessing and/or participating in human
sacrifice. The majority were abused by relatives, often their parents.
All have developed psychological problems and most have been diagnosed
as having multiple personality disorder or some other form of
dissociative disorder. [Bishop Glenn L. Pace, " LDS Church Report to
the Strengthening Church Members Committee," 1990]
In 1992 alone, Childhelp USA logged 1,741 calls pertaining to ritual
abuse, Monarch Resources of Los Angeles logged approximately 5,000,
Real Active Survivors tallied nearly 3,600, Justus Unlimited of
Colorado received almost 7,000, and Looking Up of Maine handled around
6,000. Even allowing for some of these calls to have been made by
people who assist survivors but are not themselves survivors, and for
some survivors to have called more than one helpline or made multiple
calls to the same helpline, these numbers suggest that at a minimum
there must be tens of thousands of survivors of ritual abuse in the
United States. [Catherine Gould, Cultural and Economic Barriers to
Protecting Children from Ritual Abuse and Mind Control, 1995]
Published results of a nationwide study of substantiated reports of
sexual abuse in day care involving 1,639 young child victims. Thirteen
percent of these cases were found to involve ritual abuse. [Finkelhor,
William and Burns, 1988] An ‘ad hoc’ study on Ritual Abuse in Germany
done by Ulla Fröhling, journalist and author of "Vater unser in der
Hoelle" - "Our father which art in hell" - called the "first in-depth
German study of a DID-patient with a background of severe home abuse,
child prostitution, and sadistic ritual abuse;" and Michaela Huber in
1997. They sent 355 questionnaires throughout Germany , 126 returned
and 113 have been evaluated. Every 'maybe' or 'perhaps' was excluded,
which led to a total of 354 cases in treatment -- 299 in current
treatment – of Ritual Abuse in Germany. These patients or clients were
treated at 61 locations in Germany . [Thorsten Becker, "Ritual Abuse:
A German Cult-Counsellors Perspective," Presentation at the Symposium
on Psychic Trauma and Dissociation, Utrecht [ Netherlands ], October
28. 1999]
In 1993, Boon and Draijer described the clinical phenomena of 71 Dutch
DID patients. Follow up data on this cohort of patients indicate that
38.8% of the patients (N = < 27) had mentioned some form of SRA in the
course of treatment (Boon & Draijer, 1993b). These patients lived in
different regions in the Netherlands and they were treated by 19
different clinicians (Boon and Draijer 1993b). In this study,
spontaneously given accounts of SRA and drawings on the subject showed
a striking resemblance to those of North American patients (cf Young
et al. 1991). [Onno van der Hart, "Reports on Ritual Abuse in European
Countries: A Clinician’s Perspective," 1998]
A survey done in June 2000, at the National Victim Assistance Academy
in Fresno , CA , 82 questionnaires given out, 44 criminal justice
professionals responded to the questions, "Have you or a co-worker
ever worked with a client/victim that claimed to be a victim of
satanic ritual abuse?" Seventeen, 38% of respondents, had worked with
clients who claimed to be victims of satanic ritual abuse or had co-
workers who had worked with these clients. [Dawn Mattox, Butte
County , CA , District Attorney’s Office, 2000]
MEMORY REPRESSION
Traumatic memories, which typically are engraved in the sensorimotor
processes, are not subject to the same kinds of contamination that can
affect normal memory. Traumatic amnesia, described in the DSM-IIIR as
psychogenic amnesia, is a phenomenon which has been known to mental
health professionals for more than 100 years. [Dr. Bessel van der
Kolk, Harvard Medical School , as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic
Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993] Two disparate responses to
trauma have been noted by researchers. In some instances the memory is
hyper-potentiated and the event remains unforgettably vivid. When
severe, repeated trauma occurs early in life, the stress of the
experience may overload the circuitry of the brain’s limbic system,
preventing the information from reaching the hippocampus. Instead, the
trauma is engraved in the sensorimotor processes and is dissociated
from the victim’s conscious awareness. [van der Volk as quoted by
David McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
Only when a triggering circumstance breaks through the amnestic
barrier does the person retrieve, often it bits and pieces, the memory
of the traumatic event…When the suspended encounter is triggered, the
threatening event is experienced as happening now, in full present
time. [Ivor Browne as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse:
A Question of Memory, 1993]
In a 1991 informal survey, 93% of APA therapists who have personal
experience with adult SRA survivors stated they believe the memories
of SRA are accurate. Contrary to accusations, many have been skeptical
at first. [James Quan, Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data,
1996]
Blisters and scars sometimes reappear and fresh blood may flow from
tissues ravaged long ago. Clinicians who witness these abreactive
episodes are not likely to challenge van der Volk’s dictum that the
body cannot lie. [van der Volk as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic
Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
A new McLean Hospital study suggests that contrary to popular belief,
psychotherapy does not frequently play a role in recalling forgotten
memories of childhood abuse. Moreover, the study found that there is
often independent corroboration of the abuse memories. In addition,
most study participants believed that they recovered memories without
any suggestion by therapists or others. [Associated Press, Belmont ,
MA , June 2, 1999 ]
FMSF
There is no diagnosis of "false memory syndrome" in the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual. It is a term created for maximum media impact,
serving those who have the most to lose if the truth is revealed.
[Anne Hart, California Therapist]
What percentage involve false accusations of familial abuse, and which
are merely the self-serving protestations of pedophiles and ritual
abusers? No one knows. Further, all of the research they cite, such as
the experiments of Elizabeth Loftus, deal not with traumatic memory
but with normal, or explicit memory. What studies of normal memory
demonstrate is a high degree of malleability and potential distortion
over time. [David McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse: A Question of
Memory, 1993]
MEMORY REPRESSION STUDIES
129 women with documented histories of childhood sexual assault
participated in extensive individual interviews. The most significant
finding was that 38% of the women in the sample reported no
recollection of the index event, even though it was firmly documented
by hospital records. Children who had a close relationship with the
perpetrator were more likely to develop psychogenic amnesia than those
abused by strangers. [Linda Meyer Williams, University of New
Hampshire as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse: A
Question of Memory, 1993]
In a sample of 53 women who disclosed memories of abuse for which they
had been amnestic, 74% of the subjects were able to find independent
confirmation from family members, pornographic photos or diaries.
[Judith Herman and Emily Schatzow as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic
Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
DID/MPD
Current research shows that DID(MPD) may affect 1% of the general
population and perhaps as many as 5-20% of people in psychiatric
hospitals, many of whom have received other diagnoses. The incidence
rates are even higher among sexual abuse survivors and individuals
with chemical dependencies. These statistics put DID(MPD)/DD in the
same category as schizophrenia, depression, and anxiety, as one of the
four major mental health problems today. [Sidran Foundation, DID/MPD
Brochure, 1994]
The typical alters that are found in a person with MPD include: a
depressed, depleted host; a strong, angry protector; a scared, hurt
child; a helper; and, an embittered internal persecutor who blames (or
persecutes) one or more alters for the abuse that has been suffered.
While there may be other types of alters in any given MPD individual,
most of them will be variations on the theme of these 5 alters.
[Divided Hearts Website FAQ, 1999] Studies indicate that approximately
25% of those with MPD in North American have been subjected to SRA,
and SRA is why they developed MPD in the first place. The dissociation
of MPD is the best way children have of dealing with the trauma. In my
discussions with Southern California MPD therapists, I have found a
consensus that 25% is a low estimate. Many of us believe the
percentage is much higher, at least in our own region. I have heard
estimates as high as 50 to 60%. It is hard to believe, but there may
be 100,000 people or more in the United States who were subjected to
SRA as children. [James Friesen, Uncovering the Mystery of MPD, 1991]
The idea that MPD is under-diagnosed is related to the notion that few
mental health professionals know how to make the diagnosis and because
the patients with MPD frequently cope with it through denial. This
argument is similar to the point of view of many alcohol treatment
specialists, who allege that alcoholism is frequently underdiagnosed
because professionals do not typically know how to correctly make the
diagnosis and because most alcoholics are in denial. [Noblitt &
Perskin, Cult and Ritual Abuse, 2000]
Two studies about the early lives of multiples came up with the same
percentages – 97% have been subjected to serious child abuse as
youngsters. Another study found that 88% has been abused sexually,
with 83% having been sexually penetrated as young children. [James
Friesen, Uncovering the Mystery of MPD, 1991]
The onset of multiple personality generally occurs in childhood,
although the condition is not usually diagnosed until adolescence or
early adulthood. The sex incidence is about 85% female…Although
multiple personality was thought to be quite rare, recently it has
been reported to be more common. [Philip Coons, Child Abuse and
Multiple Personality Disorder]
Multiple personality most often presents with depression and
suicidality rather than personality changes and amnesia which are
obvious clues to dissociation…The original personality is usually
amnesiac for the secondary personalities while the secondary
personalities may have varying awareness of one another…Generally the
original personality is rather reserved and depleted of affect. The
secondary personalities usually express affects or impulses
unacceptable to the primary personality such as anger, depression, or
sexuality…Headaches are extremely common as are hysterical conversion
symptoms and symptoms of sexual dysfunction. [Philip Coons, Child
Abuse and Multiple Personality Disorder]
Probably about 25% of children have a Dissociative Ability high enough
to use dissociation for relief from chronic sexual or physical abuse.
When these children grow up they develop MPD if they have been abused.
In comparison, SRA is so much more terrible a kind of abuse that it
causes dissociation in a much higher percentage of its victims, maybe
as high as 75% or even more. [James Friesen, Uncovering the Mystery of
MPD, 1991]
A history of trauma has been found to be an almost universal etiology
of such extreme chronic dissociative disorders as multiple personality
disorder. [D. Spiegal as quoted by David McCulley, Satanic Ritual
Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
Abuse suffered by multiple personality patients tends to be far more
sadistic and bizarre than that suffered by most victims of child
abuse. [Frank Putnam, MD, Diagnosis and Treatment of MPD]
Accepted theory held that multiplicity developed reactively. Infants
or young children used their innate capacity and ingenuity to create a
cluster of "personalities" to cope with the conflicting demands of a
dangerous environment far too overwhelming for one little person.
Pamela Reagor and Steven Ray discovered solid psychological evidence
that besides the above "natural" features of MPD, certain patients
presented some additional critical characteristics. "We saw
sophisticated external implantation, by someone other than the
subject, of hundreds of complex personality fragments," Reagor noted,
in the 1991 sixth issue of Beyond Survival magazine. These external
implantations, including suicidal ones, were arranged in what appeared
to be a complex system. Ray suspected that the programming acted like
DNA, encoding specific dissociative patterns within the MPD system. It
was revolutionary - and sinister – concept. Reagor defined their
discovery as structured MPD as opposed to the commonly understood
reactive MPD. [Craig Lockwood, Other Altars, 1993]
There is a natural progression in the relationship among alters:
The alters learn about one another and learn to recognize one
another.
The alters learn to negotiate with one another, even if there is
mutual dislike.
The alters learn to cooperate with one another for the common good.
The alters appreciate and take care of one another.
The alters come to love one another and recognize that they are part
of one another.
The alters join forces. [C.W. Duncan, The Fractured Mirror, 1994]
Patients in this study who integrated personality states during
treatment became increasingly certain that their reports of ritual
abuse reflected actual memories. The patients who remained fragmented
were less inclined to be certain about what really happened.[Walter C.
Young, MD, "Patients Reporting RA in Childhood: A Clinical Syndrome,
Report of 37 Cases"]
BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER BPD is characterized by deeply
conflicted emotions, running the gamut from rage to terror, from
depressed apathy to turbulent agitation. Patients with BPD often
experience self-loathing that alternates and coexists with self-
absorption and narcissism. Their frequent acts of self-
destructiveness, including self-mutilation and suicide attempts,
bewilder and frighten their families, friends, and caregivers. These
individuals typically have deeply unsatisfying interpersonal
relationships and appear to alienate those who care for them, while at
the same time expressing fears that they will be abandoned. Patients
with this disorder often appear uncooperative in therapy and are
frequently accused of sabotaging their own treatment. The condition of
such patients is considered chronic with intermittent self-destructive
episodes. Curiously, these patients often respond in unusual or
unpredictable ways to psychiatric medications. [Noblitt & Perskin,
Cult and Ritual Abuse, 2000]
CHILDREN
In Europe , Great Britain is the country wherein most reports on SRA
of children are being made. The National Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) is alarmed about the increasing number of
cases coming to its attention. Towns and areas mentioned are Hull ,
Surrey , Wolverhampton , Telford , Portsmouth , Manchester , and
Shrewsbury , among others (Bartlett 1989; Tate 1991). Reports of SRA
are typically made by social workers involved in ordinary child abuse
cases or by foster parents of child victims of sexual and physical
abuse. Within the context of an enduring relationship with an adult
whom these children trust, they disclose information that, when
recognized as such, points to SRA. Typically, children's reports
include adults carrying candles, wearing robes and masks or dressing
up as clowns, and chanting; children being defecated on, forced to eat
body wastes, locked in cages or boxes, or sexually abused on crosses
or inside stars and circles; drinking blood; sacrificing animals;
torturing, killing, and consuming babies; being filmed by cameras with
lights on; using drugs; and adults threatening children in order to
discourage disclosure. Tate (1991), who examined a number of these
British cases and compared them to North American and Dutch cases
(Hudson 1991; Jonker and Jonker-Bakker 1991; Snow and Sorenson 1990),
was struck by the similarities. Because many of these children
reported SRA without attending adults encouraging them, Tate concluded
that either there exists a worldwide conspiracy among toddlers or the
children are speaking the truth. [Onno van der Hart, "Reports on
Ritual Abuse in European Countries: A Clinician’s Perspective," 1998]
It is very telling that in every case in which the symptomatology of
the ritually abused children was compared to the symptomatology of the
sexually abused children, the ritually abused children showed
considerably more symptoms of trauma…Not only do ritually abused
children appear more disturbed than sexually abused children on the
traditional instruments like the Achenbach, they also demonstrate
symptoms which relate in direct and obvious ways to the abuse
experiences they describe. [Catherine Gould, Cultural and Economic
Barriers to Protecting Children from Ritual Abuse and Mind Control,
1995] From these first few reported cases the symptoms characteristic
of childhood multiple personality begin to emerge and reveal some
marked differences when compared to adults. In the childhood form of
multiple personality the difference between personalities are quite
subtle. In addition the number of personalities is fewer. So far an
average of 4 (range 2-6) personalities have been reported in children,
while the average number of personalities reported in adults is about
13 (range 2 to 100+). Symptoms of depression and somatic complaints
are less common in children but the symptoms of amnesia and inner
voices are not decreased. Perhaps most importantly, the therapy of
children with multiple personality is usually brief and marked by
steady improvement. In adults therapy may last anywhere from 2 to over
10 years, while in children therapy may only last a few months.
[Philip Coons, Child Abuse and Multiple Personality Disorder]
PROGRAMMING
The term programming is sometimes used two ways…Most commonly, the
term refers to any coercive persuasion whether it is experienced in a
destructive, an established religion, the armed services, or any other
group or organization. A second usage for this term is…the
manipulation or traumatization of alter personalities, fragments or
dissociated mental states or entities for the purpose of mind control.
[Noblitt & Perskin, Cult and Ritual Abuse, 2000]
SRA SYMPTOMATOLOGY
Adult survivors I know alternately crave/refuse read meat and sauces.
36 adults (97%) presented survivor guilt, 35 (94%) described
Indoctrinated beliefs, 31 adults (83%) performed "bizarre self-abuse",
and 23 (62%) were involved in substance abuse. [James Quan, A
Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data, 1996]
EVIDENCE
The definition of "evidence" used herein to support the existence of
ritual abuse is…The presence of the following multiple independent
indicators:
Disclosures with post-traumatic presentation,
Profound similarities between such disclosures in which the
similarities outweigh the normal occurrence of conflicting details,
Occult objects found at the scene consistent with such disclosures,
Structural or decorative details consistent with disclosures, but
unknowable outside the reported abuse scenarios, and/or
Victim descriptions of the video and/or still photography of abuse
scenarios…sometimes including a discovery of child pornography. [James
Quan, A Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data, 1996]
If one wishes to criticize the arguments supporting the existence of
ritual abuse, then one must accurately identify them. These arguments
may be summarized as follows:
There is ample historical and anthropological evidence that ritual
abuse has occurred in a variety of cultures throughout history. Among
those groups where traumatizing rituals have reportedly been used,
there have also been some accounts of dissociation, amnesia, and
alterations of the individual’s identity.
In modern times, reports of ritual abuse have been made by people who
claim to be survivors of such abuse both in North America and in other
geographic locations…
Some perpetrators of ritual abuse and other criminal activity
associated with cults are self-confessed.
Other witnesses to cult criminal activity have come forward…
There have been convictions in criminal cases in response to
allegations of ritual abuse.
Civil cases won against individuals accused of ritual abuse.
Cases of ritual murder (e.g, at Matamoros ) are a matter of public
record.
The abusive acts of some cults (e.g., the People’s Temple of Guyana ,
Branch Davidians, Order of the Solar Temple , Aum Supreme Truth) are
publicly known.
The great majority of therapists who work with patients reporting
ritual abuse tend to believe that the allegations of ritual abuse are
true…
In a series of workshops and in group and individual professional
supervision conducted by Noblitt, the facilitator has publicly
demonstrated that many of these survivors respond to preprogrammed
cues with switching to alter personalities and trance responses. The
patients were not trained to respond to these cues in therapy, and
videotapes of patients who have never before seen Noblitt show them
responding to these cues (which are alleged by some patients to be
used in cult programming). [Noblitt & Perskin, Cult and Ritual Abuse,
2000]
HISTORY
The worship of Satan, as the symbol of the Judeo-Christian concept of
pure evil, appears to result from the First Century C.E. as a reaction
to Judeo-Christian spiritual domination. The practice of sexual and
sacrificial rites pre-dates that era, however, and eventually extended
to all geographical regions. [Gail Carr Feldman, "SRA: A chapter in
the History of Human Cruelty," Journal of Psychohistory, Winter 1995]
Further back in history yet are the results of a survey conducted by
Hill and Goodwin (1989) of pre-inquisition historical documents
describing Satanism and satanic practices. They compiled a list of 11
elements of satanic ritual: 1) secret nocturnal feasting around a
special table or altar; 2) ritual orgiastic sex involving incest,
homosexuality, and anal intercourse; 3) imitations and reversals of
the Christian mass; 4) ritual use of blood, semen, urine or excrement;
5) sacrifice of embryos and infants often using knives followed by
cooking in a cauldron and/or ritual cannibalism; 6) ritual use of
animals; 7) ritual use of torches, candles and darkness; 8) chanting,
especially of names of demons; 9) drinking a drug or potion; 10)
dancing backwards in a circle or other ritual use of the circle; and
11) dismemberment of corpses and extraction of the heart. [James Quan,
A Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data, 1996]
Two things are clear from the cases cited. First satanic crimes are
being perpetrated in the U.S. , as well as in other countries. Second,
human sacrifice and cannibalism are still being practiced. As reports
of satanic ritual abuse continue to emerge, ten characteristic
reported abused have been described by Young et al. (19991) and Young
(1992): 1. Childhood sexual abuse, 2. Witnessing and receiving
physical abuse and torture, 3. Witnessing animal mutilations and
killings, 4. Death threats, 5. Forced drug usage, 6. Witnessing and
forced participation in human adult and infant sacrifice, 7. Forced
cannibalism, 8. Ceremonial "marriage" to Satan, 9. Being buried alive
in coffins or graves…and 10. Forced impregnation and sacrifice of own
child. [Gail Carr Feldman, "SRA: A chapter in the History of Human
Cruelty," Journal of Psychohistory, Winter 1995] In some area, there
has not been much need for secrecy. In our country, grown men in long
robes have murdered at night, often in the southern states, with
extraordinary impunity. And the Nazis, who often practiced Satanism,
according to the PBS documentary, "The Occult History of the Third
Reich," made a slaughterhouse out of their country earlier this
century. Cults in Jonestown and Waco , in the present day, demonstrate
that children are being subjected to religious horrors. Numerous
recent convictions of day care abuses with ritual allegations are
documented. This is not a small problem. Nor is it new behavior. [Anne
Hart, California Therapist]
Survivors today are disclosing that abuse occurs in groups that claim
to be Christian, Catholic, Moslem, Jewish, Masonic, Celtic, Druidic,
Nordic occult, Nazi, African- and Afro-Caribbean-based religions.
[Craig Lockwood, Other Altars, 1993] This dramatic rise in disclosures
must be examined within the context of the enormous shifts in the
cultural perceptions of child abuse and the broad acceptance of
counseling. [James Quan, A Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data,
1996]
MOTIVE
When we understand the fact that ritual abuse is usually perpetrated
by groups which are deeply involved in organized crime, the underlying
incentives of these cult/perpetrators groups becomes clear. While
ritual abuse is certainly an integral part of some kinds of satanism,
it is most likely that the deeper reason for the prevalence of ritual
abuse is that, simply put, it reliably creates a group of people who
function as unpaid slaves to the perpetrator group. [Catherine Gould,
Cultural and Economic Barriers to Protecting Children from Ritual
Abuse and Mind Control, 1995]
SYSTEM RESPONSE
Another interesting fact is the quite clear amount of disinformation.
Take Hamburg for example: the police reported zero cases, therapists
have 47 cases in treatment. The sexual crime unit of the police had
reported about 12 cases; as they told me in a personal conversation,
none of these cases made their official way to the commission. This is
not surprising for those working in the field of Ritual abuse.
[Thorsten Becker, "Ritual Abuse: A German Cult-Counsellors
Perspective," Presentation on the symposium on Psychic Trauma and
Dissociation, Utrecht [ Netherlands ], Oktober 28. 1999]
childadvocate
Believe the children (1997). “Conviction List: Ritual Child Abuse”.
http://www.ra-info.org/resources/ra_cases.shtml
The Satanism and Ritual Abuse Archive contains 92 cases as of February
12, 2008. http://www.endritualabuse.org/ritualabusearchive.htm
--
http://web.archive.org/web/20080125051057/http://home.mchsi.com/~ftio/ra-evidence-surfaces.htm
Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Evidence Surfaces
By Daniel Ryder, CCDC, LSW
The following lyrics are from a song about Satanic ritual abuse off
Joan Baez’s latest album, Play Me Backwards. Incidentally, it’s the
lead song.
"You don’t have to play me backwards
To get the meaning of my verse.
You don’t have to die and go to hell
To feel the devil’s curse."
It's not only the "devil’s curse" survivors of Satanic ritual abuse
have been feeling of late. They have also been feeling the curse of a
pronounced societal backlash. In some circles now, the stories of some
of the most heinous abuse imaginable - sexual abuse, brainwashing,
torture, murder/sacrifice - are being labeled as "patently false."
Therapists are being accused of planting these memories. And, for
instance, the FBI has come out debunking the phenomenon, saying,
unequivocally, there is no tangible evidence organized Satanic ritual
abuse exists at all.
However, my research shows it does exist. And indications are we are
only seeing the tip of the iceberg of a social phenomenon that, when
totally exposed, will rock the core of societal beliefs.
For the last four years, I have crises-crossed the country
interviewing cult researchers, ritual crime investigators, task force
members, therapists, investigative reporters, cult survivors...as part
of an in-depth investigation on the issue of Satanic ritual abuse.
And, the research has yielded some extremely eye-opening things.
The most eye-opening hasn’t been the mutilated backwoods remains of a
cult victim’s body in Massachusetts. It wasn’t the bloody pentagram
carved into a cult victim’s corpse in San Francisco. The most eye-
opening, has been a widely cited Law Enforcement Perspective report
out of the FBI’s Behavioral Science Center in Quantico, Virginia.
The report was written by supervisory special agent Kenneth Lanning.
It has gone out to law enforcement agencies around the country; and
has been cited consistently throughout the media the last several
years.
The report states, in regards to "organized" Satanic ritual abuse
homicide (that is, two or more Satanic cult members conspiring to
commit murder): "The law enforcement perspective can’t ignore the lack
of physical evidence (no bodies, or even hairs, fibers, or fluids left
by violent murders."
No bodies?
The following is an excerpt from a March 13, 1981, UPI article:
"Fitchburg, Mass. -- The alleged leader of a devil worship cult was
found guilty of first degree murder Friday in the ritual killing of a
young Fall River, Mass. prostitute last year. Carl Drew, 26, stood
pale and expressionless as the verdict was announced. He was
immediately sentenced to life imprisonment by superior court judge
Francis W. Keating...Miss Marsden was allegedly killed, mutilated and
beheaded by Drew and two others in a blood-soaked night time ritual in
a wooded area because she wanted to leave the cult."
In 1993, House Bill 1689 was introduced in the Massachusetts
Legislature. It is a bill prohibiting "Certain Ritualistic Acts." Some
of these acts include: ritual mutilation, dismemberment, torture, the
sacrifice of animals, humans...(A similar bill was passed in Idaho in
1990).
Also, in the 1993 Avon Books release: Raising Hell, author/
investigative reporter Michael Newton writes, "While some cult
apologists may be forgiven their ignorance of current events, (FBI)
Agent Lanning -- with access to nationwide police files -- should know
better. As this volume amply demonstrates, cult related killers stand
convicted of murder in 23 states and at least nine foreign countries.
Numerous other occultists are now serving time for practicing their
"faith" through acts of arson, rape, assault, cruelty to animals, and
similar crimes."
The organization, Looking Up, founded initially as a nationwide
support/referral program for incest survivors, serves approximately
15,000 people a year, 40% of whom now are reporting they are dealing
with ritualistic or cult related abuse. According to a spokesperson
for JUSTUS Unlimited in Denver, a non-profit referral and resource
center, they are currently receiving more than 7,000 Satanic ritual
abuse related calls a year. (What’s more, they are also hearing from
all over the world: Australia, New Zealand, England, The Netherlands,
Germany, Israel, Canada...)
Given the tangible evidence now surfacing, and given the volume of
people reporting Satanic cult related abuse, it would seem curious the
FBI would come out with such a definitive stance attempting to
discredit the increasing phenomenon. Of course, then again, it was the
same FBI that for more than the first half of this century
consistently said there was no evidence whatsoever of another type of
"organized" criminal activity. That is -- Mafia related crime.
Actually, Satanic cults are somewhat similar to Mafia crime families.
There is, for instance, extreme secrecy through code of silence
programming. This is usually initiated with the signing of a "blood"
contract. Wendell Amstutz, author of Satanism in America, said these
contracts are generally signed in the initiate’s own blood. The
contract, said Amstutz, usually demands life-long obedience. And
breaking it means death.
And that'’s exactly what it meant for the four California Satanic cult
defectors one fateful night in 1990. The defectors were tracked to an
apartment on, of all places, Elm Street in the small town of Salida.
The defectors were beaten and stabbed. Finally, they were
decapitated.
What was left behind rivaled the carnage of the Tate-LaBianca crime
scene.
The trail led back to five Satanic cult members, and the story began
to unfold...
The five who were indicted were part of a 55-member Satanic cult that
was operating out of a compound in Salida. Cult members stretched
across a three-county are, with a number of them holed-up in a Salida
compound (homes and trailers), somewhat similar to Waco’s Branch
Davidian complex. Except for one thing: What was going on in the
Salida compound for the most part made what was going on in Waco seem
like a Disney production.
Randy Cerny, Director of the Northern Chapter of California’s Ritual
Crime Investigator’s Association, had followed the cult closely. And
after the indictments, he interviewed several of the cult members and
reviewed extensive diaries they’d kept.
He said the cult worshipped Satan, followed the teachings of renowned
Satanist Aleister Crowley, engaged in sexual abuse, ritual torture
including electric shock, child abuse, murder...In other words, many
of the same things Satanic ritual abuse survivors have been
consistently reporting.
Cerny also said it was reported cult members were from all walks of
life. This even included a dentist, a minister, and a woman enrolled
in a law enforcement class at a local community college. (Satanic cult
members aren’t, by any means, always tattooed teen bikers who have
listened to one too many Metallica albums, Often, Satanic ritual abuse
survivors report their cult perpetrators are respected members of the
community: doctors, law enforcement officials, PTA members, little
league coaches...This all, apparently, is part of the facade.)
One of the Matomoros cult members responsible for some of the 13
grisly murder/sacrifices in Mexico a few years back, was majoring in
law enforcement at Texas Southmost College at the time she was
arrested.
"The California cult was a very secretive, close-knit, sophisticated
group," said Cerny.
The Satanic cult was run under the iron fist of charismatic leader,
high priest, Gerald Cruz. And, as David Koresh had done in Waco, Cruz
used sleep deprivation, brainwashing, torture...to keep members in
line. At a trial in Oakland in December, 1992, cult expert and
psychologist, Daniel Goldstine, would characterize Cruz as "evil and
sadistic."
The jury thought so too. Cruz and two other cult members were
sentenced to death for the murders. Two other cult members got life.
"Now let’s project this 20 to 25 years down the road," Cerny
continued. "Say someone walks into a police department or therapist’s
office and says, ‘I’m starting to have memories that my dad was a
leader of this Satanic cult in California. And they would brainwash
people, torture them with electric shock, sexually abuse me, sacrifice
animals, kill people...’ "
Cerny wondered if that would all be passed off as a "false memory."
Nationally syndicated columnist Molly Ivins might well have passed it
off as just that. In a May, 1994, column, Ms. Ivins wrote: "...social
workers who deal with child abuse have nightmares about the people who
come up with patently false recovered memories of Satanic ritual
abuse."
Monika Beerle seemed to be nobody’s "false recovered memory." The
following is a February 18, 1992, Newsday article excerpt:
New York -- Members of a cult here killed ballerina Monika Beerle in
August, 1989, and then dismembered her and fed her flesh to the
homeless as part of a Satanic ritual, law enforcement sources said
yesterday after arresting a cult member in connection with the
slaying. "The public isn’t generating enough momentum to get police
mobilized around this (Satanic ritual abuse) issue at this point,"
explained Akron, Ohio Police Captain Jerry Foys. And John Hunt,
Sherman, Texas ritual crime investigator says that "because of the FBI
report, the stigma around Satanism and other factors have made it hard
to get internal police department support in following up on the
ritual aspects of a crime."
Hunt and Foys both said they believe the Satanic ritual abuse is quite
widespread -- and extremely dangerous.
It definitely proved dangerous for an alcoholic drifter known only as
John Doe No. 60, whose body was found in San Francisco. According to a
May 6, 1988, San Francisco Chronicle article:
"The victim had a pentagram carved into his chest, lash marks across
his buttocks, a stab wound to his neck, wax in his right eye and hair,
and a sliced lip. The naked body was virtually drained of blood."
Clifford St. Joseph, 46, was eventually convicted and sentenced to 34
years to life for the killing.
In his book, Raising Hell, Michael Newton writes when police came to
St. Joseph’s apartment nine days after the body was found, they found
St. Joseph dressed in a black robe, companion Michael Bork, 26,
stripped to the waist, his face daubed with cosmetics, and another
man, Edward Spela, 26, passed out from drugs. In the middle of the
room was a 19-year old man, who was laying on the floor, handcuffed
and surrounded by candles.
According to the San Francisco Chronicle:
"Investigators said that St. Joseph appeared to be part of a Satanic
cult that involved men of means in San Francisco’s gay community."
Again, John Doe No. 60’s mutilated body was real. It was nobody’s
false memory.
A term popular culture has latched onto tightly in the last couple of
years is the very clinical sounding, false memory syndrome. It is a
term coined by the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania based False Memory
Syndrome Foundation (FMSF), which is an advocacy group for people
whose children have accused them of either sexual abuse and/or Satanic
ritual abuse.
Despite its scientific sounding title, there is actually no such thing
as a clinically acknowledged category for "false memory syndrome,"
reports Judith Herman, an associate clinical professor of Psychiatry
at Harvard Medical School, and author of the book, Trauma and
Recovery. "The very name FMSF is prejudicial and misleading," said Dr.
Herman. "There is no such syndrome, and we have no evidence reported
memories are false. We only know they are disputed."
Many professionals dealing with Satanic ritual abuse believe we are
seeing the beginnings of a phenomenon that might well mushroom into
staggering proportions. And they draw a parallel to the amazing
evolution of the sexual abuse field.
"As recently as the 1970s," said Herman, "rape was considered rare,
and incest was regarded as a universal taboo. Less than twenty years
ago, for example, the Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry estimated
the prevalence of all forms of incest at one case per million
population. And popular and professional literature [as in the case
with SRA survivors now] routinely questioned the character of victims,
and disparaged the credibility of women who made claims of assault.
Today, however, widespread sexual abuse/incest has been extensively
documented."
In the case of false memory allegations, perhaps we should be spending
a bit more time actually questioning the character of some of those
accusing the "alleged" victims of confabulation. And perhaps we should
start at the False Memory Syndrome Foundation itself.
The following is an excerpt from a February 29, 1992, FMSF Newsletter
where the organization claims it is:
"...not in the business of representing pedophiles...We are a good-
looking bunch of people: graying hair, well-dressed, healthy,
smiling...Just about every person is someone you would likely find
interesting and want to count as a friend."
Joan Baez's song goes on:
Let the night begin
There’s a pop of skin
And a sudden rush of scarlet
There’s a little boy riding on a
goat’s head
And a little girl playing the harlot
It’s a sacrifice in an empty church
Sweet little baby Rose...
A Fall 1989 Cleveland Plain Dealer article excerpt reads:
Three Norwalk area residents charged with opening two graves,
beheading the corpses and stealing the skulls, were part of a cult
that had recently gotten instructions on how to sacrifice babies to
Satan, Norwalk police said yesterday. "We’re taking this very
seriously," he [Police Chief Gary Dewalt] said."
Maybe society should take the police chief's lead, in a lot of
different areas regarding this problem. For one, many youth are
bombarded with Satanic symbols, images, lyrics...One area where it is
probably the most prevalent is in the heavy/black metal music scene.
For instance, the heavy metal band Venom sings:
"Candles glowing, altars burn
Virgin’s death is needed ther
Sacrifice to Lucifer my master
Bring the chalice, raise the knife
Welcome to my sacrifice..."
Just a passing phase kids go through? Just lyrics?
May 5, 1993 -- Three eight year old boys were riding their bikes down
a country road in West Memphis, Arkansas. Suddenly they were forced
off the road and horribly killed. One of the suspects accused in the
murders, Jessie Lloyd Miskelly, Jr., 17 according to wire service
reports, told police that the murders were tied to a teen Satanic cult
sacrifice. "Miskelly said the children were lured into a wooded area
of West Memphis known as Robin Hood Park, choked until they were
unconscious, then brutalized in various ways -- including rape..."
According to a March 8, 1994 article on the trial appearing in the
West Memphis The Commercial Appeal: "A witness last week told him
Baldwin (one of the accused) told him he sucked the blood from one
victim after he mutilated him."
Diaries indicated the Satanic cult in Salida, California, followed the
teachings of renowned Satanist Aleister Crowley. In his book, Magick
in Theory and Practice, Crowley wrote, "The blood is the life...any
living thing is the storehouse of energy...at the death of the animal
this energy is liberated suddenly. The animal should therefore be
killed within the Circle, or Triangle, so that it’s energy cannot
escape...For the highest spiritual working one must accordingly choose
that victim which the greatest and purest force. A male child of
perfect innocence is the most satisfactory and suitable victim."
There'’s a good bet that seven year old Yvando Caetano, like most
seven year olds, was living a life in "perfect innocence" in the small
town of Guaratuba, Brazil. This may well have been the precipitating
factor in his death. According to a July 28, 1992, Cable News Network
(CNN) report/transcript, Yvando was found in a shallow grave. His arms
and legs had been dismembered, his internal organs cut out. Ritual
implements used during the ceremony were also found near the body.
Investigator Jose Moscic Favetti said police believed the mayor’s wife
and daughter were involved with a Satanic cult, and that the wife had
paid five cult members to sacrifice Yvando to Satan -- in return for
the mayor having a good political year.
"The stories (about different aspects of cult rituals) are very much
the same, whether it’s someone reporting about a ceremony in
Melbourne, Australia, Vermont, Utah..." said Dr. Judianne Densen-
Gerber. "This leads me to believe, not only are the cults all over,
but because of the similarities, many are also networked."
Dr. Densen-Gerber is a New York Psychiatrist who has treated a number
of SRA survivors since 1980. She also has a law degree, and is the
founder of PACT (Protect America’s Children Today).
Are American children in danger because of these Satanic cults? Well,
the small town in Brazil might provide some clues. Besides the death
of 7-year old Yvando in July, 10 other children had come up missing in
Guarutuba since January of that year.
According to Brandon Perez, initial Development Director of the
National Missing Children’s Center, based in Houston, Texas, there are
currently some 4000,000 abductions a year in the United States of
which, said Perez, almost 50% of the children are never found. Perez
added that many of these cases are not adequately tracked.
In his book, The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism and Murder
in Nebraska, author and former Nebraska State Senator John DeCamp
interviewed 28 year veteran FBI agent Ted Gunderson. Since his
retirement from the FBI, Gunderson has been actively investigating
reports of Satanic ritual abuse.
DeCamp writes:
"Evidence from Gunderson’s investigations has convinced him tens of
thousands of children or young people disappear from their homes each
year, and that many of them are ritualistically sacrificed...nobody
knows the true figure because the FBI doesn’t keep count. Gunderson
observes, ‘The FBI has an accurate count on the number of automobiles
stolen every year. It knows the number of homicides, rapes, and
robberies, but the FBI has no idea of the number of children who
disappear every year. They simply do not ask for the statistics.’
Gunderson goes onto say he believes they don’t ask for the statistics,
simply, because they don’t want to see them. "They would be confronted
with an instant public outcry for action, because the figures would
show a major social problem that would demand action.’"
And it’s not just the tragedy of the missing children that come up
dead as a result of this savage cult abuse -- there are many children
that are "walking wounded."
Pamela Hudson, LCSW, a child therapist with a county health outpatient
department in northern California began to identify the symptoms of
SRA in several children who had been referred to her in 1985. What was
to follow was a most frightening phenomenon. Throughout the remainder
of 1985 and into 1986, twenty-four children, all from the same day
care center, all exhibiting varying degrees of ritual abuse symptoms,
were brought to her by concerned parents. (What was even more amazing,
said Hudson, was that the cases came to her individually, without the
parents initially talking among each other.)
Some of the symptoms included frequent night terrors, night sweats,
extreme separation anxiety, uncontrolled vomiting, 3,4, and 5 year
olds acting out sexually in bizarre, sadistic manners...all indicators
of significant trauma. As Hudson continued to work with the children,
the Satanic ritual abuse stories started to surface: the children
reported being locked in cages, buried for short periods in coffins,
injected with drugs, defecated and urinated on, sexually abused,
forced to watch animal and human sacrifice...
Hudson took the information to authorities, but the District
Attorney’s office decided not to prosecute. A disappointed Hudson said
she attributes the decision to the lack of physical evidence, and the
children being perceived as too young, and also considered too
emotionally traumatized for the stories to appear credible to a jury.
However, several years later, a jury in Austin, Texas, did find
children’s stories of sexual and Satanic ritual abuse credible enough
to put Fran’s Day Care directors, Fran and Dan Keller, in prison for
extended sentences. (The Kellers aren’t eligible for parole until
2004.)
As with the case in California, the children talked of extreme forms
of abuse: being threatened with guns, being buried alive, forced to
make pornographic movies, watch an infant sacrifice...
In addition, my research has also turned up similar day care and
school SRA cases in Florida, several more in California,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, and in Christchurch, New Zealand.
The longest trial in American history, California’s McMartin Day
School case, was one of the first day care center cases to claim
Satanic ritual abuse. There were some 500 separate reports filed at
the Manhattan Beach Police Department in connection with the case. The
children’s stories matched those of other cases cited. However, there
was an additional component to the McMartin case. The children
consistently talked of being abused in an underground tunnel below the
day care center.
A highly qualified archaeologist, hired by the children’s families,
talked about a series of what he says were highly questionable
incidents in the search for the elusive tunnels.
Archeologist Gary Stickle, Ph.D., has worked extensively in the United
States and in Europe, including heading the largest underwater
archeological sonar survey ever conducted in Europe. In addition, he
has been a consultant to Lucas Films in the development of the Indiana
Jones movie series. He has also been professor of Archeology at the
University of California at Long Beach. Stickle said initially a
private investigator went to the day care center site and did some
preliminary informal digging. It is reported, said Stickle, that this
investigator found some rabbit bones in the soil. (The children talked
about rabbits being sacrificed.) However, the day before he was to
testify, the private investigator was found dead from a gun shot
wound. It was determined to be a suicide. But Stickle said that
determination was questioned by more than a few people, given the
timing. Eventually, said Stickle, the prosecution hired an
archeological firm that dug seven pits clustered outside of the
building. (This was curious, said Stickle, because the children were
reporting the abuse had gone on in tunnels below the building.)
Stickle said a remote sensing device was also used at the time, but it
was reported that no tunnels were found. That was 1985.
The lack of a tunnel damaged the credibility of the children’s stories
tremendously.
Stickle’s firm was hired by the parents in 1990. Using a sophisticated
ground penetrating radar, Stickle said a tunnel was found, right where
some of the children had told his staff it would be.
However, even though evidence of the tunnel was found in May of 1990,
while the trial was still in progress -- the evidence was never
introduced in court, said Stickle.
"Finding such a tunnel was highly relevant (to the case)," said
Stickle. "Because it (prior lack of physical evidence of a tunnel) was
a major thing used to discredit the children."
The accused McMartin Day Care Center staff were eventually acquitted.
However, some of the McMartin parents haven’t quit fighting. A two
hundred page report on the tunnel findings has recently been released
by the parents, in an ongoing effort to keep the case before the
public.
As with these children, it is becoming more and more apparent that
there are many adult SRA walking wounded as well. As a result of the
trauma, these are people often afflicted with things like severe
paranoia, schizophrenia, multiple personalities. They are people
almost off the scales in terms of addictions/compulsions, depression,
self-mutilating behavior...
However, an advancing therapeutic field has developed highly
sophisticated techniques to help survivors. And the prognosis for
recovery is often good.
In addition, parts of society are also rallying around these
survivors. The County Commission for Women has a Ritual Abuse Task
Force in Los Angeles; there is a state-wide Minnesota Awareness of
Ritual Abuse group; Jireh, headquartered in Arlington, Texas, is a
national program to create safe-houses for cult survivors breaking
away; The International Council on Cultism and Ritual Trauma, in
Richardson, Texas, and a number of cult survivor resource and referral
organizations; ritual abuse twelve-step programs are evolving.
As much as we don’t want to believe it as a society -- Satanic ritual
abuse is a reality. And, as was done by the parents in the McMartin
Day Care Center case, we need to be rolling up our sleeves and digging
deeper to get at the whole truth.
May 25, 1994 was designated National Missing Children’s Day. Those
postcards that come to our homes so very often don’t represent
anybody’s "false memories." Those are real children, with real fates.
Daniel Ryder, CCDC, LSW, an investigative journalist and a counselor,
is the author of Breaking the Circle of Satanic Ritual Abuse. The
above article is based on material from Mr. Ryder’s newest book, Cover-
up of the Century (Satanic Ritual Crime and Conspiracy).
childadvocate
1) Ignore all the data from the other side. (even court cases and peer
reviewed articles) Remember, no data now matter how thoroughly
reviewed is acceptable, unless it backs a "skeptical" perspective.
Then any data is valid, no matter how poorly sourced, like RT. Even un-
backed opinion is valid, if it backs your perspective.
2) Simply keep calling the person names, attacking them, swearing and
stating their argument isn't valid without any evidence. Repetition is
a propaganda technique and for those unaware, it helps people remember
things, even if they aren't true. Hence the several posters chirping
in without making any argument, simply stating data they don't agree
with isn't true.
3) Do everything you can to make sure that only your data is
presented. The "skeptical" position does not hold up when cross
examined, so use any technique necessary to make sure only one side is
presented.
childadvocate
Ranting
> This is how the debate works for a skeptic.
>
> 1) Ignore all the data from the other side. (even court cases and peer
> reviewed articles) Remember, no data now matter how thoroughly
> reviewed is acceptable, unless it backs a "skeptical" perspective.
> Then any data is valid, no matter how poorly sourced, like RT. Even un-
> backed opinion is valid, if it backs your perspective.
>
Read up on peer reviewed before quoting it here.
Ranting
http://web.archive.org/web/20071210161357/http://home.mchsi.com/~ftio/ra-stats.htm
Ritual Abuse Statistics & Research
NUMBERS OF SURVIVORS A single survivor advocate reports direct contact
with more than 3,000 survivors. [ StarDancer as quoted by David
McCulley, Satanic Ritual Abuse: A Question of Memory, 1993]
CORRECTION: During Personal conversation with StarDancer for update
and verification, she stated, "I would feel comfortable saying I’ve
met or spoken with more than 1,000 people who identify themselves as
survivors…Our estimate of the people who have read and used
Survivorship is 3,000."
WOW, nice...he says "Direct Contact" with 3000, then he has only met or
spoken with 1000 but ESTIMATES 3000
Even your own sources are dubious.
krp
"Greegor" <Gree...@gmail.com> wrote in message
news:7b51e40b-6455-4e44...@s1g2000prg.googlegroups.com...
> CA> Wrong. The data was updated in 2008. People with an open mind will
> CA> believe it. Those with a vested interest to pretend the data isn't
> CA> valid, question it and attack those that present it.
>
> People with an "empty mind" will believe it. COURTS all over American
> reject it as "bullshit." CA - want to talk about "vested interests?" Are
> you
> so completely NUMB between the ears not to be able to see that it is in my
> "vested interests" that your BULLSHIT actually sells? It is AGAINST my
> "vested interests" to call it the bullshit that it is. The more of your
> insane shit that is believed, the better it is for my business. Yet I
> continue to call it the bullshit that it is thus hurting my business. In
> the
> heyday for your shit, the late 80's when your HYSTERIA ruled America, I
> couldn't possibly handle all the cases that came my way. I had to turn
> down
> as many as 100 cases a week. In a way I wish you people GREAT SUCCESS.
> Maybe I can double my rates. Meanwhile, I'll just keep on commenting on
> what
> crap you are selling from your wagon.
GH> From a Family Rights standpoint I also think it's fabulous that she irks
off so many people with
GH> her pushy spammy ways and her garbage science tracts.
Her fellow TRUE BELIEVERS love her. They live on Gilligan's Island.
krp
> 2) Simply keep calling the person names, attacking them, swearing and
> stating their argument isn't valid without any evidence.
It ISN'T valid honeycakes. It's bullshit! Your empress has NO clothing!
krp
http://web.archive.org/web/20071210161357/http://home.mchsi.com/~ftio/ra-stats.htm
Ritual Abuse Statistics & Research
NUMBERS OF SURVIVORS A single survivor advocate reports direct contact
with more than 3,000 survivors
Have you noticed that your wagon of bullshit isn't selling??
krp
Wenatchee, Washington Case
“Every female victim had physical evidence of sexual abuse and the
majority of the males did,” Smith said. “Clearly it’s pretty good
evidence to show that this is occurring.”
REALLY? Then WHY did they LOSE ALL of the cases? The convictions they got
at first were all REVERSED? And IF a word you said were true, then WHY did
the city of Wenatchee pay MILLIONS? WHY did Ace Detectiuve Bobby Perez have
to PLEAD INSANITY and go into the looney bin to escape being grilled on the
stand? GREAT CASE CA!
http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/local/75393_wenatchee20.shtml
WENATCHEE -- A family caught up in the 1994-95 Wenatchee child sexual abuse
investigations has filed claims totaling $100 million against Chelan County.
http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/local/23627_tl418.shtml
Chelan County settles Wenatchee child-sex ring lawsuit
Friday, May 18, 2001
Pentecostal minister Roby Roberson and Chelan County have settled a lawsuit
in which Roberson contended the county failed to protect him from harm when
he was jailed in 1995 during the Wenatchee child sex-abuse investigations.
http://www.rickross.com/reference/false_memories/fsm47.html
Wenatchee -- A young woman who said authorities pressured her to accuse her
parents of sexual abuse has settled her lawsuit against a former Wenatchee
police detective and a former state social worker.
Sarah Marie Doggett, 22, who now lives in California, will receive $52,500
from the state and $25,000 from the city of Wenatchee under the settlement,
said Gary Larson, a spokesman for the state attorney general's office.
From there, Doggett said, she was forcibly taken to a mental hospital in
Idaho where she contends she was given drugs and pressured to accuse her
parents of molesting her. She has said repeatedly that her parents never
committed any abuse.
GREAT CASE!!!!!
childadvocate
This is how the debate works for a skeptic.
1) Ignore all the data from the other side. (even court cases and
peer reviewed articles) Remember, no data now matter how thoroughly
reviewed is acceptable, unless it backs a "skeptical" perspective.
Then any data is valid, no matter how poorly sourced, like RT. Even un-
backed opinion is valid, if it backs your perspective.
2) Simply keep calling the person names, attacking them, swearing and
stating their argument isn't valid without any evidence. Repetition is
a propaganda technique and for those unaware, it helps people
remember things, even if they aren't true. Hence the several posters
chirping in without making any argument, simply stating data they
don't agree
with isn't true.
3) Do everything you can to make sure that only your data is
presented. The "skeptical" position does not hold up when cross
examined, so use any technique necessary to make sure only one side
is presented.
In reply to this:
"I would feel comfortable saying I’ve met or spoken with more than
1,000 people who identify themselves as
survivors…Our estimate of the people who have read and used
Survivorship is 3,000."
WOW, nice...he says "Direct Contact" with 3000, then he has only met
or
spoken with 1000 but ESTIMATES 3000
--
The 1000 refers to people met, the 3000 are readers of the
newsletter.
childadvocate
Calof, D.L. (1998). Notes from a practice under siege: Harassment,
defamation, and intimidation in the name of science, Ethics and
Behavior, 8(2) pp. 161-187. Abstract: I have practiced psychotherapy,
family therapy, and hypnotherapy for over 25 years without a single
board complaint or law suit by a client. For over three years,
however, a group of proponents of the false memory syndrome (FMS)
hypothesis, including members, officials, and supporters of the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation, Inc., have waged a multi-modal campaign of
harassment and defamation directed against me, my clinical clients, my
staff, my family, and others connected to me. I have neither treated
these harassers or their families, nor had any professional or
personal dealings with any of them; I am not related in any way to the
disclosures of memories of sexual abuse in these families.
Nonetheless, this group disrupts my professional and personal life and
threatens to drive me out of business. In this article, I describe
practicing psychotherapy under a state of siege and places the
campaign against me in the context of a much broader effort in the FMS
movement to denigrate, defame, and harass clinicians, lecturers,
writers, and researchers identified with the abuse and trauma
treatment communities. http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/notes-from-a-practice-under-siege/
Confessions of a Whistle-Blower: Lessons Learned Author: Anna C.
Salter DOI: 10.1207/s15327019eb0802_2 Published in: Ethics &
Behavior, Volume 8, Issue 2 June 1998 , pages 115 - 124 Abstract - In
1988 I began a report on the accuracy of expert testimony in child
sexual abuse cases utilizing Ralph Underwager and Hollida Wakefield as
a case study (Wakefield & Underwager, 1988). In response, Underwager
and Wakefield began a campaign of harassment and intimidation, which
included multiple lawsuits; an ethics charge; phony (and secretly
taped) phone calls; and ad hominem attacks, including one that I was
laundering federal grant monies. The harassment and intimidation
failed as the author refused demands to retract. In addition, the
lawsuits and ethics charges were dismissed. Lessons learned from the
experience are discussed.
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/confessions-of-a-whistle-blower-lessons-learned/
http://ritualabuse.us/research/memory-fms/recovered-memory-data/
Media Manipulation:
U-Turn on Memory Lane by Mike Stanton - Columbia Journalism Review -
July/August 1997
The FMSF builds much of its case against recovered memory by attacking
a generally discredited Freudian concept of repression that proponents
of recovered memory don’t buy, either. In so doing, the foundation
ignores the fifty-year-old literature on traumatic, or psychogenic
amnesia, which is an accepted diagnosis by the American Psychiatric
Association. In his 1996 book “Searching for Memory,” the Harvard
psychologist and brain researcher Daniel L. Schachter — who believes
that both true and false memories exist — says there is no conclusive
scientific evidence that false memories can be created….The foundation
and its backers “remind me of a high school debate team,” says the
Stanford psychiatrist David Spiegel, an authority on traumatic
amnesia. “They go to the library, surgically extract the information
convenient to them and throw out the rest.”….Many therapists, like
their patients, hesitate to speak out.Recently, though, they have
begun to make a more concerted effort to mobilize a response. One of
the most outspoken critics of the false-memory movement is a Seattle
therapist, David Calof, editor until last year of Treating Abuse
Today, a newsletter for therapists. He has identified what he calls
the movement’s political agenda — lobbying for more restrictive laws
governing therapy and promoting the harassment of therapists through
lawsuits and even picketing of their offices and homes. Calof himself
has been the target of picketing so fierce that he has been in and out
of Seattle courtrooms over the last two years, obtaining restraining
orders. He was spending so much time and money fighting the FMSF
supporters’ campaign against him, he says, that he was forced to stop
publishing the newsletter last year. He recently donated the
publication to a victims’ rights group in Pennsylvania, which has
resurrected it as Trauma. The new publisher says that views part of
its mission as reporting on FMSF, since the mainstream media don’t.
Among journalists, perhaps the most relentless critic of the
foundation is Michele Landsberg, a Toronto Star columnist. In 1993,
she says, an Ontario couple, claiming to have been falsely accused,
contacted her and asked her to write about their case. Unconvinced,
she declined, and eventually started writing instead about the
foundation.She attacked its scientific claims and criticized the
sensational media coverage. She described how a foundation scientific
adviser, Harold Merskey, had testified that a woman accusing a doctor
of sexual abuse in a civil case might in fact have been suffering from
false memory syndrome. But the accused doctor himself had previously
confessed to criminal charges of abusing her. Landsberg also
challenged the credentials of other foundation advisers. She noted
that one founding adviser, Ralph Underwager, was forced to resign from
the foundation’s board after he and his wife, Hollida Wakefield, who
remains an adviser, gave an interview to a Dutch pedophilia magazine
in which he was quoted as describing pedophilia as”an acceptable
expression of God’s will for love.” Landsberg also wrote that another
adviser, James Randi, a magician known as “The Amazing Randi,” had
been involved in a lawsuit in which his opponent introduced a tape of
sexually explicit telephone conversations Randi had with teenage boys.
(Randi has claimed at various times, she said, that the tape was a
hoax and that the police asked him to make it.) “Why haven’t reporters
investigated the False Memory Syndrome Foundation?” she asks. “It’s
legitimate to examine their backgrounds –here are people who really do
have powerful motivation to deny the truth.”
http://backissues.cjrarchives.org/year/97/4/memory.asp
Battle Tactics of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation - Noel Packard
- New School for Social Research, N.Y. History Matters Conference
April 23-24, 2004 Censorship is also a tactic that FMS Foundation
adherents use to silence voices they don’t agree with. Katy Butler,
published a critical review of Ofshe’s and Watter’s book, Making
Monsters (1994) in the Los Angeles Times. Later the newspaper’s book
review editor received a vague threat of a lawsuit from Ofshe’s
representative (K. Butler personal communication with Lynn Crook
January 28, 2000). Later Butler was asked to write a story for
Newsweek examining the uncritical acceptance of Foundation claims and
to provide documented cases of recovered memory and traumatic amnesia.
Upon learning of this assignment Foundation Advisory Board members
Richard Ofshe and Fredrick Crews, as well as Peter and Pamela Freyd,
wrote strongly worded letters of complaint to Newsweek which
effectively canceled Butler’s assignment (Stanton 1997). Although
these censorship activities were reported in Mike Stanton’s article “U-
Turn on Memory Lane” (1997) Nevertheless, Newsweek editors confirmed
that the FMS Foundation letters helped kill Butler’s article. Butler
said at a national conference of investigative reporters and editors
in Rhode Island in 1996: “I’ve worked hard very hard to tell both
sides of the story. What’s interesting to me about all of this that
telling both sides has started to seem like a risky act.” (Stanton
1997: 49)….In 1994 the editor of the Journal of Psychohistory Lloyd
DeMause wrote to many professional subscribers to inform them that he
feared a lawsuit by the FMS Foundation for publishing a special issue
of his journal on cult abuse. Dr. Jean Goodwin a psychiatrist at
University of Texas Medical Branch responded with a letter that
conveys the overall feeling among the mental health community in the
early 1990s. Goodwin: From a Psychohistorical viewpoint it is
fascinating to watch this organization systematically limit freedom of
speech in this area. Their suits of publishers have driven many books
out of print. Board members have prevented publication of many
articles. As far as I know you are the first journal editor they have
targeted. The slander suit stopped the audio-tapping of many
presentations in this area. The licensing attacks and the malpractice
suits threaten freedom of speech in the psychotherapy consulting room,
which is where it is supposed to be most free. Silence still is the
priority for the perpetrator (Goodwin 1994) Goodwin’s letter captures
the effect that Foundations’ tactics had on the therapy community in
the early 1990s. Today the overall effect of the Foundation’s court
cases and tactics is more muted. One newly graduated MFT told me that
as far as she knows the Foundation has had no impact on the practices
of MFTs at all. A social worker who teaches a certification class on
mandated reporting includes the Foundation topic in her lectures,
saying that the Foundation “made us clean up our act.” I’ve also heard
a seasoned MFT who teaches a class titled, “Counseling as a Career
Option” lament that practicing psychotherapy is becoming a profession
only for the rich (both as practitioners and clients). Perhaps this is
due to recent constrictions and costs associated with lawsuits,
training programs, licensing and insurance policies? It appears that
the Foundations’ efforts to drive non-cognitive therapy beyond the
grasp of un-wealthy clients are having some success. Kondora’s and
Beckett’s studies indicate that the Foundation has been successful in
many of its efforts to manage public perception of child abuse
victims, therapists and the people accused of child abuse. Kondora and
Beckett show that not only has public perception of victimized
children become skeptical, but in fact, the press often goes beyond
the Victorian custom of neutrality on all fronts of the issue, to out-
right sympathy for accused molesters. What began in the 1960s and
1970s as a child welfare movement has arrived today as an accused sex-
offender welfare movement (Goldsmith 2003); and right in time for an
era when people are having more babies, less birth control and have
easier ways to create home based child pornography than ever
before....The Foundation’s efforts in and out of the court room have
provided reasons for health insurance companies to reduce insurance
payments for mental health care and have tied those payments generally
to mental health diagnoses. Training programs for clinical therapists
have become more like the clinical training programs of the cold-war
years, more science oriented, more stringent, more biologically and
drug oriented, and less theory and talked based. Many of the support
groups, networks, newsletters, journals, and even significant names in
the child welfare movement of the 1980’s and 1990’s have faded,
vanished or been displaced by on-line and other services of the FMS
Foundation. Kondora, Lori L. 1997. A Textual Analysis of the
Construction of the False Memory Syndrome: Representations in Popular
Magazines; 1990-1995. Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison. -
Beckett, Katherine. 1996. Culture and the Politics of Signification:
The Case of Child Sexual Abuse. SOCIAL PROBLEMS, Vol. 43, No. 1,
February: 57-76. http://www.newschool.edu/nssr/historymatters/papers/NoelPackard.pdf
krp
The last few posts have actually proven my points below.
This is how the debate works for a skeptic.
1) Ignore all the data from the other side. (even court cases and
peer reviewed articles) Remember, no data now matter how thoroughly
reviewed is acceptable, unless it backs a "skeptical" perspective.
Then any data is valid, no matter how poorly sourced,
CA you can put as much lipstick on a pig as you like, it will ALWAYS be
a pig. You seem UNABLE to understand as you throw out the term "PEER REVIEW"
that a room full of Nazis agreeing on racial definitions in Hamburg does NOT
make a damn thing they come up with REAL! First we must look at WHO the
"PEERS" are! Then we look at the methodology used to support a proposition
in the article. Is it the "Scientific Method" ort is it just the ranting of
a bunch of "STRIDENT ACTIVIST EXTREMISTS" in op-ed OPINION piece that at
BEST - at the VERY VERY BEST include some anecdotal (I found what I was
looking for) observations? HOW can anyone "SANE" call THAT process
"science?" Your "PEER REVIEW" is called "VENTRIFICATION" as one person
quotes another quoting a third and around it goes.
I will AGAIN give the most graphic image of what YOUR SCIENCE is like.
Imagine an infinitely large football field. Imagine next an infinite number
of moneys on that field - one in front of the other with his hands on
shoulders of the monkey in front of him and his penis in the rectum of that
monkey. Now - imagine music playing and the monkeys doing the Bunny-hop!
THAT dear CA is YOUR SCIENCE! That's ALL it is. It is nothing more except
people with degrees say it.
You start at the beginning to see HOW the "data" was obtained.The
METHOD. Safeguards against contamination.We don't even get THAT far with
your bullshit CA, because your shit is little more than a collection of
OPINIONS, not TESTING at all. Just OPINION pieces.No matter HOW MANY degrees
the author has, ALL you are left with is that it is JUST AN OPINION. Can
others who observe the same phenomena ALL come to the same conclusion? The
problem with your non-stop ranting is that you are too brainless to know
what the "SCIENTIFIC METHOD" is. There is a simple reason that this shit is
NOT accepted in *almost* all courts today. That, simply put, is because it
is undiluted BULLSHIT! No way to clean that up.
childadvocate
sourced articles like RT and the opinions of those defending accused
and convicted pedophiles.
> "childadvocate" wrote in message
>
>
> The last few posts have actually proven my points below.
>
> This is how the debate works for a skeptic.
> 1) Ignore all the data from the other side. (even court cases and
> peer reviewed articles) Remember, no data now matter how thoroughly
> reviewed is acceptable, unless it backs a "skeptical" perspective.
> Then any data is valid, no matter how poorly sourced,
>
>2) Simply keep calling the person names, attacking them, swearing and stating their argument isn't valid >without any evidence. Repetition is a propaganda technique and for those unaware, it helps people >remember things, even if they aren't true.
>
Greegor
> Peer review is certainly preferable to unsourced opinion, poorly
> sourced articles like RT and the opinions of those defending accused
> and convicted pedophiles.
You'd prefer cult like following of a mental case?
Peer review could be good or it could be bad, depending
on which of your PEERS you're talking about.
Your peers from the UFO believer society?
Your peers from the mental asylum lockup?
UNION reps for the Child Protection INDUSTRY?
Meadows MBP research was "peer reviewed"
but instead of enshrining his ground breaking
historical research in a University library,
Meadows SHREDDED IT!
The fact it was "peer reviewed" apparently
didn't slow him down any when he SHREDDED IT!
If you can find out WHO peer reviewed
Meadows historical MBP research, I'd like to know!
krp
CA> Peer review is certainly preferable to unsourced opinion, poorly sourced
articles like RT and the opinions of those defending accused
CA> and convicted pedophiles.
Depends on WHO the "PEERS" are, doesn't it? Who defends convicted
pedophiles here?
Greegor
> "childadvocate" <smartn...@aol.com> wrote in message
Diana must HATE innocent until proven guilty.
krp
GH> Diana must HATE innocent until proven guilty.
You know, Greg, these people are amazing when they think this claim of
PEER REVIEW is so meaningful. It is like Blatz having an article written on
their beer and then claiming that consulting 20 DRUNKS in a bar on the south
side of Milwaukee is PEER REVIEWED....... That is EXACTLY CA's position.
Not hard to get 20 people IN THE CLUB HOUSE TO AGREE!
Dan Sullivan
> It is like Blatz having an article written on
> their beer and then claiming that consulting 20 DRUNKS in a bar on the south
> side of Milwaukee is PEER REVIEWED....... That is EXACTLY CA's position.
> Not hard to get 20 people IN THE CLUB HOUSE TO AGREE!
HILARIOUS!!!
20 people in the clubhouse...
And you, kenny boy, can't get ONE of your former clients to post on
their websites their thanks for you being the reason they won their
case!!
RRR RR RRRRR!!!
Greegor
> On Jan 31, 6:33 am, " krp" <kr...@verizon.net> wrote:
>
> > It is like Blatz having an article written on
> > their beer and then claiming that consulting 20 DRUNKS in a bar on the south
> > side of Milwaukee is PEER REVIEWED....... That is EXACTLY CA's position.
> > Not hard to get 20 people IN THE CLUB HOUSE TO AGREE!
>
> HILARIOUS!!!
>
> 20 people in the clubhouse...
DS > And you, kenny boy, can't get ONE of your former clients to post
on
DS > their websites their thanks for you being the reason they won
their
DS > case!!
> RRR RR RRRRR!!!
Did you think Ken would ASK a former client to set
themselves up for your brand of harassment?
You thought this was strategic genius no doubt.
Dan Sullivan
I didn't say kenny should ASK.
Apparently his level of competency isn't at a point where a former
client would post their appreciation for what he did for them.
As in, so far NO ONE has posted their thanks on their own website!!!
NOT ONE!!!
ken pangborn, the "leading consultant" with "more than 30 years" in
the business, "the acknowledged gold standard" of consultants... and
NOT ONE of his former clients has posted their thanks to ken on their
website!!!
KRP
"Dan Sullivan" <dsul...@optonline.net> wrote in message
news:15128961-3caf-44ca...@m16g2000vbp.googlegroups.com...
On Jan 31, 6:33 am, " krp" <kr...@verizon.net> wrote:
> It is like Blatz having an article written on
> their beer and then claiming that consulting 20 DRUNKS in a bar on the
> south
> side of Milwaukee is PEER REVIEWED....... That is EXACTLY CA's position.
> Not hard to get 20 people IN THE CLUB HOUSE TO AGREE!
DS> HILARIOUS!!! 20 people in the clubhouse...
DS> And you, kenny boy, can't get ONE of your former clients to post on
DS> their websites their thanks for you being the reason they won their
DS> case!!
You are LYING and everyone who has been around a while knows it. Are we back
to your PSYCHOTIC DEMAND that my clients MUST create websites in my honor
because some loudmouthed usenet ASSHOLE like you declares they MUST? And of
the website where a guy DID youa nd your pals did your best to try to get it
taken down. How many people, Danny, just having survived the great CPS
inquisition, do think want to be subjected to dealing with PSYCHOPATHS like
you, David Moore and the great EX-CON garage Burglar Kunt Wills? Who wants
you CREEPS calling authoritiesm neighbors, employers with your INSANE
BULLSHIT? Who in their right m ind wantsv to deal with you, Danny????
Dan Sullivan
> "Dan Sullivan" <dsull...@optonline.net> wrote in message
>
> news:15128961-3caf-44ca...@m16g2000vbp.googlegroups.com...
> On Jan 31, 6:33 am, " krp" <kr...@verizon.net> wrote:
>
> > It is like Blatz having an article written on
> > their beer and then claiming that consulting 20 DRUNKS in a bar on the
> > south
> > side of Milwaukee is PEER REVIEWED....... That is EXACTLY CA's position.
> > Not hard to get 20 people IN THE CLUB HOUSE TO AGREE!
>
> DS> HILARIOUS!!! 20 people in the clubhouse...
>
> DS> And you, kenny boy, can't get ONE of your former clients to post on
> DS> their websites their thanks for you being the reason they won their
> DS> case!!
>
> You are LYING and everyone who has been around a while knows it.
REALLY?????
Someone FINALLY posted their thanks to you on their website!!!!
Post the link!!!
After 30 years!!
I can't wait to read what they wrote!!!
> Are we back
> to your PSYCHOTIC DEMAND that my clients MUST create websites in my honor
I never said they MUST.
I just find it amusing that after 30 years, ken pangborn, the "gold
standard of trial consultants," hasn't had a single client choose to
post their thanks for your help in winning their case!!
childadvocate
http://extreme-abuse-survey.net/
describes crimes
HAND-OUT for Karriker, Wanda. (2008, April). Child Sexual Abuse and
Beyond: Findings From a Series of International Extreme Abuse Surveys.
Paper presented at the Fourteenth Annual Northern California Child
Sexual Abuse Awareness Conference: Sacramento, CA. Karriker, Wanda.
(2008, April).
Selected Responses from the EAS
My memories of abuse include incest. 1122 70%
I had memories of incest before I sought therapy/counseling. 985 64%
I was ritually abused in a satanic cult.* 986 55%
I had memories of ritual abuse before I sought therapy/counseling. 977
48%
Secret government-sponsored mind control experiments were
performed on me as a child. 1000 26%
I have been diagnosed with dissociative identity disorder (DID or
MPD). 1007 65%
I am a therapist/counselor/clergy for RA/MC survivors. 965 10%
*Of the 257 EAS respondents who reported that secret mind control
experiments were used on them as children, 69% (177) reported having
been abused in a satanic cult. Of the 543 respondents who reported
that they had been abused in a satanic cult, 33% (179) reported having
been used in secret mind control experiments as children.
http://d.scribd.com/docs/1skli77hxmq3o3x3qsgz.pdf